881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide
!" # $% & & !" " '$ " ($ ' ) ( $ $ " + * ( '# $% # $% " & )& ()& $ , )& - ' $ ' " ) # )& $ ) # $% ' " $ ii Chapter & &)& " / *** 0 $ ($ ) ( !" $ , (" ! $% )& * & " ( ( ) (( )&( $ * " '$ ( & )& .
Contents Chapter 1 Getting Started Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Standard features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Optional features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Video interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Programming the generator’s function keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Switching from Browse mode to Basic mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Web interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Working with the Virtual Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Working with the CMD (Command) Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Testing analog computer (IT) CRTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Testing digital computer (IT) FPDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Testing analog composite video SDTV (CE) CRTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Testing analog component video SDTV (CE) CRTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Testing digital component video HDTV (CE) FPDs . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 4 Networking Generators Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Generator file system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Configuring a file server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 File server specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sending commands and queries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Sending multiple commands and queries per line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Completion handshake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Input buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Status queries and control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chapter 7 Working with Images Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Viewing the Content list of images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Viewing and modifying image options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Viewing image versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Measuring timing of video signal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Measuring timing parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243 Testing cables and distribution systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Testing video signal quality from a source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Running the Pseudo-Random Noise test . . . . .
Setting up the generator for HDMI testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Selecting video format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Setting Source list of formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Selecting a format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Testing HDMI displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verifying continuity over the CEC bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Sending CEC messages from an emulated HDMI CEC device . . . . . . . . . . . . 366 Configuring generator to not respond to CEC messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Querying the CEC message log. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Stress testing a CEC device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Completing the Capabilities Declaration Form (CDF). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Defining a CDF for a device under test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Running the CEC Compliance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Viewing the results of the CEC compliance test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 Chapter 13 Testing DisplayPort Sinks Overview of DisplayPort sink testing. . . . . . . . . . .
Running the ACA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489 Monitoring the HDMI auxiliary channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492 Monitoring the DisplayPort auxiliary channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504 Monitoring the DisplayPort auxiliary channel between the 882E and a DisplayPort device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emulating an EDID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564 Running an EDID HDMI compliance test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565 Running an EDID data report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566 Using the EDID Compare tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567 Comparing EDIDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Probe coordinate numbering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569 Configuring the probe feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569 Controlling the probe using the command line interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572 Configuring special sync for FS, LS, or CS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573 Appendix A Command Reference Commands by category . . . . . . . . .
EDID and DDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588 Edit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589 Special Sync Probe Pulse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590 Color Look-Up Table (LUT) . .
Game Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AQF Medical Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AQG Military Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AQH TTL Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .AQH Misc. Formats . . . . . .
xviii Contents
1 Getting Started Topics in this chapter: • Introduction • Video interfaces • Computer interfaces • Front panel interface • Generator file system and media • Generator operational modes • Web interface • Command line interface • Working with user profiles 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Introduction This User’s Guide describes the features, functions and operating procedures for the 881 and 882 Quantum Data video test instruments for testing analog and digital video display devices. The 881 provides features for testing video displays in production environments. The 882 is its complement. It provides extended features to test video displays for development environments and quality assurance applications.
Self-calibrating — Analog video outputs are automatically adjusted against an internal precision reference. This ensures video levels are precise and reliable. Signal levels are auto-adjusted individually. 250 MHz analog pixel rate for 882C; 400MHz for 882D — Programmable precision RGB, YPbPr. Probe — Trigger a scope or inspection camera using the probe signal. Position a pulse anywhere in the frame. PC Card — Clone one generator to another using a standard CompactFlash card.
Video interfaces This section describes the generator’s video interfaces. The video interfaces on the 882C are shown below. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 VGA HDMI OUT 1 HDMI OUT 2 HDMI IN 1 HDMI IN 2 10 Interface Description 1 SDI/HD-SDI connector outputs a serial digital signal per SMPTE 259M and SMPTE 292M standards. 2 CVBS connector outputs an analog composite video baseband signal in accordance with SMPTE 170M standard.
This section describes the generator’s video interfaces. The video interfaces on the 882D are shown below. 1 2 3 5 4 6 7 SPDIF HDMI DVI Interface Description 1 SDI/HD-SDI connector outputs a serial digital signal per SMPTE 259M and SMPTE 292M standards. 2 CVBS connector outputs an analog composite video baseband signal in accordance with SMPTE 170M standard. 3 S-VIDEO connector outputs an S-Video split luminance (Y) and chrominance (C) analog video signal.
Pin Signal Pin Signal Pin Signal 4 No Connection 9 DDC/EDID +5 Vdc Out 14 Vertical Sync 5 Digital Ground 10 Digital Ground 15 DDC/EDID Data Clock DVI-I interface The DVI-I interface, available on the model 882D generator, outputs digital video for testing DVI-compliant video displays. The DVI-I connector also provides an analog output which can be used to test analog formats. The DVI connector pinouts are shown in the following table.
S-Video interface The 882 generator has an S-Video connector labeled “S-VIDEO.” This is a miniDIN connector that emulates an S-Video compliant source for outputting composite TV signal. Composite video BNC The 882 generator has a composite TV BNC connector labeled “CVBS.” This interface emulates an analog composite TV source. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Computer interfaces This section describes the generator’s computer interfaces. The computer interfaces are shown below (882C shown). VGA 1 HDMI OUT 1 2 HDMI OUT 2 HDMI IN 1 3 HDMI IN 2 4 Connector Description 1 SERIAL connector provides RS-232C serial data communication interface for the generator. 2 DEBUG connector is for Quantum Data use only.
GPIB interface The GPIB interface allows you to use the generator as a programmable video signal source in a larger automated test system. The GPIB connector pinouts are listed in the following table.
Front panel interface This section describes the front panel interface for operating the generator. The front panel keys are shown below. Item Display Recent Folder Folder - Disabled + Enabled Soft Keys Status Indicators Tool ! Setting Rejected Selected * Menu Selection Keys Status indicators Status indicators provide feedback about the operational status of the generator. The graphic below shows the location of the status indicators.
Menu selection keys You can access the generator’s menus using the menu selection keys depicted below. Set advanced parameters for current items Set basic options for current item Select tool Page up, increase value ? Page down, decrease value Select image Displays information about UUT Select device type Select user profile Select format Select output Selecting menu items When you press a menu selection key, a menu appears on the generator’s display.
Icon Meaning Indicates active item in list of mutually exclusive items. Item is active, but may be deactivated by pressing soft key. Item is not active, but may be activated by pressing soft key. Value may be increased by pressing Up (+) key, or decreased by pressing Down (-) key. Page down to view more items. Scroll left to previous option, or right to next option Selecting this item will cause an action. Item selection examples The following examples show the different types of menu items.
means that DSS is selected, the + sign next to SyncOnG means that this option is enabled, and the - signs next to Pedestal, SyncOnR, and SyncOnB mean that these options are disabled. If you press the soft key adjacent to SyncOnR, the - will change to a +, indicating the option is now enabled. ACS DCS *DSS -Pedestal SyncOnRSyncOnG+ SyncOnB- The Settings key enables you to view or set a parameter to a value. For example, the screen below shows the settings for the video signal of a format.
Generator file system and media The generator has a file system comprised of a System folder and a Library folder of resource files that can be stored on multiple media (storage devices or locations). The files in the file system are briefly described below. Generator file system The 882 generator file system is comprised of two main directories (folders): 1) System and 2) Library. The System folder contains the realtime operating system and firmware file (vxWorks) and the gateware.
Generator operational modes The generator has two operational modes: 1) Basic mode and 2) Browse mode. The generator boots up in the Basic mode which is the main operating mode you will be using. Both modes are described below along with instructions for booting up the generator. Booting up the generator When the generator is powered up it presents a screen enabling you to select the boot device.
• To boot from the generator’s PC card, press the soft key adjacent to PCMCIA Boot. 4. Press the Options (Enter) key to save the configuration. 5. Either restart the generator by cycling the power or press the Tools key to return to the boot menu. 6. Scroll down to allow viewing and selection of the BootNow item as shown below. !FileName !InetAddr !HostAddr !User !Other !TrgtName BootNow 7. Select BootNow by pressing the adjacent item selection key. 8.
When in Browse mode, the selection keys shown below are active. To previous folder Go to root folder Open selected folder Page up Page down Jump to preset location The procedure below describes how to place the generator in Browse mode: To place the generator in Browse mode: Press and hold the Tools key. The message Hold to enter Browse Mode appears on the generator’s display. Continue holding the Tools key until the Browser status indicator lights.
/LEUDU\ 6\VWHP 2. Choose the folder you want to open by pressing the adjacent soft key. The contents of the folder appears on the generator’s display. If you need to return to the previous menu list press the back (settings) key. Fonts Formats Sequence Users FormatLib Images UserData WebFiles 3. Continue selecting folders to open until you locate the item you need. To use an item, press the adjacent soft key.
5. Select a format by pressing the adjacent soft key. The format path is now set to the selected folder on the selected medium. To set the generator’s path using the command line interface: 1. Establish a session with the generator using either HyperTerminal over a serial connection or Telnet over an Ethernet LAN. See “Establishing a terminal session with the generator” on page 31 or “Establishing a Telnet session with the generator” on page 34. 2.
Programming the generator’s function keys The generator is equipped with four function keys (F1 through F4) that can be programmed as shortcuts to folders. The procedure below describes how to program the function keys. To program a function key as a folder shortcut: 1. Browse to the folder to which you want to create a shortcut. 2. Hold down a function key (F1, F2, F3, or F4) to assign the key to the folder.
Web interface The generator has a built-in Web server that enables you to interact with the generator using a PC and an Ethernet connection. The Web interface includes the following functions: • Format Editor for creating formats and modifying and viewing format parameters. For more information about the Format Editor, see “Creating custom formats using the Format Editor” on page 186. • Virtual Front Panel for operating the generator remotely.
2. Choose the System item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The System menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below. Clock CalFactor Network Serial Clone* Server About GPib 3. Choose the Network item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The generator’s IP address appears on the generator’s display as shown below. IP Address 192.168.254.001 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.000 To use the Virtual Front Panel: 1.
Note: You can add the page to your list of favorite pages in your Web browser to avoid retyping the IP address each time you want to access the page. 2. Click the Virtual Front Panel link. The Virtual Front Panel appears. 3. Use your mouse to click the virtual keys, which function the same as if you pressed the physical keys on the generator. Working with the CMD (Command) Terminal The CMD Terminal allows you to send commands to the generator using the command line interface. To use the CMD Terminal: 1.
3. In the box at the top of the CMD Terminal window, enter a command, and then press Enter. The command appears in the lower pane. Working with the Generator FTP Browser If you create objects on a PC, such as images or formats, you can use the Generator FTP Browser to copy these objects to a generator. You can also use the Generator FTP Browser to copy objects between media in a generator and to copy objects from one generator to another.
2. shows the files stored on the generator. The Host Files area shows the files stored on the PC. 3. In the Host Files area, locate and select the file or folder you want to copy. 4. In the Instrument Files area, locate the destination folder for the file as follows: a. In the Look in box, click the down arrow and select the medium where you want to copy the file. Select tffs0 for the generator’s flash memory or card0 for the generator’s PC card. b. In the list of files, open the destination folder. 5.
Copying files from a generator to a PC To copy files from a generator to a PC: 1. Access the generator’s FTP browser by choosing the FTP Browser menu item from the main web page. The Generator FTP Browser appears. The Instrument Files area shows the files stored on the generator. The Host Files area shows the files stored on the PC. 2. In the Instrument Files area, locate and select the file or folder you want to copy as follows. a.
5. Verify that the source file or folder and the destination folder are correct, and then click OK. 6. The Copying Files dialog box appears showing the status of the operation. When the status is 100%, click Done. Copying files between the generator’s flash memory and PC card To copy files between media in a generator: 1. Access the generator’s FTP browser by choosing the FTP Browser menu item from the main web page. The Generator FTP Browser appears.
3. Repeat step 2 to open a second Generator FTP Browser. In the Instrument Files area of the second Generator FTP Browser window, click the down arrow by the Look in box and select card0. This is the generator’s PC card. 4. Locate the file or folder you want to copy in the source window. 5. Locate and open the destination folder in the destination window. 6. Drag the file or folder from the Instrument Files area of the source window to the Instrument Files area of the destination window.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for the target generator. Note: You now have two instances of the Generator FTP Browser running: one for the source generator and one for the target generator. 4. In the Generator FTP Browser window for the source generator, locate the file or folder you want to copy as follows: a. In the Look in box, click the down arrow and select the medium where the file or folder is located. Select tffs0 for the generator’s flash memory or card0 for the generator’s PC card. b.
5. In the Generator FTP Browser window for the target generator, open the destination folder as follows: a. In the Look in box, click the down arrow and select the medium to which you want to copy the file or folder. Select tffs0 for the generator’s flash memory or card0 for the generator’s PC card. b. In the list of files, open the destination folder. 6. Drag the file or folder from the Instrument Files area to the Host Files area of the source window. A confirmation dialog box appears. 7.
Command line interface Common test procedures can be accomplished using the generator’s physical controls on the front panel, Virtual Front Panel or through the command line interface. The generator supports an ASCII command and query language that allows you to control the generator interactively or through batch processing of command files. All generator functions are supported through this interface.
Configuring the generator’s serial port The following procedures describe how to change the generator’s default serial port configuration for a terminal session. You can configure the serial port through either the front panel, Virtual Front Panel or through the command line interface. To configure the generator’s serial port through the front panel or Virtual Front Panel: 1. Press the Tools key. The Tools menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below.
6. To change the flow control state, do the following: a. Position the blinking cursor on the flow control setting. To do this, press the soft keys adjacent to the arrow by the flow control setting until the cursor appears on the current flow control setting (N, H, or T). b. Press the + or - keys to change the setting. 7. To change the number of data bits, do the following: a. Press the soft keys adjacent to the third row until CHAR appears. The current data bits setting is shown in the bottom row.
To configure the generator’s serial port through the command line interface: 1. Establish a session with the generator using HyperTerminal over a serial connection or Telnet over an Ethernet LAN. For instructions, see “Establishing a terminal session with the generator” on page 31 and “Establishing a Telnet session with the generator” on page 34. 2.
telnet generatorIPaddress Example: telnet 192.168.254.220 2. The /tffs0> prompt appears. Type commands at the /tffs0> prompt, and press Enter after each command. Sending commands interactively This section describes how to send commands through an interactive command line interface session. The generator parses command lines one at a time. Command lines must be terminated with a carriage return (). The generator immediately echoes each character as it is received and places it in a command line buffer.
Sending command files (serial interface only) When developing more complex, custom test sequences or formats, it is easiest to enter commands in a text file, and then send the file to the generator. This approach allows you to modify the file without entering the entire command script. Note: Sending command text files can be performed via the serial interface only. To send a text file to the generator: 1. Using a text editor, enter commands into a text file, and save the text file using a *.txt extension.
Working with user profiles The generator provides user profiles that enable you to quickly load pre-defined configurations. This can be done either through the front panel, virtual front panel or the command line. For example, you can create different profiles for each operator, production line, display type under test, and so on. A user profile is always active on the generator (“User1” is the default profile).
the generator” on page 31 or “Establishing a Telnet session with the generator” on page 34. 2. Enter the following command: USRA username.xml USRU username.xml Note: A user name is 8 alphanumeric characters. For example, to set up a user profile called “User3,” enter: USRA User3.xml USRU User3.xml A new user profile is created with default configuration settings and becomes the active profile on the generator.
2 Testing Video Displays Topics in this chapter: • General video display testing procedures • Testing analog computer (IT) CRTs • Testing digital computer (IT) FPDs • Testing analog composite video SDTV (CE) CRTs • Testing analog component video SDTV (CE) CRTs • Testing digital component video HDTV (CE) FPDs • Using the Image Caching feature • Using the AuxTest image • Using the ImageShift utility • Adjust Frequency Function • Keypad Utility 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Re
General video display testing procedures This section provides an overview of basic steps performed to test your video display using your 882C(A) or 881 generator. Testing your video display involves four basic steps: 1. Connecting generator to display under test. 2. Selecting interface type for display under test. 3. Selecting a video format appropriate for display under test. 4. Selecting an image suitable for testing the display under test.
Use the following table to connect the 882D generator to the display under test.
• HDMI-D - For testing DVI displays through an HDMI interface. • HDMI-H - For testing HDMI consumer electronic displays. • SDI/HD-SDI - For testing SDI and HD-SDI professional AV displays. To select an interface: 1. Press the Interface key to access the list of interfaces. A listing of signal interfaces appears on the generator’s display as shown below. CVBS S-VIDEO SDI * VGA HDMI-D HDMI-H 2. Choose the interface by pressing the adjacent soft key.
Selecting video format Once you have selected the interface type for the display under test, you need to select a video output format. A format defines a set of video, timing, and sync parameters for a specific device or standard. This section explains how to configure the generator to output video formats that are supported by the display under test.
To bypass hot plug detection: If the display under test has not implemented hot plug correctly, you will have to bypass hot plug detection in the generator to enable video output. 1. Connect the generator to the display you want to test. 2. Press the Sink key. The following information appears on the generator’s display. Manufacturer:SNY Product Code:144 Serial#:7011007 Week:20 Year:1998 3. Press the Options key. The following information appears on the generator’s display.
3. Press the Options key. The following information appears on the generator’s display. -EDID Formats +HP Bypass -Emulate CDF 4. Choose the Emulate item by pressing the adjacent soft key. A + appears next to Emulate indicating enabled.
Upon selecting a format, you can modify the format options and settings if necessary. For instructions on this, see “Configuring format parameters” on page 177. Understanding the format library The generator has several built-in formats to test a broad range of display types.
Component high definition television formats Component high definition television formats, like the standard definition television formats, are named by their vertical resolution, scanning method, and frame rate. These formats are applicable in the case of RGB, YPbPr, and YCbCr. These initial characters indicating the resolution are followed by the scanning method. The two characters following the scanning method indicate the frame rate.
Once you have selected an image you can modify the image options if necessary. For instructions on this refer to “Viewing and modifying image options” on page 201. To select an image: 1. Identify the type of display (CRT or FPD) and the images that are used for testing this type of display (see the table below). 2. Press the Content key. A list of images appears on the generator’s display as shown below. Press the + and - keys to see all of the images.
The table below provides a summary of display characteristics and the images used to evaluate them. For details on the images and display attributes, see Appendix B, “Image Reference.
Display type Display test Recommended images Digital flat panel (fixed pixel display) Pixel anomalies (stuck pixels, misc sampling) Flat, Raster, Ramp_B, Ramp_G, and Ramp_R, Focus_@6, Focus_@7, Focus_@8, Focus_@9, Text_9, Text_9T, Text_11, Text_12T, Text_16 Photometry (chrominance, contrast, levels) Flat, Flat07, Flat13, Flat20, Flat27, Flat33, Flat40, Flat47, Flat53, Flat60, Flat67, Flat73, Flat80, Flat87, Flat93, FlatGray, Flat_01, Flat_02, Flat_03, Flat_04, Flat_05, Flat_06, Flat_07, Flat_08, Flat
To view multiple image versions in the Content list: 1. Select an image by pressing the Contents key and selecting an image with the adjacent soft key until a * appears next to image name. 2. Enable and view image versions as follows: a. Press the Options key. The following menu appears on the generator’s display: -More Red+ Green+ Blue+ -NoGamma -Noise b. Choose the More item by pressing the adjacent soft key until a + appears next to More and Rendition appears on the other side of the menu.
Testing analog computer (IT) CRTs This section describes how to test analog computer (IT) displays. The display responses shown as examples in the procedures use the 882C. However you can also test analog composite with the 882D using the same format and image selections. The interface selection is different and is noted. To set up the generator to test an analog computer CRT: 1. Connect a standard VGA cable between the VGA connector on the generator and the VGA connector on the display under test. 2.
2. Choose the VGA item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The interface is activated and the port outputs the currently selected image and format. An asterisk is shown beside the selected interface. Alternatively, to select the interface through the command line interface, enter the following commands: XVSI 9 ALLU // Selects the VGA interface // Applies the interface setting to the generator If you are using the 882D you select the DVI-A interface. To verify the test set-up: 1.
unconnected channel. Also, look at the transitions between the bars; they should be sharp and distinct. Each bar also should be uniform in color and intensity across its entire width. • To test luminance, you can use the SMPTE133 (grayscale portion) image. To test gamma correction, you can use the SMPTE133 (checkerbox portion) image. The detailed methods for verifying these parameters on the SMPTE133 image are provided in Appendix B, “Image Reference.
Testing digital computer (IT) FPDs This section describes how to test digital computer (IT) displays. You can test DVI on digital computer displays using the 882C up to single link through the HDMI connector. However you can test DVI digital computer displays up to full dual link on the 882D through the dual link DVI connector. The procedures below describe how to test DVI computer digital displays using the 882D. To set up the generator to test a digital FPD: 1.
4. Choose a suitable image (for example, SMPTE133) by pressing the adjacent soft key. Alternatively, you can load the image with the following command: IMGL SMPTE133 IMGU 5. Verify that the image appears on the display under test. To test the display: 1. Press the Source key and select the first test format. Alternatively, you can load the format with the following command: FMTL format_name FMTU 2. Press the Content key and select the first test image.
Note: You can customize your generator to run through a specified set of formats and images automatically or manually by creating test sequences. See Chapter 8, “Working with Test Sequences.” for details. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Testing analog composite video SDTV (CE) CRTs This section describes how to test CRT composite televisions with analog composite video inputs. The display responses shown as examples in the procedures use the 882C. However you can also test analog composite with the 882D using the same interface, format and image selections. To set up the generator to test analog composite video SDTV: 1. Connect a standard coax cable between the CVBS connector on the generator and the display under test.
2. Choose a typical composite format (for example, NTSC) by pressing the adjacent soft key. Alternatively, you can load the format with the following command: FMTL NTSC FMTU 3. Press the Content key to access the list of images. 4. Choose a suitable image (for example, SmpteBar) by pressing the adjacent soft key. Alternatively, you can load the image with the following command: IMGL SmpteBar IMGU 5. Verify that the image appears on the display under test. To test the display: 1.
• When testing for centering, use the Outline and TVoutLin images. The detailed methods for verifying centering with the Outline images (Outline0, Outline1, Outline2, Outline3) are provided in Appendix B, “Image Reference.” • When testing for high voltage regulation with the Regulate image, observe the outline at the edges of the image. It should stay in place and not pull away from the area of the large, white blinking patch (when it appears).
Testing analog component video SDTV (CE) CRTs This section describes how to test CRT televisions with standard definition component video inputs. The examples show the 882C. However there are notes that describe the differences related to the 882D. To set up the generator to test an analog component video SDTV display: 1. Connect a VGA-to-RCA cable between the VGA connector on the generator and the YPbPr inputs on the display under test. 2. Identify the component television formats to test.
2. Choose a standard component format (for example, 480i) by pressing the adjacent soft key. Alternatively, you can load the format with the following command: FMTL 480i FMTU 3. Press the Content key to access the list of images. 4. Choose a suitable image (for example, SMPTE133) by pressing the adjacent soft key. Alternatively, you can load the image with the following command: IMGL SMPTE133 IMGU 5. Verify that the image appears on the display under test. To test the display: 1.
• When testing for centering use the TVOutline and Outline images. The detailed methods for verifying centering with the Outline images (Outline0, Outline1, Outline2, Outline3) are provided in Appendix B, “Image Reference.” • When testing for high voltage regulation with the Regulate image, observe the outline at the edges of the image. It should stay in place and not pull away from the area of the large white blinking patch (when it appears).
Testing digital component video HDTV (CE) FPDs This section describes how to test digital DVI and HDMI component video for HDTV flat panel displays. The display responses shown as examples in the procedures use the 882C. However, you can also test dual-link digital component video with DVI using the 882D. The different selection options are provided for the 882D throughout the procedure. To set up the generator to test a digital DVI component video HDTV display: 1.
XVSI 3 ALLU // Selects the HDMI-D interface // Applies the interface setting to the generator If you are using the 882D you can select either HDMI-D or DVI-D interface. The DVI-D option provide dual link, the HDMI-D offers signal link only. To verify the test set-up: 1. Press the Source key to access the list of formats. 2. Choose a high definition component format (for example, 720p50) by pressing the adjacent soft key.
• When testing for centering, use the Outline images. The detailed methods for verifying centering with the Outline images (Outline0, Outline1, Outline2, Outline3) are provided in Appendix B, “Image Reference.” • When testing resolution with the Grill images, you should be able to see individual and distinct stripes in all areas of the display at all four resolutions. • When testing for pixel anomalies, use the Flat, Raster, and Ramp images.
2. Choose the HDMI-H item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The interface is activated and the port outputs the currently selected image and format. Alternatively, to activate the interface through the command line interface, enter the following commands: XVSI 4 ALLU // Selects the HDMI-H interface // Applies the interface setting to the generator To verify the test set-up: 1. Press the Source key to access the list of formats. 2.
methods for verifying these parameters on the SMPTE133 image are provided in Appendix B, “Image Reference.” • When testing for centering, use the Outline images. The detailed methods for verifying centering with the Outline images (Outline0, Outline1, Outline2, Outline3) are provided in Appendix B, “Image Reference.” • When testing resolution with the Grill images, you should be able to see individual and distinct stripes in all areas of the display at all four resolutions.
Testing SDI and HD-SDI digital component video studio displays This section describes how to test SDI and HD-SDI digital component video for HDTV flat panel displays. To set up the generator to test a digital (SDI/HD-SDI) component video HDTV display: 1. Connect a coaxial cable between the SDI/HD-SDI BNC connector on the generator and the SDI/HD-SDI BNC connector on the studio display under test. 2. Identify the component studio formats to test.
FMTL 720p50 FMTU 3. Press the Content key to access the list of images. 4. Choose a suitable image (for example, SMPTE133) by pressing the adjacent soft key. Alternatively, you can load the image with the following command: IMGL SMPTE133 IMGU To test the display: 1. Press the Source key and select the first test format. Alternatively, you can load the format with the following command: FMTL format_name FMTU 2. Press the Content key and select the first test image.
Note: You can customize your generator to run through a specified set of formats and images automatically or manually by creating test sequences. See Chapter 8, “Working with Test Sequences.” for details. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Using the Image Caching feature The Image Cache feature enables you to render images quickly. This feature is ideal for applications, such as production line testing, which require rapid image rendering. The Image Cache features renders a number of images in advance and stores them in memory for immediate recall. The number of images that can be stored in cache depends on the resolution and bit depth of the chosen format.
FMTL FMTU ICHL ICHU ICHL ICHU FMTL FMTU ICHL ICHU FMTU 720p60 0 IMG4 IMG5 DMT0660 0 IMG2 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Using the AuxTest image This section describes the AuxTest composite test image used in production. This image tests an HDMI sink for CEC, EDID and HDCP at the same time. The CEC test is a simple ping test. The HDCP test is an authentication test. The EDID test is a checksum test. Use the procedure below to test a sink for CEC, EDID and HDCP. To test an HDMI sink for CEC, EDID and HDCP: 1. Physically connect a monitor to the HDMI Tx port. There are two AuxTest images.
device. The section in the center shows the step by step results (11 steps) of the first phase of the HDCP authentication. Below that is the ongoing test results of the third phase of authentication, i.e. exchanging the Ri values. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Using the ImageShift utility This section describes the ImageShift utility and how to use it. The ImageShift utility allows you to set in motion any of the built-in or bitmap static images stored in the generator. Image shifting can be controlled at both the pixel level in horizontal and vertical directions, and on a per frame basis. The shift pattern can be set to either a repeated pattern or back and forth (reversed).
4. Choose Cache to browse for a built-in image. The following menu appears on the generator’s display. Images Tools Fonts 5. Choose Images, and then select the image you want to use. The image appears and begins shifting in accordance with default settings for both speed and method of shifting (either repeat or reversed). The following settings appear on the generator’s display as shown below. >Line HInc: VInc: *TInc: Reversed< 1 1 1 Exit! a.
6. To set the starting point of the image shift, press the Settings key. The following settings appear on the generator’s display. Path Start Point X Y 000 000 -> -> You can set the starting coordinates of the image shift as follows: a. To specify the X Start Point, position the blinking cursor on the digits of the X coordinate you wish to change. To do this, press the soft key adjacent to the arrow by the coordinates to move the cursor left or right until it appears on the digit in the X coordinate.
8. To save the changes, press the Enter (Options) key. The following choices appear on the generator’s display: Apply Settings? Back No Yes • To save the changes, choose the Yes item by pressing the adjacent soft key. • To exit without saving the changes, choose the No item. • To return to the previous screen without saving the changes, choose the Back item.
To run the ImageShift utility through the command line interface: 1. Establish a session with the generator using either HyperTerminal over a serial connection or Telnet over an Ethernet LAN. See “Configuring the generator’s serial port” on page 32 or “Establishing a Telnet session with the generator” on page 34. 2. Set the path to the imageshift files using the ISHP command. For example: ISHP tffs0/library/imageshifts 3. Enter the following commands to display the list of imageshift files.
Adjust Frequency Function This section describes the adjust frequency control (AFC) function. The AFC function provides you with the ability to increase or decrease the horizontal frequency (HRAT parameter) of the active video format in increments of 2%. Use the following procedures to increase or decrease the frequency of the active format. To utilize the AFC function: 1. Physically connect a monitor to the generator at any of the interfaces using a suitable cable. 2. Press the Tools key.
Keypad Utility This section describes the Keypad utility and how to use it. The keypad provides you with a quick and convenient way of changing between formats and images. The interface from the Keypad to the generator is through the serial interface. Once connected you can change between formats and image with a single key stroke. You can also control test sequences using the Keypad. Use the following procedures to install and operate the remote keypad. To install and enable the keypad: 1.
To monitor the status of the keypad: 1. Press the Tools key. The Tools menu appears on the generator’s display. When the keypad has been enabled there is an additional item in the Tools menu. This is indicated by an arrow key. If you scroll down using the - key the following menu appears: Sequence Probe AFC Keypad ^ ImgShift Analyzer 2. Select the Keypad item to view the keypad status. The screen shown below appears.
To operate the keypad 1. Use the figure below to operate the keypad. The keypad has two basic modes: 1) Normal which enables you to change the formats, images and colorimetry and 2) Sequence mode which enables you to control a running test sequence.
3 Administrative Tasks Topics in this chapter: • Overview • Calibrating the generator • Auto Upgrade • Upgrading the generator locally • Reconfiguring and booting a stalled generator • Cloning generators • Resetting a generator • Viewing generator configuration information 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Overview This section describes how to accomplish administrative tasks, including calibrating the generator, upgrading a generator, cloning a generator and maintaining the generator’s file system.
Calibrating the generator The 882 generator can calibrate itself. Once calibrated, the generator does not require periodic calibration. There are no physical controls to adjust. All calibration is electronic. Calibration factors are saved in non-volatile memory. Calibrating signal level The calibration accuracy of the generator for analog video voltage swing is specified to be ±14 mV (or ±2% for a nominal 700 mV signal).
4. Choose the CalFactor item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The following items appear on the generator’s display: Edit-Factors Self-Calibrate 5. Choose the Self-Calibrate item by pressing the adjacent soft key. During calibration, calibration factors and other information appear on the generator’s display. Observe the generator’s display for error messages. If an error message appears, make a note of it and call your technical support representative for further assistance.
HRAT 100E3 ALLU 2. Measure the TTL horizontal sync frequency with the frequency counter. 3. Divide the frequency that you expect by the frequency that you measure on the frequency counter. For example, if you measure 99.9955782499875 kHz, when you expect 100.000000000KHz, then divide 100.000000000 kHz by 99.9950002499875 kHz; the result is 1.0000442194553987. 4. Enter the result into the generator. This will raise all frequencies output by the generator and make them exact.
8. Choose the Edit Factors item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The following items appear on the generator’s display: <- Cal Factors Frequency RATC 1.000000000 -> a. Edit the RATC factor by pressing the soft keys adjacent to the bottom row until the cursor appears on the digit you want to change. Press the + or - keys to adjust the setting up or down. b. Press the Enter (Options) key to save the new setting. Alternatively, to enter the result using the command line interface, use the RATC command.
Auto Upgrade This section provides procedures on how to upgrade your generator using the auto upgrade feature. Note that there are also procedures for manually upgrading your 880 series generator, refer to “Manually upgrading using PCMCIA Compact Flash card” on page 109 or “Manually upgrading the generator without using PC Card” on page 111. Quantum Data periodically makes available new firmware releases for the 880 series generators. The Auto Update utility automates the process of upgrading firmware.
DHCP server on the network. The PC has to be connected to the Internet. Refer to the 880 Series User Guide, Chapter 4, “Networking Generators.” for full information on configuring a generator for network use. Refer to the diagrams below. Downloading and installing the Auto Update utility: The Auto Update utility is java-based, and requires the Java Virtual Machine (Java runtime) to be installed on the computer. This can be obtained from http://www.java.com.
881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
2. Select Network Upgrade, then Next. The Network Upgrade screen will appear: 3. Make sure you have network access to the generator, then select Next. Next you will have the opportunity to back up the files in the generator. If you have any custom images, formats, reports, or other files stored on the /tffs0 flash drive within the generator, they will be lost unless you choose to back up the files.
4. Optionally browse to a new backup directory, then click Next to begin the backup. If you don’t want to back up any files from the generator, click on Skip Backup. 5. Next, enter the IP address for the generator: 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
6. Click Next to continue. 7.
8. Next you must confirm that you are connected to the correct generator: Click Yes to continue. Next the utility will connect to the Quantum Data website to download the current firmware version for this generator, then display the version number and wait for your confirmation. 9. Click Yes to continue. The utility will extract the downloaded files, back up the generator’s current files to the PC, and finally transfer the new files to the generator.
10. Now you must power cycle the generator to boot from the new firmware. Auto upgrade - PCMCIA/Compact Flash Method The second method of upgrading the generator using the auto upgrade feature is the PCMCIA/Compact Flash upgrade. This method is used when you connect the generator to the network and you cannot connect the PC to the generator but requires that you have a PC that is connected to the network (Internet).
upgrade files from the computer to the generator. The Auto Upgrade utility prompts the user when the PCMCIA/Compact Flash card must be moved between the computer and the generator. Running the Auto Update utility: PCMCIA Upgrade 1. Run the utility by double-clicking on AutoUpdate.jar. You will be presented with the following screen: 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
2. Select PCMCIA Upgrade; then click Next. Prepare the PCMCIA/Compact Flash card per the following screen: 3. Click Next, then enter generator information (genstats) on the following screen. The button How To Get Genstats Manually will show you the method for reading genstats on an attached display. You can also generate an HTML genstats report by pressing TOOLS -> Reports -> Misc -> Genstats.
5. When this information is correct, click on Next. 6. The utility will download the new firmware files from the Quantum Data website, and report the version number of the release: 7. Click on Yes, and the utility will extract the individual files from the downloaded release archive. Then you will be prompted to insert a blank PCMCIA/Compact Flash card into the generator. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
102 Chapter 3 Administrative Tasks
8. Next you will be prompted to hit the Clone Capture button (Tools -> System -> Clone -> Capture.) This will cause the generator to back up the internal files to the PCMCIA/Compact Flash card. When this process is complete, insert the card into the computer and click on Next. 9. Then you will be asked to specify the location of the PCMCIA/Compact Flash drive on the computer. You can type the drive letter into the space provided (such as G:\) or you can browse to the location.
10. When the drive address is selected, click Next, and the backup files will be copied from the card onto the PC.
copied onto the card. Then you will be prompted to insert the card back into the generator. 11. Click Next, and you will see the following screen instructing you to initiate the clone restore process by pressing Tools -> System -> Clone -> Restore. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
12. After the clone restore is complete, you will again see the menu on the generator’s screen. Then click on Next.
881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
13. Power cycle the generator, and it will boot the upgraded firmware.
Upgrading the generator locally This section provides procedures for upgrading a generator locally. Procedures for upgrading multiple generators over a network are provided in “Upgrading generators over a network” on page 152. There are two methods for upgrading a generator locally: • Upgrading using PC card • Upgrading without using PC card Upgrading using the PC card is the recommended approach to upgrade the generator locally.
3. If your PC does not have access to a PCMCIA slot or device, use the following procedure. You can skip this step if you performed Step 2 above. a. Access the generator’s main web page. For details on this, see “To connect directly to the generator:” on page 115. b. Access the generator’s FTP browser by choosing the FTP Browser menu item from the generator’s main web page. The Generator FTP Browser appears. The Instrument Files area shows the files stored on the generator.
f. In the Host Files area, locate and select the new release files (System and Library directories) to transfer to the PC card. g. In the Host Files area, click Download. The Transfer Files dialog box appears. h. Verify that the source file or folder and the destination folder are correct, and then click OK. The Copying Files dialog box appears showing the status of the operation. i. When transfer is complete, click Done. 4. On the generator front panel, press the Tools key.
1. Download the new release zip file from the Quantum Data download page (http://www.quantumdata.com/downloads/index.asp) and extract into a folder on your PC. 2. Access the generator’s main web page. For details on this, see “To connect directly to the generator:” on page 115. 3. Access the generator’s FTP browser by choosing the FTP Browser menu item from the generator’s main web page. The Generator FTP Browser appears. The Instrument Files area shows the files stored on the generator.
7. In the Instrument Files area, select all of the folders (or only the specific files in the lower pane that you want to backup). 8. Click Upload. A Transfer Files dialog box appears. 9. Verify that the source file or folder and the destination folder are correct, and then click OK. The Copying Files dialog box appears showing the status of the operation. 10. When transfer is complete, click Done. 11. In the Instrument Files area, select all of the folders (System and Library) in the lower pane. 12.
To set the generator’s IP address: 1. Press the Tools key. The Tools menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below. System Sequence Probe AFC Reports ImgShift Analyzer CEC 2. Choose the System item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The System menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below. Clock CalFactor Network Serial Clone* Server About GPib 3. Choose the Network item by pressing the adjacent soft key.
6. To save the changes, press the Enter (Options) key. The following choices appear on the generator’s display: Apply Settings? Yes Back No To save the changes, choose the Yes item by pressing the adjacent soft key. To exit without saving the changes, choose the No item. To return to the previous screen without saving the changes, choose the Back item. 7. Reboot the generator.
Note: If you have more than one Ethernet card make sure you configure the select the correct one.
4. In the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box, select Use the following IP address and type the IP address in the box. Note: IP addresses consist of a network component and a host component. The network component is represented by the first 3, 6, or 9 digits of the address, depending on the network class. The host component is the last 3 digits. The network component of the IP address you enter for the PC must match the network component of the generator’s IP address.
7. Open a Web browser (such as Internet Explorer) and type the generator’s IP address in the address entry field. For example, enter the following: http://206.135.215.189/ The generator web page appears in the browser.
Reconfiguring and booting a stalled generator If a generator fails to boot as expected, it may be set to boot from a location with a corrupt system file or without the necessary system files. The symptom of this problem could be that the generator just fails to boot. In other cases you could see an error such as “tffs0 failed to load.” Starting in Release 2.6 (vxWorks file 20.1883600) the generator has a feature which reformats a corrupt file system.
6. Scroll down to the allow viewing and selection of the BootNow item as shown below. !FileName !InetAddr !HostAddr !User !Other !TrgtName BootNow 7. Select BootNow by pressing the adjacent item selection key. 8. The following display appears: Press UP arrow to Boot Now 9. Press the + key to boot the generator. To boot a generator that has a corrupt file system: 1. Configure a PCcard with Release 2.6 (vxWorks file: 20.1883600) or later including all the System and Library files. 2.
8. Select BootNow by pressing the adjacent item selection key. 9. The following display appears: Press UP arrow to Boot Now 10. Press the + key to boot the generator. The following display appears and the generator boots up. Quantum Data Windriver vxWorks System Boot Press any key for setup 11. Press the Tools key. The Tools menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below. System Sequence Probe AFC Reports ImgShift Analyzer CEC 12. Choose the System item by pressing the adjacent soft key.
18. Repeat the procedure. To boot a stalled generator from a different host: 1. Power down the generator, hold down the Tools key and then re-apply power to the generator. The following screen appears on the generator’s display: !BootDev !HostName !FileName !InetAddr !Passwd !Flags !Other !TrgtName 2. Choose the !BootDev item, and then choose the Network Boot item. 3. Press the Tools key and choose the !HostName item by pressing the adjacent soft key.
To change the IP address of the generator: 1. From the Boot Menu select !InetAddr. !BootDev !HostName !FileName !InetAddr !Passwd !Flags !Other !TrgtName 2. Choose the !InetAddr by pressing the adjacent item selection key. The generator’s IP address and subnet mask appear on the generator’s display as shown below. Network Connection Set TCP/IP IP Address 206.135.215.
Cloning generators You can clone generators using either the generator’s PC card or the Generator FTP Browser over an Ethernet connection. To clone a generator, the firmware revision of the source and target generators must match. Cloning a generator using the PC card Follow this procedure to clone a generator using the PC card. To clone a generator using the PC card: 1. Establish a session with the generator using either HyperTerminal over a serial connection or Telnet over an Ethernet LAN.
8. On the target generator, press the Tools key. The Tools menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below. System Sequence Probe AFC Reports ImgShift Analyzer CEC 9. Choose the System item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The System menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below. Clock CalFactor Network Serial Clone* Server About GPib ite 10. Choose the Clone item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The Clone menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below. Capture Restore 11.
2. Access the source generator’s Generator FTP Browser. See “Working with the Generator FTP Browser” on page 24. 3. Copy all of the files in the source generator’s flash memory to the PC as follows: a. In the Instrument Files area of the Generator FTP Browser window, click the down arrow by the Look in box and select tffs0 (FlashMem). b. Select the system and library folders in the lower pane. c. In the Host Files area, open the folder where you want to copy the files. To create a new folder, click New.
5. Disconnect the source generator from the Ethernet cable and connect the target generator. Note: If both generators on the Ethernet/IP network you do not have to disconnect the generator. 6. Access the target generator’s FTP Browser. 7. Delete the current system and library resource folders from the target generator’s flash memory as follows: a. In the Instrument Files area, click the down arrow by the Look in box and select tffs0 (FlashMem). b. Select all of the files in the lower pane. c.
Resetting a generator You can reset a generator to a known good condition. Note: Resetting does not restore the generator to factory default condition. Thus, it should not be used to restore proper operation of the generator. Follow this procedure to reset a generator. To reset the generator using the command line interface: 1. Establish a session with the generator using either HyperTerminal over a serial connection or Telnet over an Ethernet LAN.
Viewing generator configuration information You can view information about a generator’s configuration, including the firmware and gateware revisions, installed options, board serial numbers, and so on. The procedure for accessing this information depends on the type of information you want. • For information about the main board and video board memory, use the front panel. • For complete generator statistics, view the GenStats image.
5. To view the video board information, pressing the soft key adjacent to the arrow by Main Board. The video board build date appears as shown below. Press the soft key adjacent to the arrow by Build Date to see other information about the video board. <- About Video Board Build Date 2004/08/30 -> To view generator configuration information using the GenStats image: 1. Press the Source key and select a standard format such as DMT0660.
the generator” on page 31 or “Establishing a Telnet session with the generator” on page 34. 4. Enter the following command to view the generator firmware version (runtime and boot code versions): VERF? 20.0882002,01.04.11 5. Enter the following command to view the generator gateware information for each programmable device: VERG? 253C,36,1272005:253F,73,8292005:253A,5,4252005 The information provided for each gateware is the Product Code, Revision Code and Date Code.
5. Open a Web browser (such as Internet Explorer) and type the generator’s IP address in the address entry field. For example, enter the following: http://206.135.215.189/ The generator home page appears in the browser. Note: You can add the page to your list of favorite pages in your Web browser to avoid retyping the IP address each time you want to access the page.
6. Choose the Generated Reports item. The Generator the provides a list of reports currently available as shown below. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
7. Select the GenStats report. The GenStats report then appears in the browser window as shown below. You can then save the report as an web page file for distribution.
4 Networking Generators Topics in this chapter: • Overview • Configuring a file server • Establishing a network environment • Network operations • Controlling a generator remotely • Upgrading generators over a network • Cloning generators using the generator FTP Browser 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Overview This chapter describes how to use the generator in a networked environment. Quantum 882 generators can operate and be administered over an Ethernet LAN connection. By networking multiple generators together, you can centralize control in production environments. When networking generators, a file server containing a set of system and resource files is installed on the network.
Configuring a file server This section describes how to set up a file server. The file server is a PC used to host the generator system and resource files to be shared by networked generators. To configure the file server, you must install FTP server software on it, create an FTP directory (site), and copy the 882 system and resource files into the FTP directory.
To set up the FTP server: 1. Install the FTP server software on the file server PC and create the FTP site directory. You can use Microsoft Internet Information Services shown below. 2. Configure the FTP site properties. a. On the Home Directory tab, enter the name of the Local Path (your default directory for the FTP server).
uses C:\Inetpub\ftproot as the local path as shown below. You can use this path or click Browse to select a different path. b. On the Home Directory tab, specify read/write access. c. On the Security Accounts tab, select Allow only anonymous connections, and then click OK. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Copying resource files to the FTP site on the file server After installing the FTP server, you can download the generator system and resource files from the Quantum Data Web site and copy them to the FTP site on the file server. To copy generator system and resource files to the file server: 1. Create a download folder in a convenient location on your PC. 2. Access the download page of the Quantum Data Web site at: http://www.quantumdata.
3. Copy the contents of the 882 folder from the download folder to the root folder on the FTP server. The resulting folder structure on the file server PC is shown below. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Establishing a network environment To create a network environment for your generators, you must physically connect the generators to the network, and then configure their IP addresses and the IP address of the file server. Procedures for these tasks are described in this section. Connecting generators to the network In a typical networked environment, you will connect the generators to the corporate, IP-based Ethernet LAN.
Setting the generator’s IP address You can either set the IP address of the generator manually with an address you select or automatically by using the built in DHCP support. The default state of the generator is that DHCP is off. So you have to enable it if you want the IP address to be set automatically from a DHCP server. The procedures for setting the IP address manually and enabling DHCP for auto configuration are provided below.
5. Change the IP address as follows: a. Position the blinking cursor on the address digit you want to change. To do this, press the soft key adjacent to the arrow by the address to move the cursor left or right until it appears on the digit you want to change. b. Adjust the value of the digit up or down by pressing the + or - keys. Repeat for each IP address digit you want to change. 6. If necessary, change the subnet mask as follows: a.
2. Choose the System item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The System menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below. *Clock CalFactor Network Serial Clone Server About Gpib 3. Choose the Network item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The generator’s IP address and subnet mask appear on the generator’s display as shown below. IP Address 192.168.254.001 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.000 4. Press the Settings key. The Network Connection screen appears on the generator’s display as shown below.
7. Power cycle the generator to set the IP address of the generator. Setting the file server IP address in the generator You must enter the IP address of the file server in each generator so the generator can communicate with the file server. In addition, you can also enter a name (called the Host Name) for the file server. To specify the IP address and host name of the file server: 1. Press the Tools key. The Tools menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below.
5. Change the host address as follows: a. Position the blinking cursor on the address digit you want to change. To do this, press the soft key adjacent to the arrow by the address to move the cursor left or right until it appears on the digit you want to change. b. Adjust the value of the digit up or down by pressing the + or - keys. Repeat for each address digit you want to change. 6. (Optional) Change the host name as follows: a.
Network operations This section provides common networking tasks, such as booting generators from the file server, accessing files stored on the file server, transfering files from the file server to the generator, and controlling the generator remotely. Booting a generator from the file server A generator can be set up to boot from an operating system (vxWorks) file stored on the file server.
Sharing objects on a file server The generator can be set up to access shared format, image, and sequence files stored on a file server. To do this, you must set the generator’s path to point to the corresponding folders on the file server. You can set the path using the command line interface or the front panel. To set the generator’s path using the command line interface: 1. Establish a session with the generator using either HyperTerminal over a serial connection or Telnet over an Ethernet LAN.
3. Choose the Library item by pressing the adjacent soft key. A list of folders in the library folder appear on the generator’s display as shown below. Fonts Formats Sequence Users FormatLib Images UserData WebFiles 4. Press the soft key adjacent to the folder you want to use. For example, to use the Formats folder, press the soft key adjacent to Formats. The contents of the selected folder appears on the generator’s display. 5. Choose an item by pressing the adjacent soft key.
Controlling a generator remotely In addition to controlling the generator using the front panel keys, you can also control the generator from a remote PC either through the Virtual Front Panel Web-based interface or the command line interface. Using the Virtual Front Panel to operate a generator remotely The 882 generator has a built-in Web server that provides a graphical interface called the Virtual Front Panel to control the generator.
Upgrading generators over a network An upgrade to a network of generators can involve a new system and firmware file (“vxWorks”), a new gateware file, and new library resource files. In some cases you may be upgrading only the firmware or only the gateware, but not both. In other cases, the upgrade may involve only new images or formats. The procedures you follow for an upgrade will therefore depend on what you are upgrading. This section provides procedures for upgrading generators over a LAN.
To back up the current files on the file server: 1. Create a separate, backup folder on your file server PC (not in the FTP folder) to house the files currently used by the network of generators. 2. Open the FTP site folder and copy the contents of the folder to your backup folder. These should include the 882 directory and the System and Library folders as shown below. 3.
3. Copy the contents of the 882 folder to the FTP site folder. The resulting folder structure is shown below. Removing current files from the generators Prior to upgrading the generators, you must remove the existing system and firmware file, gateware, and resource files from the flash memory of each generator. For instructions on removing files from the generator, see “Upgrading the generator locally” on page 109.
Cloning generators using the generator FTP Browser You can clone generators either through the front panel or through the Generator FTP Browser on the Virtual Front Panel Web page. Procedures for cloning generators through the front panel are provided in “Cloning generators” on page 124. This section describes how to clone generators by copying system and library files over the network using the Generator FTP Browser. To clone a generator: 1.
2. Open a second Web browser. You now have two instances of the Generator FTP Browser running: one for the source generator and one for the target generator. 3. In the Generator FTP Browser window for the target generator, delete all of the files in the target generator’s flash memory as follows: a. In the Instrument Files area, click the down arrow by the Look in box and select tffs0. This is the target generator’s flash memory. b. Select all of the System and Library folders in the lower pane. c.
5 Using GPIB Interface Topics in this chapter: • Overview • Setting the GPIB port address • Queries and commands • Status queries and control 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Overview You can operate and program the generator from an external computer or terminal using the optional IEEE-488 (GPIB) interface. The GPIB interface enables the generator to be used as a programmable video signal source for integration into automated test systems that use IEEE-488 or GPIB communications between instruments.
Setting the GPIB port address The default GPIB address is 15. You can specify a different address as described in the procedure below. To set the address of the GPIB port using the front panel: 1. Press the Tools key. The Tools menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below. System Sequence Probe AFC Reports ImgShift Analyzer CEC 2. Choose the System item, and then choose the GPIB item. The GPIB address appears on the generator’s display as shown below. 3.
GPIB? 3. Enter the following command to set the address: GPIB address When the address is changed with the GPIB command, the change takes place as soon at the command is issued.
Queries and commands The GPIB interface is an ASCII command line interface like the RS-232 command line interface. The communications protocol is per IEEE-488.2 specification. Queries and commands consist of four ASCII upper/lower case characters. Commands do not require a response from the generator, while queries cause the generator to respond with the required data. You can send multiple commands on the same line by separating the commands with a semicolon (;) followed by a terminator.
For example, the following number can be represented in three ways: • Integer (42) • Floating point (42.00) • Scaled floating point (4.200E+01) Queries Queries are comprised of a header followed immediately by a question mark (?). If there are any characters between the query header and the question mark character (including whitespace), a command error will result. Queries return a response message upon completion of execution.
Sending commands and queries The generator parses command lines one at a time. Command lines must be terminated with a carriage return ().The generator immediately echoes each character as it is received and places it in a command line buffer. This buffer currently has room for a total of 256 characters.
to wait for all preceding commands to be completed before the commands that follow *WAI are processed. For example, sending the following command line causes a red rectangle to be drawn and then overwritten by the ColorBar image. IMGL COLORBAR; IMGU; IMGE; RECT RED 200 200 0 0 GRAYPAT100 Note that the IMGU command merely requests that the current image be rendered eventually, not necessarily right away nor in a single attempt.
Status queries and control To create applications that control the generator using the GPIB port, it is sometimes necessary to query the status of the generator and set or reset the status bits and bytes. There are two sets of status registers: 1) the Event Status Register and Event Status Enable Register and 2) the Status Byte Register and Service Request Enable Register. These are described in the following paragraphs.
4 Operation Complete 5 Request Control Execution Error 6 Device Dependent Error Command Error 7 Query Error Power On User Request The following figure illustrates IEEE-488 status reporting.
Event Status bit Definition OPC Operation complete. Indicates that all operations have been completed. RQC Request control. Indicates that a device is requesting control. The generator will never request control, so this bit will always be 0. QYE Query error. Indicates that a query request was made while the generator was in deadlock. DDE Device dependent error. Indicates that the generator encountered an error executing a command. EXE Execution error.
In the remote with lockout state (RWLS), the generator is under complete remote control and front panel controls are disabled. The generator enters the RWLS state when the controller issues the local lockout (LLO) message to the generator. Front panel access is re-enabled when the controller issues the go to local (GTL) message to the generator. In the local state (LOCS), the generator is under local control and all front panel controls are enabled.
6 Working with Formats Topics in this chapter: • Overview • Format library • Viewing the Source list of formats • Configuring format parameters • Creating custom formats • Format catalogs 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Overview The generator contains a library of standard formats. You can create your own formats, however, either by using the Format Editor or by entering format commands through the command line interface. You can also create format catalogs which allow you to control the formats that appear on the generator’s display when you press the Source key.
Format library The generator has a built-in library of formats which are stored as XML files in any of the generator’s media. This section describes three sets of naming conventions for identifying formats: 1) Composite television formats, 2) Component television formats, and 3) Computer display formats. In addition, several miscellaneous naming conventions are also described. Composite television format names Composite television formats apply to RF, D2, CVBS, and S-VIDEO signal interfaces.
Common composite TV formats with sub-carriers and their respective standards: • NTSC - ITU-R BT.470-6 • NTSC# - SMPTE 170M • NTSC#KA - SMPTE 170M • PAL - ITU-R BT.470-6 • PAL# - ITU-R BT.470-6 • PAL#KA - ITU-R BT.470-6 Component television format names Component television formats are named by their vertical resolution and scanning method. These formats apply to RGB, YPbPr, YcbCr and HD-SDI video.
Frame rate Frame rate is optional. If no frame rate is given, then the frame rates are assumed. • 24 = 24 Hz • 60 = 60 Hz Common component TV formats • 480pLH Component SDTV signal containing letterboxed 16x9 high-definition content • 480pSH Component SDTV signal containing anamorphically under-sampled 16x9 content Computer display format names Computer display formats are assumed to use progressive scanning.
Frame rate examples (half the field rate with interlace scanning) • 48 for 48 Hz • 60 for 60 Hz • 75 for 75 Hz Aperture (used only when the aperture is not A) See “Aperture designators” on page 174. Common computer display formats • VSC1275 for Viewsonic 1280 by 1024 at 75 Hz • DMT0685 for Discrete Monitor Timing with 680 by 480 at 85 Hz Aperture designators Format names may include one or two characters that describe the aperture of the display. These are listed below. Aspect ratio • Q = 1.
• S = Scope (under-sample content horizontally) • W = Widescreen (over-sample content horizontally) • J = Justify (non- linear horizontal expand – more near edges) • K = Keep safe (shrink to avoid cropping – provide safe title) • P = Pan & Scan (truncate) • M = Mirror (horizontally – rear projection) Other modifiers • I = Inverse (undo operator; for example, S = Scope and SI = Inverse Scope) • O = Orthogonally (rotate operator effect or aperture 90 degrees) • X = Wildcard or special 881/88
Viewing the Source list of formats You can view the list of formats available in the generator using the front panel or the command line interface. Use the following procedures to view the Source (format) list. Note: The Source list of formats that appears on the generator’s display is determined by the format path. In addition, the list may be filtered based on the interface selected and the format catalogs that are enabled.
Configuring format parameters Each standard and custom format is defined by a set of parameters. These parameters are categorized in the generator as either Options or Settings.
4. To see more options, press the Options key again. The following appears on the generator’s display as shown below. MaxRange MaxRangeTV NomRange 5. To see more options, press the Options key again. The following appears on the generator’s display as shown below. *ACS DCS DSS -Pedestal SyncOnR+ SyncOnG+ SyncOnB+ TriLevel+ 6. Press the Options key again to see additional options for testing digital displays. The following appears on the generator’s display as shown below.
4. To save the changes, press the Enter (Options) key. The following choices appear on the generator’s display: Apply Settings? Back No Yes To save the changes, choose the Yes item by pressing the adjacent soft key. To exit without saving the changes, choose the No item. To return to the parameters screen without saving the changes, choose the Back item. The following table shows the layout of the format Settings menu.
Parameter Class Audio Timing Parameter Type Parameters Encoding DAST, NDAS, NDAC, NBPA Components DAXG, DAXA Mix SDMG, DADG, DALS Channels DACA, DACG Sampling Rate ARAT, BRAT To view a format’s parameters on a display connected to the generator: 1. Press the Source key and choose a format by pressing the adjacent soft key. 2. Press the Content key and choose the Format image. The format parameters appear on the connected display.
2. Enable and view image versions as follows: a. Press the Options key. The following menu appears on the generator’s display: -More Red+ Green+ Blue+ -NoGamma -Noise b. Choose the More item by pressing the adjacent soft key until a + and Rendition appears next to the item. +More Rendition: 000 Red+ -NoGamma Green+ -Noise Blue+ c. Press the + and - keys to advance through the image versions. Each version shows the format parameters for a different format in the Source list.
3. To view options, enter the commands for the format options you want to view. For example, to view the sync configuration, enter the following command: ASSG? The generator responds with the information as shown below: 0, 1, 0 // Indicates no sync on red, sync on green, no sync on blue 4. To modify options, enter the format commands with the new values.
To view and modify a format’s parameter values in the format’s XML file: 1. Using the Generator FTP Browser, copy the format’s XML file from the generator to a PC. See “Copying files from a generator to a PC” on page 26 for instructions. 2. Open the XML file in a standard text editor. 3. To modify parameters in the XML file, do the following: a. Make your changes in the XML file, and then save the file under a new file name, including the .xml extension. b.
Viewing and modifying format parameters using the Format Editor Procedures for viewing and modifying the format parameters using the Format Editor are provided below. Please note that the Format Editor requires Internet Browser version 6.x. If you have Internet Browser version 5.x you will need to upgrade. To view and modify a format’s parameter values using the Format Editor: Note: For more information about the Format Editor, see “Format Editor Overview” on page 187. 1.
2. Click Format Editor. The Format Editor appears as shown below. 3. In the Format Name box, enter the name of the format you want to view or modify, and then click Load. A message indicating the format is loading appears, and the format’s parameters appear in the Format Editor window. 4. To modify the parameters in the Format Editor, do the following: a. Select the value you want to change and enter the new value.
Creating custom formats You can create new formats for the generator and add them to the generator’s flash memory or PC card. You can create new formats using the Format Editor in the generator’s Web server or the command line interface; however, the recommended method is to use the Format Editor because it contains the algorithms for ensuring compatibility between format parameters where there are dependencies in their respective values.
Format Editor Overview The Format Editor is shown below, along with a description of the main features. Feature Description Path Name Sets the path name for loading and saving formats. • To query current format path, click Get. • To set current format path, click Set. Format Name Displays name of format loaded into Format Editor. • To load an existing format’s parameters, enter name and click Load. • To save displayed format parameters to a file, enter name and click Save.
Feature Description View XML Opens a window showing the currently displayed format parameters in XML. Live Test Tests the currently displayed format parameters on the generator. Set Digital Audio Parameters Displays a window for setting digital audio parameters. Set Digital Video Parameters Displays a window for setting digital video parameters. Clear All Clears all values and settings from the Format Editor. Clear Calcs Clears all calculated values from the Format Editor.
To create a new format using the Format Editor: 1. Open a Web browser (such as Internet Explorer) and type the generator’s IP address in the address entry field. For example, enter the following: http://206.135.215.189/ The generator home page appears in the browser. Note: You can add the page to your list of favorite pages in your Web browser to avoid retyping the IP address each time you want to access the page. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
2. Click Format Editor. The Format Editor appears as shown below. 3. Set the format path as follows: a. Click Get to load the format path currently set in the generator. The path is displayed in the Path Name field. b. To change the format path, enter new path in Path Name field and click Set. Note: If the format path displayed is in the generator’s cache memory, you will need to change the format path to one in flash memory or PC card. 4.
• Upon modifying a format value, click Evaluate. The Format Editor applies the new value to the timing algorithm and updates any values dependent on the value you entered (or changed). For example, to change the horizontal resolution to 660, enter the value in the Active field under Pixels in the Horizontal area, and then click Evaluate. The result is shown below. Notice that the Format Editor has calculated and written values to the Blank and Period fields as indicated by the red calculator ( ) symbol.
existing format to use as a template for the new format, and then modify only the values needed to create the new format. When using this method, you can save the new format under a new name or the existing name. Independent of the method you choose, you can enter each command interactively or create a text file containing all the commands you want to issue, and then download the text file to the generator.
Format catalogs Scrolling through all of the available formats on the Source list can be time consuming. This is particularly true if you regularly use only a few formats that may be scattered throughout the list. You can set up the generator to show only the formats you want, in the order you want, when you browse through the Source list. The generator’s format library is comprised of a set of format catalogs. A format catalog is an XML file that lists related format names.
4. Press the soft key adjacent to a catalog to enable or disable it. A + sign next to the item indicates the item is enabled; a - sign indicates it is disabled. For example, to see only the VESA formats when you press the Source key, disable all catalogs except DMT and CVT. 5. Press the Source key to see the formats in the selected catalogs. Creating format catalogs Use the following procedures to create format catalogs.
Note: If other catalogs are also selected, the Source list will include the formats in those catalogs as well. Note: If you power cycle the generator you will have to reinstate the format catalogs by loading with DIRL and using it with DIRU. To create a format catalog with both custom formats and default formats: 1.
Deleting format catalogs You can delete format catalogs either through the command line or through the FTP Browser. Procedures for both methods are provided below. To delete a format catalog through the command line: 1. Establish a session with the generator using HyperTerminal over a serial connection or Telnet over an Ethernet LAN. For instructions, see “Establishing a terminal session with the generator” on page 31 and “Establishing a Telnet session with the generator” on page 34. 2.
5. Select the catalog you want to delete. 6. Click the Delete button to delete the catalog. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
198 Chapter 6 Working with Formats
7 Working with Images Topics in this chapter: • Overview • Viewing the Content list of images • Creating custom images • Rendering bitmap images • Creating image catalogs 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Overview The 882 generator includes a library of 250 test images. The images in the library are compiled in the application and stored as .img files; you cannot modify them. In addition to the library images there are other types of images that you can create and store on the generator media. You can create your own images either by writing your own code using the generator’s Software Development Kit (SDK) or by entering image primitive commands using the command line interface.
Viewing the Content list of images You can view the list of images available in the generator through the front panel or the command line interface. Use the following procedure to view the image list using the front panel. Note: The list of images that appears on the generator’s display is determined by the image path. In addition, the list may be filtered based on the image catalogs that are enabled. For more information about setting the path, see “Setting the generator’s path” on page 18.
To view an alternate version for an image in the Content list: 1. Select an image by pressing the Content key. 2. Enable and view the alternate image version as follows: a. Press the Options key. The following menu appears on the generator’s display for images with a single, alternate image: -Alternate -NoGamma -Noise b. Red+ Green+ Blue+ Choose the Alternate item by pressing the adjacent soft key until a + appears next to the item. +Alternate -NoGamma -Noise Red+ Green+ Blue+ 3.
3. When you are finished, disable image versions by pressing the Options key and choosing More until a - appears next to it. Alternatively, to disable image versions using the command line interface, enter the following command: ISUB 0 // Disables sub images 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Creating custom images This section describes how to create images using drawing primitive commands and add them to the generator’s Content list. The recommended method for sending drawing primitive commands to the generator is to create a text file containing the commands for creating the image, and then transfering the text file to the generator. For more information about using command files, see “Sending command files (serial interface only)” on page 36. To create a custom image with a text file: 1.
Command file example The following sample command file creates the image shown in the graphic below.
Editing images When you create an image using the command line interface, the generator produces an image XML file. This XML file can be edited with any standard text editor. The XML file created from the above command file is shown below. PAGE 225Rendering bitmap images Bitmap images residing in the generator’s flash memory, on the PC card, or on the file server can be rendered on a display by selecting the image through the front panel or the command line interface. This section describes how to store and render bitmap images. To render a bitmap image using the front panel: 1. Copy the bitmap image to the Image folder on either the file server or the generator’s flash memory or PC card. See “Copying files from a PC to a generator” on page 24.
4.
Setting image component values You can increment the color component values or can decrement the color component values for all pixels of any image through the front panel or the command line. This feature enables you to increment or decrement the values in increments (or decrements) of 1, 10 or 100 throughout a range of 0 to 255 through the front panel or by any increment 1 or greater through the command line.
LEVP:R 52 color // Sets all color component (R,G,B) at 52% full To increment or decrement each color component value individually for an image: 1. Select any image you want to modify by pressing the Content key. Alternatively you can enter the following command: IMGL SMPTEBar IMGU // Loads the SMPTEbar test image // Renders the test image that is loaded 2.
Creating image catalogs An image catalog is an XML file that lists image names. When a catalog is enabled, the image names in the catalog appear in the Content list. You can create image catalogs and use them to control which image names appear when you press the Content key. If your test environment requires only a subset of the built-in images (for example, only images for testing TV CRTs), you can create an image catalog containing only those image names.
To create an image catalog using the Generator FTP Browser: 1. Access the generator’s Virtual Front Panel. See “Working with the Virtual Front Panel” on page 21. 2. From the Options menu (upper left corner of the Virtual Front Panel), choose the FTP Browser menu item. The Generator FTP Browser appears. 3. In the Instrument Files area, click the down arrow by the Look in box and select tffs0. This is the generator’s flash memory.
4. Create a folder named ImageLib as follows: a. Click the New button. The Enter a New Folder Name dialog box appears. b. Enter ImageLib in the box, and then click OK. The ImageLib folder appears in the list of files and folders. dir To create an image catalog using the command line interface: 1. Determinetheimagesyouwanttoincludeinyourcatalog.
3. Createthecatalogbyenteringthecommandsshownbelow.Thisexamplecreatesacatalogcalled TVimages.xml. DIRN DIRT DIRB NAMI . . .
To enable catalogs in the Content list using the front panel: 1. Press the Content key. The list of images appears on the generator’s display. 2. Press the Options key repeatedly until the Library folder appears on the generator’s display as shown below: Library 3. Choose the Library item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The image library appears as shown below. Each item in the image library is an image catalog. -TVImages FPDImages- 4. Press the soft key adjacent to a catalog to enable or disable it.
Deleting an image catalog You can delete an image catalogs either through the command line or through the Generator FTP Browser. Procedures for both methods are provided below. To delete a image catalog using the Generator FTP Browser: 1. Access the source generator’s Virtual Front Panel. See “Working with the Virtual Front Panel” on page 21. 2. From the Options menu (upper left corner of the Virtual Front Panel), choose the FTP Browser menu item. The Generator FTP Browser appears. 3.
5. Selectthecatalogfileyouwanttodelete,andthenclicktheDeletebutton.Amessageappearsaskingyou to confirm that you want to delete the file. Click OK. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
218 Chapter 7 Working with Images
8 Working with Test Sequences Topics in this chapter: • Overview • Viewing the test sequence list • Running a test sequence • Creating a test sequence • Deleting a test sequence 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Overview When testing video displays, you typically select a format using the Source key, and then select an image using the Content key. In a production environment, where there might be a need to test several combinations of formats and images, you can create a test sequence to automate the process of selecting formats and images. Test sequences provide a way to progress through a pre-defined sequence of format and images, either manually or automatically.
Viewing the test sequence list You can view the list of test sequences stored in the generator using the generator front panel controls or the command line interface. Viewing the test sequence list using the front panel Use the following procedure to view the test sequence list using the generator’s front panel. To view the sequence list using the front panel: 1. Press the Tools key. The Tools menu appears as shown below: System Sequence Probe AFC Probe 2.
SEQP /tffs0/Library/Sequence To set the sequence path to view the sequence files on the PC card, enter the following command: SEQP /card0/Library/Sequence 3.
Running a test sequence Test sequences are initiated through the generator’s front panel or the command line interface. A sequence can run in one of three modes: • Step and stop mode, where the progression of the sequence is under user control, and the sequence halts after the final step. • Step and wrap mode, where the progression of the sequence is under user control, and it continuously loops (repeats the sequence steps).
3. Choose the sequence you want to run by pressing the adjacent soft key. The settings for the selected sequence are shown on the generator’s display: +Red +Grn +Blu Inv myseq Auto:00001 DMT0660 SMPTE133 ACS DCS DSS* Out+ Depending on the mode of the sequence, the sequence will either start automatically, or you can press the + or - keys to move forward or backward manually through the sequence steps.
the generator” on page 31 or “Establishing a Telnet session with the generator” on page 34. 2. Enter the following commands: SEQL seqname SMOD 1 SEQU // loads the sequence into sequence edit buffer // where 1=step&stop; 2=step&wrap; 3=auto // starts running the sequence The generator’s display shows the format and image name for each step, the mode, and the current step number.
Creating a test sequence You create test sequences using the command line interface. Test sequences consist of multiple steps. Each step specifies the format and image to display, as well as the duration of the step. You can create multiple sequence files, which are stored in the generator’s flash memory.
SDLY FMTL IMGL STEP SDLY FMTL IMGL STEP SDLY FMTL IMGL SEQE SEQA 5.0 480p59 SMPTEbar 2 5.0 720p60 Outline1 3 5.
Note: When you send the .txt file to the generator, the file will be automatically converted to an XML file. 3. Set the sequence path to the sequence directory on the generator’s flash memory or the PC card. For example, to set the path to the generator’s flash memory, enter the following command: SEQP /tffs0/Library/Sequence To set the sequence path to the PC card, enter the following command: SEQP /card0/Library/Sequence 4.
To create and save a test sequence with HDMI digital formats using a text file: 1. Create HDMI digital versions of the formats you will be using in the test sequence. We recommend using the Format Editor. Please refer to “Creating custom formats using the Format Editor” on page 186. a. Load the format that you wish to use. b. Specify the Color Encoding Method to set the digital video signal type as in the example below: c. Save the format under a different name.
IMGL Geom_4 SEQE SEQA MySeq // loads another image // ends the sequence editing session // saves the current contents of the sequence editor 3. Save the text file with a .txt extension. Note: When you send the .txt file to the generator, the file will be automatically converted to an XML file. 4. Set the sequence path to the sequence directory on the generator’s flash memory or the PC card.
2. Open the XML file in a standard text editor. A sample sequence XML file for the sequence named MySeq01 is shown below: /tffs0/Library/TestAnalog/DMT0660.xml ![]()
master.img +3.0000000E+00 /tffs0/Library/TestAnalog/DMT0659.xml ![]()
SMPTEBar.img +3.0000000E+00 /tffs0/Library/TestAnalog/DMT0675.
Before: ... /tffs0/Library/TestAnalog/DMT0659.xml ![]()
SMPTEBar.img +3.0000000E+00 ... After (modified text in bold): ... /tffs0/Library/TestAnalog/DMT0856.xml ![]()
PulseBar.img +4.0000000E+00 ... 4. Save the text file as an XML file. 5. Using the Generator FTP Browser, download the format XML file from your PC to the generator. See “Copying files from a PC to a generator” on page 24 for instructions.
Deleting a test sequence You can delete a test sequence using the command line interface. To delete a test sequence using the command line interface: 1. Establish a session with the generator using either HyperTerminal over a serial connection or Telnet over an Ethernet LAN. See “Establishing a terminal session with the generator” on page 31 or “Establishing a Telnet session with the generator” on page 34. 2. Set the sequence path to the medium and location you want to query.
234 Chapter 8 Working with Test Sequences
9 Analyzing Digital Sources and Cables Topics in this chapter: • Getting started • Measuring timing of video signal • Testing cables and distribution systems • Testing video signal quality from a source • Testing InfoFrames (HDMI only) • Testing audio (HDMI only) • Controlling the analyzer using the command line interface • Controlling the analyzer with Signal Analysis Module 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Getting started The Analyzer option provides the generator with the ability to test and verify the quality of an HDMI or DVI video signal, respectively. Having both a transmitter and receiver, the generator with the Analyzer feature can be used to: • View timing of an HDMI/DVI video signal. Connect an HDMI/DVI source to the HDMI IN connector to measure and analyze the timing parameters of the signal.
Analyzer connections HDMI 1.1 This subsection describes the generator’s video interfaces for the connecting source devices to the 882CA analyzer. The HDMI video interfaces are shown below. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 VGA HDMI OUT 1 HDMI OUT 2 HDMI IN 1 HDMI IN 2 10 Interface Description 6 HDMI OUT 1 connector outputs full single link HDMI video, as well as DVI and modern HDMI-compatible digital video signals.
HDMI 1.3 This subsection describes the generator’s video interfaces for the connecting source devices to the 882EA analyzer. The HDMI video interfaces are shown below. 1 2 3 4 OUT 1 OUT 2 IN 1 IN 2 SERIAL DEBUG 5 6 7 SPECIAL SPDIF OUT SPDIF IN GPIB ETHERNET INPUT 90-264 YAC Interface Description 1 HDMI OUT 1 connector outputs full single link HDMI 1.3 deep color video, as well as DVI and modern HDMI-compatible digital video signals.
Monitoring HDMI 1.1 analyzer signal input With the 882CA analyzer option, you can externally monitor the HDMI 1.1 video and/or audio content of an incoming HDMI signal. This feature lets you view and hear HDMI content that is received at the HDMI In connector while analysis and testing functions are performed by the analyzer. To monitor HDMI input: • Use the VGA-to-RCA cable provided (part 30-00150) to connect the AV connector with a YPbPr display, and the audio connections, as shown below.
• The image resolution of the passthru video will not scale to the native resolution of the display used to monitor the incoming video. In other words, if the monitoring display is 1080 and the incoming video signal is 720p you will see the entire image in the upper left area of the monitoring display with unused portions of the display on the bottom and right area.
2. Activate the HDMI-H interface on the output port: a. Press the Interface key to access the list of interfaces. A listing of signal interfaces appears on the generator’s display as shown below. * VGA HDMI-D HDMI-H b. Choose the HDMI-H or HDMI-D item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The interface is activated and the port outputs the currently selected image and format. VGA HDMI-D *HDMI-H c.
6. Put the 882EA into passthru mode. a. Press the Interface key to access the list of interfaces. The list of signal interfaces appears on the generator’s display as shown below. VGA HDMI-D *HDMI-H b. Press the Option key to access the Passthru mode selection. + Output - Passthru c. CVBS S-VIDEO SDI Mark#1 - Enable Passthru by pressing the adjacent soft key. + Output + Passthru Mark#1 - d.
Measuring timing of video signal The Analyzer provides the ability to measure and analyze signal timing information of an external HDMI/DVI source device. This feature allows you to test a transmitted HDMI/DVI signal for anomalies and verify that the proper timing is output by the HDMI/DVI transmitter for a given signal format.
6. Choose the Analyzer item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The Analyzer menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below. * Timing CableTest ReadRGB PIX-ERR PRN-ERR 7. Choose the Timing item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The Timing menu appears as shown below. TIMING ! Measure !Report Exit ! 8. Choose the Measure item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The Analyzer measures the video signal and displays the values on the generator’s display.
3. Choose the connector to which the transmit device is connected by pressing the adjacent soft key. 4. Activate the HDMI-H or HDMI-D interface on the output port: a. Press the Interface key to access the list of interfaces. A listing of signal interfaces appears on the generator’s display as shown below. CVBS S-VIDEO SDI * VGA HDMI-D HDMI-H b. Choose the HDMI-H or HDMI-D item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The interface is activated and the port outputs the currently selected image and format.
9. Choose the Report item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The generator indicates that it is measuring the timing and “Generating Report.” Note: Be sure that you have transferred any existing timing reports to your PC otherwise generating a new report will overwrite the existing report in the Reports folder. 10. Go back to the generator’s home page and select Generated Reports. A list of generated reports appears in the browser. 11. Select the Timing Report from this list of available reports.
Note: The Color Depth of the source’s video signal is shown on the timing report (last line). 12. (optional) Transfer the report from the generator to your PC, using the FTP browser, by highlighting the report and clicking on the upload activation button. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Note: Make sure to change the names of any existing reports in the directory on your PC to avoid overwriting existing reports. To view timing information of an external HDMI/DVI source signal on a display: 1. Connect the HDMI/DVI transmit device to an HDMI IN connector on the generator. 2. Activate the HDMI-H or HDMI-D interface on the output port: a. Press the Interface key to access the list of interfaces. A listing of signal interfaces appears on the generator’s display as shown below.
ALLU // Applies the interface setting to the generator 3. Press the Interface key repeatedly until the following menu appears: * HDMI IN 1 HDMI IN 2 4. Choose the connector to which the transmit device is connected by pressing the adjacent soft key. 5. If desired, monitor the video signal received on the HDMI IN connector (see page 239). 6. Connect an HDMI/DVI display to an HDMI OUT connector on the generator. 7. Press the Source key and choose a suitable format for the display (for example, DMT0660).
Testing cables and distribution systems This section describes how to test HDMI or DVI cables and distribution systems using pseudo-random noise. Using different signal formats, the HDMI/DVI cable can be tested over a wide range of frequencies. The procedures below provide instructions for testing cable and distribution systems with the Analyzer both through the front panel and the command line. To test a cable or distribution system through the front panel: 1.
6. Press the Source key and choose the format you want to use. Any built-in formats may be used for this test. However, we recommend using several formats spread over a wide range of frequencies. For example, the Test150 format tests at the maximum supported pixel frequency for HDMI. The DMT0660 format can be used to test at a very low frequency (25.175 MHz). Note: The list of formats that appears when you press the Source key may be a filtered or abbreviated list.
To change a setting value: a. Position the blinking cursor on the value you want to change. To do this, press the soft key adjacent to the arrow by the setting value to move the cursor left or right until it appears on the digit you want to change. b. Adjust the value of the setting up or down by pressing the + or - keys. Analysis Duration Sequences 1 → 11. To save the changes, press the Enter (Options) key.
13. To test the cable at a different frequency, return to step 6. Results Explanation Exit ! ! Start → ERRORS PER COMP. Total:0009 R:0009 G:0009 B:0009 ! Start → PIXEL ERROR RATE PELS/BILLION 4.255 Exit ! 0.88 Total shows the total number of pixel errors detected. The bottom line shows the number of pixels errors detected per color component. In this example, the total number of pixel errors is 9, with 9 errors on each of the color components.
Testing video signal quality from a source The Analyzer can test the quality of video sources and report errors to the front panel display or as reports. If the HDMI/DVI source can generate Quantum Data’s BCM pseudo-random noise, the Analyzer can compare the pseudo-random noise from the source with a reference that you specify using the Pseudo-Random Noise test.
5. Press the Tools key. The Tools menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below. System Sequence Probe AFC Reports ImgShift Analyzer 6. Choose the Analyzer item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The Analyzer menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below. * Timing CableTest ReadRGB PIX-ERR PRN-ERR 7. Choose the PRN-ERR item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The PRN-ERR menu appears as shown below. ! Start Settings Exit ! 8.
10. Refer to the table below to locate the setting you want to change, for more information about a setting. To change a setting value: a. Position the blinking cursor on the value you want to change. To do this, press the soft key adjacent to the arrow by the setting value to move the cursor left or right until it appears on the digit you want to change. b. Adjust the value of the setting up or down by pressing the + or - keys.
12. To start the analysis, press the soft key adjacent to Start. The results of the analysis appear on the generator’s display. Press the soft key next to the arrow to see all of the results. Refer to the table below for an explanation of the results. Results Explanation Exit ! ! Start → ERRORS PER COMP. Total:0009 R:0009 G:0009 B:0009 ! Start → PIXEL ERROR RATE PELS/BILLION 4.255 Exit ! 0.88 Total shows the total number of pixel errors detected.
Note: Make sure to change the names of any existing reports in the directory on your PC to avoid overwriting existing reports.
3. Navigate to your PC and double click on the report. A sample of the report is shown below. Running the Pixel Error test If your source device does not have the Quantum Data BCM pseudo-random noise algorithm you can test the signal quality with the Pixel Error test. During the Pixel Error test, the Analyzer captures an external, still-frame image (reference frame) typically from the device under test and verifies that all pixels match over a user-specified number of successive frames.
To analyze an external HDMI/DVI signal for pixel errors: 1. Connect the HDMI/DVI transmit device to an HDMI IN connector on the generator. 2. Press the Interface key repeatedly until the following menu appears: * HDMI IN 1 HDMI IN 2 3. Choose the HDMI IN connector to which the transmit device is connected by pressing the adjacent soft key. 4. (HDMI only) If desired, monitor the video signal received on the HDMI IN connector (see “Monitoring HDMI 1.3 analyzer signal input” on page 239). 5.
Note: Be sure that you have transferred any existing pixel error reports to your PC otherwise generating a new report will overwrite the existing report. 9. Choose the Settings item by pressing the adjacent soft key or press the Settings key. The pixel error testing settings appear on the generator’s display as shown below. Press the soft keys adjacent to the arrows to see all of the settings. → Analysis Duration Frames 1 → 10. Refer to the table below to locate the setting you want to change.
13. Capture a static reference frame. You can either capture a reference frame from the device under test or from another device (i.e. other than the device under test). Note that you can capture a reference frame from the generator itself. The default selection is to capture a reference frame from the device under test. (Optional) To capture a reference frame from another device, use the following procedures. a.
14. To start the analysis, press the soft key adjacent to Start. a. The results of the analysis appear on the generator’s display. If there are no errors, the generator will display the following screen. ! Start ->No Errors b. Exit ! Press the soft key next to the arrow to see all of the results. Refer to the table below for an explanation of the results.
Note: Make sure to change the names of any existing reports in the directory on your PC to avoid overwriting existing reports.
3. Navigate to your PC and double click on the report. A sample is shown below. Running the ViewPix test During the ViewPix test (previously called the ReadRGB test), the Analyzer captures one complete frame of pixel data. You can then view the RGB data from any pixel in the frame by specifying the coordinates. This way if you know what the source is transferring or sending for a pixel(s) you can compare it with what the analyzer detects.
3. Press the Interface key repeatedly until the following menu appears: * HDMI IN 1 HDMI IN 2 4. Choose the HDMI IN connector to which the transmit device is connected by pressing the adjacent soft key. 5. (HDMI only) If desired, monitor the video signal received on the HDMI IN connector (see “Monitoring HDMI 1.3 analyzer signal input” on page 239). 6. Press the Tools key. The Tools menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below.
Note: If the HDMI image received is color difference (YCbCr) then the menu indications will show this as follows: ! Capture * X:0000 Y:0000 EXP:001 Exit ! Cr:0128 Y:0180 Cb:0128 Note: If the HDMI image received is a deep color image, the values will indicate the greater value ranges as follows: ! Capture * X:0000 Y:0000 EXP:001 Exit ! Cr:2048 Y:2881 Cb:2048 10. To specify pixel coordinates, do the following: a. Choose either the X or Y coordinate by pressing the adjacent soft key. b.
2. Activate the HDMI-H or HDMI-D interface on the output port: a. Press the Interface key to access the list of interfaces. A listing of signal interfaces appears on the generator’s display as shown below. * VGA HDMI-D HDMI-H b. Choose the HDMI-H or HDMI-D item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The interface is activated and the port outputs the currently selected image and format. VGA HDMI-D *HDMI-H c.
Testing InfoFrames (HDMI only) The HDMI analyzer can analyze InfoFrame data from an incoming HDMI signal. With this capability, an HDMI transmit device can be tested for its ability to transmit InfoFrame packets correctly. Testing HDMI transmit device InfoFrame capability The generator can monitor the InfoFrame content of the received HDMI signal. To view current HDMI InfoFrame contents received from an HDMI transmitter: 1. Connect an HDMIdisplay to an HDMI OUT connector on the generator. 2.
6. If desired, monitor the video signal received on the HDMI Rx connector (see “Monitoring HDMI 1.3 analyzer signal input” on page 239). 7. Press the Source key and select an appropriate format for the connected HDMI display. 8. Press the Content key and select the PacketRx image. The PacketRx image appears on the connected HDMI display. Shown in the image are the current settings for the AVI InfoFrame input. 9. Enable and view image versions for the PacketRx image as follows: a. Press the Options key.
Note: The contents of the appropriate InfoFrame input appears on the HDMI display. Alternatively, to select an image version using the command line interface, enter the following commands: ISUB 1 IVER 1 IMGU // Enables sub images // Specifies the first image version // Activates the image version 10. Select additional InfoFrame subimages (as desired) to verify proper InfoFrame handling. 11.
4. Select the !PacketRx item by pressing the adjacent soft key to generate the report. The following appears on the display. RX PACKETS Finished 5. Select a suitable directory on your PC to store the report by navigating in the FTP Browser. 6. Transfer the report from the generator to your PC, using the FTP browser, by highlighting the report and clicking on the upload activation button.
7. Navigate to your PC and double click on the report. A sample of part of the PacketRx report is shown below. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Testing audio (HDMI only) The HDMI analyzer can process audio data from an incoming HDMI signal. With this capability, an HDMI source can be tested for its ability to successfully transmit audio packets. Testing HDMI transmit device audio capability The generator can monitor the audio content of the received HDMI signal. To monitor audio content received from an HDMI transmitter: 1. Connect the HDMI audio transmit device to the HDMI Rx connector on the generator. 2.
Controlling the analyzer using the command line interface You can operate the Analyzer using the generator’s command line interface. This section describes Analyzer functions and commands and provides examples of command sequences you can use to perform Analyzer tasks. For command descriptions, see Appendix A, “Command Reference.” Signal timing analysis commands This section provides command line procedures for running and viewing signal timing parameters.
Pseudo-random noise generation commands This section provides command line procedures for configuring and controlling the transmission of pseudo-random noise from the generator’s output. Configuring pseudo-random noise output parameters The following is an example of using commands to configure pseudo-random noise output parameters. To generate pseudo-random noise: 1. Connect the HDMI cable or DVI to HDMI cable between an HDMI IN connector on the generator and the output interface on the device under test.
4. Choose the connector to which the transmit device is connected by entering the following commands: XVSI:IN 1 ALLU // Selects the HDMI-1 input connector // Applies the interface setting to the generator 5. Enter the following commands to run the pseudo-random noise test. PNSP 100 PNAU // sets pseudo-random noise for 100 sequencs // runs the pseudo-random noise test for the specified number of frames Note: The test will stop automatically if configured to run in the single or multi-shot mode.
ALLU // Applies the format to the generator Any built-in formats may be used for this test. However, we recommend using several formats spread over a wide range of frequencies. For example, the Test150 format is commonly used to test at the maximum pixel frequency for HDMI. The DMT0660 format can be used to test at a very low frequency (25.175 MHz). Use the following formats to test HDMI over a range of frequencies: Format Pixel rate (MHz) TEST150 150.000 1080p60 148.500 720p60 74.250 DMT0660 25.
XVSI 4 (or 3) ALLU // Selects the HDMI-H or HDMI-D interface // Applies the interface setting to the generator 5. Enter the following commands to load a valid HDMI or DVI format into the analyzer. FMTL DMT0660 FMTU // loads the DMT0660 (e.g.) format into the edit buffer // applies the format to the generator/analyzer 6. Enter the following commands to setup the measurement of pixel data.
XVSI 4 (or 3) ALLU // Selects the HDMI-H or HDMI-D interface // Applies the interface setting to the generator 5. Enter the following commands to load a valid HDMI or DVI format into the analyzer. FMTL DMT0660 FMTU // loads the DMT0660 (e.g.) format into the edit buffer // applies the format to the generator/analyzer 6. Enter the following commands to setup the measurement of pixel data. PDAX:CAPF //captures a frame of pixel data for the pixel data analysis test 7.
Controlling the analyzer with Signal Analysis Module You can operate the Analyzer timings functions through the Signal Analysis Module (SAM) application. The Signal Analysis Module is a Java-based GUI application available through the 882 generator’s internal web server. This section describes analyzer functions available through the Signal Analysis Module and provides examples of procedures you can use to perform analyzer tasks.
To run the Signal Analysis Module from the web server: 1. Open a Web browser (such as Internet Explorer) and type the generator’s IP address in the address entry field. For example, enter the following: http://206.135.215.189/. The generator home page appears in the browser. 2. Click on SAM+ (Signal Analysis Module).
To set up the generator: 1. Connect an HDMI-to-HDMI cable between the HDMI source device under test and either of the HDMI IN connectors on the generator. 2. Activate the HDMI-H interface on the output port: a. Press the Interface key to access the list of interfaces. A listing of signal interfaces appears on the generator’s display as shown below. CVBS S-VIDEO SDI * VGA HDMI-D HDMI-H b. Choose either the HDMI-H item by pressing the adjacent soft key.
To monitor measure timing: 1. Set up the generator/analyzer for HDMI in accordance with the instructions above. 2. In the Signal Analysis Module, input the appropriate information in the Source Device Information box. This includes the Source Device Type, Source Device Make, Source Device Model, Source Device Serial Number, and the HDMI Input Port Number information.
3. To take a measurement, click Append Measurement under the Commands box. Measurement will appear under appropriate headings in the table at bottom of the page. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
4. Check the Display Headers and Values Using HDMI Compliance Test Specification Nomenclature check box to display headers and values according to the HDMI Compliance Test Specification Nomenclature.
5. Click Save Results to save the results of the Append Measurement Command. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
6. Browse to find the correct folder and type in the file name in the File Name box. Place a check mark next to Generate HTML Report to save the file in HTML format as well as an .xml format. A browser window will open displaying the html document as shown below. T If Generate HTML Report is not checked, the file will be saved in XML format only. The XML file will not automatically display in the browser, you will need to manually open the browser window and browse for the XML file and open it.
881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Generating pseudo-random noise from an external source This section explains how to implement pseudo-random noise is your own device. Once implemented, the Analyzer can test and analyze the transmission quality of an external HDMI/DVI transmit device using pseudo-random noise. Implementing pseudo-random noise on an external source The Analyzer can test and analyze pixel data received from an HDMI/DVI source.
}; #endif // !defined(AFX_LFSR_H__5947F6F9_1DBE_4E6E_9AFB_77D5D8857A10__INCLUDED_) lfsl.cpp The following source code is provided for the tfsl.cpp file. // Implementation of the CLFSR class #include “LFSR.h” #include
{ unsigned long temp; // states 0 to 2 are specific for QuantumData switch (state) { // pixel 1 case 0: pixelvalue=seed; state++; #ifdef RGB_TEST return (0xff0000); // red #else return(0); #endif break; // pixel 2 case 1: temp=((0x007<<7) | (( seed &0x7f000000)>>24)) & 0xffffff; state++; #ifdef RGB_TEST return (0x00ff00); // green #else return(temp); #endif break; // pixel 3 case 2: temp=seed &0x00ffffff; state++; #ifdef RGB_TEST return (0x0000ff); // blue #else return(temp); #endif break; default: pixelva
} void CLFSR::Dump10K() { int i; FILE* f; char s[100]; f=fopen(“c:\\temp\\noise.txt”,”w”); Reset(); for (i=0;i<10000;i++) { sprintf(s,”%.6lx”,GetPixel()); fprintf(f,”%s\r\n”,s); } // AfxMessageBox(“See c:\\temp\\noise.txt”); fclose(f); 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
294 Chapter 9 Analyzing Digital Sources and Cables
10 Testing HDMI Sink Devices Topics in the chapter: • Overview of HDMI display testing • Setting up the generator for HDMI testing • Testing HDMI displays • Testing HDMI 1.3 displays • Testing HDMI video pixel repetition (882 only) • Testing HDMI audio • Testing HDMI InfoFrames (882 only) 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Overview of HDMI display testing The HDMI option enables the generator to test HDMI-compliant displays. With the HDMI option, the generator outputs HDMI-compatible TMDS video and data packets containing audio and auxiliary information. Note: This chapter does not provide HDMI compliance test procedures. HDMI EDID compliance testing procedures are provided in “Testing EDID for HDMI compliance in display (sink) devices” on page 525.
The following figure shows the location of these connectors on a generator with the HDMI option. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 VGA HDMI OUT 1 HDMI OUT 2 HDMI IN 1 HDMI IN 2 10 Interface Description 1 SDI/HD-SDI connector outputs a serial digital signal per SMPTE 259M and SMPTE 292M standards. 2 CVBS connector outputs an analog composite video baseband signal in accordance with SMPTE 170M standard. 3 S-VIDEO connector outputs an S-Video split luminance (Y) and chrominance (C) analog video signal.
This section describes the generator’s video interfaces. The video interfaces on the 882D are shown below. 1 2 3 4 6 5 7 SPDIF HDMI DVI Interface Description 1 SDI/HD-SDI connector outputs a serial digital signal per SMPTE 259M and SMPTE 292M standards. 2 CVBS connector outputs an analog composite video baseband signal in accordance with SMPTE 170M standard. 3 S-VIDEO connector outputs an S-Video split luminance (Y) and chrominance (C) analog video signal.
The following table lists those generator formats used to test support for HDMI (EIA/CEA-861-C).
EIA/CEA-861-C Video Identification Code 300 Quantum Data format 29 576p2x50, 576p2xLH 30 576p2xSH 31 1080p50 32 1080p23, 1080p24 33 1080p25 34 1080p29, 1080p30 35 480p4xL1, 480p4xL2, 480p4x59, 480p4x60 36 480p4xS1, 480p4xS2 37 576p4xLH, 576p4x50 38 576p4xSH 39 108Oi25_ 40 1080i50 41 720p100 42 576p100, 576p100L 43 576p100S 44 576i2x50, 576i2xL1 45 576i2xS1 46 1080i59, 1080i60 47 720p119, 720p120 48 480p119L, 480p120L, 480p119, 480p120 49 480p119S, 480p120S 50 48
Image selection Once you have determined the formats appropriate for testing HDMI displays, you will apply a series of images suitable for evaluating the display. For digital fixed pixel displays, you typically want to select images to test for pixel anomalies, photometry, luminance, centering, resolution, and persistence. Each image in the generator’s library is intended to test one or more attributes of a particular display type and video type. Note: You can also create your own images.
Setting up the generator for HDMI testing This section provides general procedures for setting up the generator for HDMI testing. The procedures below can be performed using the front panel or the command line interface. To set up the generator for HDMI testing: 1. Connect an HDMI-to-HDMI cable between the HDMI display device under test and the either one of the HDMI OUT connectors on the generator. 2. Activate the HDMI-H interface on the output port: a.
4. (Optional) Add an identification mark on the monitor of the HDMI output number 1. a. Press the Options key. The following information appears on the generator’s display. +Output b. Mark #1Disable 2- Add an identification mark on the monitor connected to the HDMI output 1 by pressing the soft key adjacent to the Mark #1 option. A + appears next to Mark #1 option, indicating it is enabled. A small colored patch appears on the upper right of the display connected to HDMI output 1.
Setting Source list of formats The generator provides a Source list of standard (pre-defined) formats. The Source list can be set automatically when connecting to a EDID-compatible display. Otherwise, you can manually set which formats are listed. To automatically set Source list of formats for EDID-compatible display: When testing EDID-compatible displays, the generator can automatically update the Source list to include only formats supported by the display under test. To do this: 1.
3. Press the Options key. The following information appears on the generator’s display. -EDID Formats +HP Bypass -Emulate CDF 4. Choose the HP Bypass (hot plug bypass) item by pressing the adjacent soft key. A + appears next to HP Bypass indicating enabled. To manually set Source list of formats for non-EDID-compatible display: When testing a display that is not EDID-compliant, the Source list is filtered to display only those formats suitable for a particular interface type.
EMUG 1 // Enables emulate mode To disable the emulate mode through the command line interface, enter the command shown below: EMUG 0 // Disables emulate mode Selecting a format From the Source list of formats, you select the video format output for your display under test. To select a format: 1. Identify the type of display (composite television, component standard definition television, component high definition television, computer equipment, or other specialty display).
Testing HDMI displays This section provides procedures for testing HDMI displays. The procedures below can be performed using the front panel or the command line interface. To test HDMI displays: 1. Set up the generator for HDMI output. See “Setting up the generator for HDMI testing” on page 302. 2. Press the Source key and select the first test format. Alternatively, you can load the format with the following command: FMTL format_name FMTU 3. Press the Content key and select the first test image.
308 • When testing for pixel anomalies, use the Flat, Raster, and Ramp images. Use the Raster and Flat images to look for pixels that may be stuck on or off, respectively. The luminance should increase uniformly for the Ramp image. Also look for sparkles indicating problems with sampling. • When testing for persistence with the animated images (Cubes and Persist), look for bleeding or trails in the wake of the moving object.
Testing HDMI 1.3 displays This section provides procedures for testing HDMI 1.3 deep color displays using the 882E. There are specific images that have been created to test HDMI 1.3 deep color displays and there is an Image Control Tool accessible from the 882E web page interface that enables you to control these images. Testing Deep Color Image Control Tool There are four images that can be controlled from the Image Control Tool but only three are used to test HDMI 1.3 deep color displays.
The the Image Control Tool is accessible through the generator’s home web page. It enables you to change various format and generator parameters, that applied to the test images, through a browser. The following is a view of the Image Control Tool: The following table describes the functions on the upper most tabs of the Image Control Tool. Tab Function Reset to Saved Resets the current parameter settings on the image to the saved settings.
The following is a sample of the RampDif image is rendered on a display. Refer to the image and table below to better understand the configuration and use of this image. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
The following table describes the parameters of the Ramp12 image through Image Control Tool. Function/Field Function Starting Level This slide bar sets the beginning (left most) grayscale level in the ramp. This is expressed as a percentage of the total range defined by the setting of Number of Bits per Component (NBPC) from 0% to 100%. For example, if NBPC is 12 the total range is 4096 with a full gamut setting.
the maximum range available is (3760 - 256 = 3504) grayscale levels. Since PELD is set to 32 (24 pixel depth in the generator) the maximum number or grayscale levels that can be rendered by the generator on a display is 1024. So if you set the Starting Level at 25%, the Ramp12 image will begin at the left with a grayscale level of 1132 (3504 * 0.25 = 876 + 256) and end at the right with a grayscale level of 2156 (1132 + 1024 = 2156).
Refer to the image and table below to better understand the configuration and use of this image. The following table describes the parameters of the Image Control Tool. 314 Function/Field Function Color 1 These slide bars set the beginning color component and grayscale level (left most value) of the top and bottom ramps. This is expressed as a percentage of the total range defined by the setting of Number of Bits per Component (NBPC) from 0% to 100%.
Function/Field Function PELD This is the pixel depth within the generator. It defines the number of colors available to the generator for rendering simultaneously on an image. The valid values for the PELD pulldown select box are 8 and 32. A setting of 8 means there is a maximum of 256 on-screen luminance levels per ramp. A setting of 32 means there is a maximum of 1024 on screen luminance levels but only 512 per ramp. Gamut (Range) Sets the number gamut of the output signal.
the maximum range available is (3760 - 256 = 3504) grayscale levels. Since PELD is set to 32 (24 bit depth) the maximum number or grayscale levels that can be rendered by the generator on a display with the RampDif image is 1024 (512 per ramp). So if you set the Color1 slide bar at 25% and the Color2 slide bar at 75%, the level on the left of the top ramp would be 1132 ([3504 * 0.25] + 256 = 1132) and the level on the right end would be 2884 ([3504 * 0.75] + 256 = 2884).
Refer to the image and table below to understand the configuration and use of this image. The following table describes the parameters of the Image Control Tool. Function/Field Function Color 1 These slide bars set the color component and grayscale level for one set of tiles. This is expressed as a percentage of the total range defined by the setting of Number of Bits per Component (NBPC) from 0% to 100%. For example, if NBPC is 12 the total range is 4096.
Function/Field Function Gamut (Range) Sets the number gamut of the output signal. This corresponds to the DVQM parameter. The values are Max (DVQM=0), MaxTV(DVQM=1) and NomTV (DVQM=2) this is the default for TV formats. Clr (Color) Space This pulldown select box specifies the color space. This field corresponds to the DVST and DVSM commands. Valid values are: RGB (DVSM=0), YCbCr4:4:2 (DVSM=2), YCbCr4:4:4 (DVSM=4). NBPC This pulldown select box specifies the color depth per component on the top ramp.
To access the Image Control Tool: 1. Set up the generator for HDMI output. See “Setting up the generator for HDMI testing” on page 302. 2. Press the Source key and select the desired format. Alternatively, you can load the format with the following command: FMTL format_name FMTU 3. Open a Web browser (such as Internet Explorer) and type the generator’s IP address in the address entry field. For example, enter the following: http://206.135.215.189/. The generator home page appears in the browser.
4. Select the Image Control Tool link. The Image Control Tool appears in the browser. Testing xvYCC The 882E series test instrument enables you to test xvYCC displays. The feature provides test images and support for transmission of the gamut boundry definition (metadata transmission profile (only P0 currently). The xvYCC or extended-gamut YCC is a color space that supports 1.8 times as many colors as the sRGB color space.
of the saturation of the color. The central axis is achromatic (grayscale) and is defined as 0 and the scale is arranged concentrically. The farther one moves away from the center, the greater the saturation. The steps are arranged such that the degree of differentiation between each step is preceived to be equal. A value differential of 1 and a chroma differential of 2 are set up such that they are preceived visually as having the same degree of difference.
• MnslPG - There are a series of these images (5 in total) that are accessible as sub images through the 882E front panel. Each sub image depicts two hue families (each hue family contains 4 sub hues (2.5, 5, 7.5, 10). Each set of color blocks arranged along a horizontal axis depicts the chroma and value variations for one of the sub hues which is labeled on the left. Each such horizontal set of color blocks is a cancatenation of the value and chroma variations for that particular hue.
The MnsCLR Image is shown below. The example below shows only one of the 40 subimages. There are a series of these images (40 in total) that are accessible as sub images through the 882E front panel. Each hue in the MnslCLR image set has 4 sub hues, labeled 2.5, 5, 7.5 and 10, that represent a hue as it traverses around the perimeter of the diagram above and transitions into the adjacent hues. Each such sub image in the MnslCLR image depicts the chroma and value variances of one of these sub hues.
The MnsPG Image is shown below. The example below shows an image that displays two (2) of the eight (8) hue families (in this case Yellow and Green Yellow). There are a series of these images (40 in total) that are accessible as sub images through the 882E front panel. Each hue in the MnslCLR image set has 4 sub hues, labeled 2.5, 5, 7.5 and 10, that represent a hue as it traverses around the perimeter of the diagram above and transitions into the adjacent hues.
FMTL format_name FMTU 3. Press the Options key and select xvYCC colorimetry. There are two color standards, xvYCC601 and xvYCC709. The appropriate one is selected depending on the format. RGB YCbCr *xvYCC *4:4:4 8-bits 10-bits 12-bits 4:2:2 Alternatively, you can load the xvYCC color space with the following command: DVST 16 FMTU 4. Press the Content key and select the desired Munsell images as shown in the following menu.
IVER 1 IMGU IVER 2 IMGU // // // // Specifies Activates Specifies Activates the the the the first image version image version second image version image version 6. When you are finished, disable image versions by pressing the Options key and choosing More until a - appears next to it.
Testing HDMI video pixel repetition (882 only) The EIA/CEA-861-B standard defines a number of progressively-scanned gaming formats which support variable horizontal resolutions. These formats maintain a fixed 2880-pixel format timing and use pixel repetition to provide 10 different effective horizontal resolutions.
2. If you have auto configured the formats through the EDID you may have to disable this feature as follows: a. Press the Sink key. The following information appears on the generator’s display. Manufacturer:SNY Product Code:144 Serial#:7011007 Week:20 Year:1998 b. Press the Options key. The following information appears on the generator’s display. -EDID Formats +HP Bypass -Emulate c. CDF Choose not to EDID Formats by pressing the adjacent soft key.
4. Press the Content key and choose the PixelRep image by pressing the adjacent soft key. The PixelRep image appears on the HDMI display. Alternatively, to select the PixelRep image using the command line interface, enter the following commands: IMGP /tffs0/Library/Images IMGL PIXELREP IMGU // Set image path to generator memory // Loads the PixelRep image // Activates the PixelRep image 5. Enable and view image versions for the PixelRep image as follows: a. Press the Options key.
IMGU // Activates the image version The pixel repetition factor appears in the center of the image. For instance, the image displaying a pixel repetition factor of 4 (“Sent 4”) is shown in the example below. 6. To verify proper handling of the selected HDMI gaming format, check the following in the image on the HDMI display: • The horizontal active area is resized to the appropriate number of clocked pixels using vertical bars to the left and right of the default (2880 pixel) image.
Testing HDMI audio This section provides steps on how to test handling of audio packets by an HDMI display. Testing can be performed using audio originating from both internal (generator) and external sources. The generator supports both 2-channel SPDIF audio from internal source and external source and up to 8-channel audio from an internal audio source. There are separate sets of images for testing 2-channel SPDIF audio and 8-channel audio.
FMTU // Activates the 480i2x29 format 3. Press the Content key and choose an audio image (for example, AudioLR). The selected image appears on the connected HDMI display. The image shows the current settings for the HDMI audio output. For example, the AudioLR image is shown below.
Note: Depending on the selected image, pressing the + and - keys will change the amplitude or frequency of the HDMI audio output. Alternatively, to enable and view an image version using the command line interface, enter the following commands: ISUB 1 IVER 1 IMGU // Enables sub images // Specifies the first image version // Activates the image version 5. To verify proper HDMI audio handling, check the following on the HDMI display: • Audio is output from the proper channels (left, right, or both).
8. Enable and view image versions for the AudioRAT image as follows: a. Press the Options key. The following menu appears on the generator’s display: -More Red+ Green+ Blue+ -NoGamma -Noise b. Choose the More item by pressing the adjacent soft key until a + and Rendition appears next to the item. +More Rendition: 000 Red+ -NoGamma Green+ -Noise Blue+ c. Press the + and - keys to advance through the image versions to change the audio sampling rate.
Note: Selecting any of the numbered images (for example, Audio_1, Audio_2, etc.) causes all other channels to be deactivated. Image Description Audio_1 Channel 1 output with adjustable amplitude. Audio_1f Channel 1 output with adjustable frequency. Audio_2 Channel 2 output with adjustable amplitude. Audio_2f Channel 2 output with adjustable frequency. Audio_3 Channel 3 output with adjustable amplitude. Audio_3f Channel 3 output with adjustable frequency.
3. Press the Content key and choose one of the audio images used for amplitude adjustment (for example, Audio_1). The image appears on the connected HDMI display. The image shows the current settings for the HDMI audio output. For example, the Audio_1 image is shown below.
Note: Depending on the selected image, pressing the + and - keys will change the amplitude or frequency of the HDMI audio output. Alternatively, to enable and view an image version using the command line interface, enter the following commands: ISUB 1 IVER 1 IMGU // Enables sub images // Specifies the first image version // Activates the image version 5. To verify proper HDMI audio handling, check the following on the HDMI display: • Audio is output from the proper channels (left, right, or both).
8. Press the Content key and choose the AudioRAT image to test the sampling rate. The AudioRAT image appears and shows the current settings for the HDMI audio output. Note that the sampling rate image (AudioRAT) adjusts the sampling rate for all audio images.
Testing multi-channel compressed HDMI audio formats The 882E instrument enables you to test HDMI compressed audio formats such as AC3, EAC3 and the HDMI 1.3 high bit rate lossless compressed audio such as Dolby TrueHD format. TrueHD's may carry up to 8 discrete audio channels, at a sample depth & rate of 24-bit/96 kHz (Blu-Ray Disc format specification allows also for encoding up to 6 channels at 192 kHz).
3. Press the Content key and choose the Dolby audio image as shown below. Note that you can also select the DTS image to access the DTS audio clips. ComFocus Crosshtc DecodAdj Diamond1 ContBars Cubes DecodeChk Dolby* The image appears on the connected HDMI display. The image shows the currently selected compressed audio format. Dolby Audio Library AC3,2kHz,2Ch,0dB EAC3,2Ch,-20dB EAC3,5.1Ch,-20dB EAC3,7.1Ch,-20dB Now Playing: TRUEHD,1kHz,7.
9:DOLBY(EAC3), 2.0, 192000.00 [1khz2ch-20dB_ec3.pcm] 10:DOLBY(EAC3), 5.1, 192000.00 [1khz51ch-20dB_ec3.pcm] 11:DOLBY(EAC3), 7.1, 192000.00 [1khz71ch-1frame_ec3.pcm] 12:DOLBY(TRUEHD), 7.1, 192000.00 [1khz71ch-20dB_mlp.pcm] 13:DOLBY(TRUEHD), 2.0, 192000.00 [nxt2ch2s.mlp.pcm] CAUD 8 // Sends a 2 channel Dolby AC3 clip with 192kHz sampling rate at 0dB out the HDMI output. 4. Enable and view image versions to select the other audio formats as follows: a. Press the Options key.
To inject external audio into the HDMI stream: • If you have the analyzer option you will have the VGA-to-RCA cable (part 30-00150). Connect the AV connector to the generator’s SPDIF / AV port. Then connect the black RCA connector to the SPDIF output of the external audio source. Red Green To AV connector Blue Black To audio source Grey To audio player • If you do not have the analyzer option, you will have the VGA-to-RCA cable (part 30-00148).
IMGP /tffs0/Library/Images IMGL MASTER IMGU // Set image path to generator memory // Loads the Master image // Activates the Master image 5. Configure the generator to use an external audio source by entering the following commands: SDMG 2 FMTU 6. Set the sample frequency to match the frequency of the external source by entering the following command: ARAT 44.
Testing HDMI InfoFrames (882 only) This section provides steps on how to test handling of auxiliary (InfoFrame) packets by an HDMI display. The generator loads and sends default Auxiliary Video Information (XAVI), Audio (XAUD), and Source Product Description (XSPD) InfoFrame packet buffers to the display for each format (see table on page 299 for a list of HDMI formats). The XAVI and the XAUD InfoFrame packets are sent at every frame (repeated mode), while the XSPD is sent only once.
FMTP /tffs0/Library/Formats // Set format path to generator memory FMTL DMT0660 // Loads the DMT0660 format FMTU // Activates the DMT0660 format 3. Press the Content key and choose the PacketTx image. Alternatively, to select the image using the command line interface, enter the following commands: IMGP /tffs0/Library/Images IMGL PacketTx IMGU // Set image path to generator memory // Loads the PacketTx image // Activates the PacketTX image The PacketTx image appears on the connected HDMI display.
Note: The contents of the appropriate InfoFrame output appears on the HDMI display. Alternatively, to select an image version using the command line interface, enter the following commands: ISUB 1 IVER 1 IMGU // Enables sub images // Specifies the first image version // Activates the image version 5. Select additional InfoFrame subimages (as desired) to verify proper InfoFrame handling. 6.
4. Select the !PacketTx item by pressing the adjacent soft key to generate the report. The following appears on the display. TX PACKETS Finished 5. Select a suitable directory on your PC to store the report by navigating in the FTP Browser. 6. Transfer the report from the generator to your PC, using the FTP browser, by highlighting the report and clicking on the upload activation button.
7. Navigate to your PC and double click on the report. A sample of part of the PacketTx report is shown below. Testing with Active Format Description (AFD) (882 only) When transporting HDMI video images from a source to a display, different formats may be used between the content, transmission signal, and display. To provide compatibility between the different formats, Active Format Description (AFD) is used. Note: This feature is not supported on the 881 generator.
For AFD testing, the generator allows you to apply different AFD cases using the AFDtest image, which provides 12 different cases (as image versions) for both 4:3 and 16:9 displays. As each image version appears, the appropriate AFD information is sent with the video to the display. The following table lists the AFD cases (as specified in the ETSI TR 101 154 v.1.4.1 standard) that are provided by the generator.
IMGU // Activates the AFDtest image The AFDtest image appears on the connected HDMI display. 4. Enable and view image versions for the AFDtest image as follows: a. Press the Options key. The following menu appears on the generator’s display: -More Red+ Green+ Blue+ -NoGamma -Noise b. Choose the More item by pressing the adjacent soft key until a + and Rendition appears next to the item. +More Rendition: 000 Red+ -NoGamma Green+ -Noise Blue+ c. Press the + key to advance through the image versions.
5. Using the selected AFD scenario, verify that the HDMI display presents the image correctly. Note: Displays use the AFD information to determine how to present an image. Different displays may present HDMI video with the same AFD differently. 6. Use the + and - keys to adjust the amplitude, frequency, or sampling rate (based on the selected image) of the HDMI audio output. The contents of the appropriate InfoFrame output appears on the HDMI display.
352 Chapter 10 Testing HDMI Sink Devices
11 CEC Interactive Troubleshooting Environment (ITE) Topics in the chapter: • Overview • CEC Overview • Testing CEC Devices • CEC Bus Monitor 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Overview This chapter provides procedures for testing HDMI source and sink devices for CEC functionality using the Interactive Troubleshooting Environment (ITE). When testing HDMI-CEC source devices the generator (analyzer) will emulate a CEC sink device such as an HDTV. When testing HDMI-CEC sink devices, the 882 generator will emulate a CEC source device such as a set top box (STB) unless you instruct it not to. Note: The CEC ITE is an option available on generators with release 2.2.2 or higher.
CEC Overview Consumer Electronic Control (CEC) is an HDMI option that provides automatic power-on, automatic signal routing, and single-point remote control for CEC-enabled products. The HDMI CEC Develoment & Compliance Test Suite enables manufacturers to quickly integrate CEC into their products and perform all CEC-related tests found in the HDMI Compliance Test Specification.
CEC features The CEC channel provides a number of recommended features designed to enhance the functionality and interoperability of devices within an HDMI environment. This section gives an overview of these features. 356 • One Touch Play – Allows a device to be played and become the active source with a single button press. • System Standby – Enables the user to switch all devices to standby with one button press.
Testing CEC Devices The CEC ITE enables you to test devices for CEC messaging and to perform stress testing on CEC devices. This section contains procedures for performing these tests. Testing CEC devices for messaging The CEC ITE enables customers to test their devices for CEC messaging.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 VGA HDMI OUT 1 HDMI OUT 2 HDMI IN 1 HDMI IN 2 10 . Interface Description 1 SDI/HD-SDI connector outputs a serial digital signal per SMPTE 259M and SMPTE 292M standards. 2 CVBS connector outputs an analog composite video baseband signal in accordance with SMPTE 170M standard. 3 S-VIDEO connector outputs an S-Video split luminance (Y) and chrominance (C) analog video signal.
Emulating an HDMI CEC device The 882 generator has two HDMI OUT(Tx) connectors. Either one can be configured to emulate an HDMI CEC source device. There are two HDMI Rx connectors on the 882CA analyzer option. Both these outputs are configured together to emulate a single HDMI CEC sink device. The mapping of these connectors to an emulated CEC device type is shown in the following table: HDMI Tx Out1 HDMI Tx Out2 HDMI Rx In1/2 CEC1 CEC2 CEC3 CEC addressing CEC is a bus oriented protocol.
2. Activate the HDMI-H interface on the output port: a. Press the Interface key to access the list of interfaces. A listing of signal interfaces appears on the generator’s display as shown below. CVBS S-VIDEO SDI * VGA HDMI-D HDMI-H b. Choose the HDMI-H item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The interface is activated and the port outputs the currently selected image and format.
Device Name Physical Address (PA) Product Type (PT) OSDN Logical Address (LA) CECDev08 2000 4 (DVD) DVD2 8 CECDev09 3000 1 (Rec Dev) RecDev3 9 CECDev10 1000 10 (Reserved) Reserved1 10 CECDev11 2000 10 (Reserved) Reserved2 11 CECDev12 3000 10 (Reserved) Reserved3 12 CECDev13 4000 10 (Reserved) Reserved4 13 CECDev14 4000 0 (TV) FreeUse 14 CECDev15 4000 10 (Reserved) Unregistered 15 To set up the generator to emulate an HDMI CEC device using default devices: 1.
CEC1:PT? //queries product (device) type assigned to HDMI TX1 CEC1:OSDN? //queries OSDN of device assigned to HDMI TX1 CEC1:VID? //queries vendor ID of device assigned to HDMI TX1 Now query the device assigned to the Rx outputs: CEC3:LA? CEC3:PT? CEC3:OSDN? CEC3:VID? //queries //queries //queries //queries logical address of device assigned to HDMI RX1/2 product (device) type assigned to HDMI RX1/2 OSDN of device assigned to HDMI RX1/2 vendor ID of device assigned to HDMI RX1/2 To modify an emulated devi
CECX:CECP /tffs0/Library/CECData/ 2. Create a custom instance of a CEC device for CEC1 using the following commands: CEC1:CECN //e.g. myTV1 CEC1:CECB //begins the CEC editing session 3. Configure the custom CEC device parameters using the following commands: CEC1:PA 0 0 0 0 CEC1:PT 1 //configures the device physical address //configures the product (device) type The table below lists the device (product) types and their codes.
CEC1:LOGG 0 CEC3:LOGG 0 //disables logging on the HDMI Tx output 1 port //disables logging on the HDMI Rx ports Verifying continuity over the CEC bus The procedures below describe how to ping a device under test from an 880 that is emulating a CEC device. Note that the device you ping could be another emulated device on the 882 generator. You can ping a device through the front panel, through the command line or by using the CECTest image. Procedures for each of these methods are provided below.
To ping a CEC device under test through the command line: 1. Determine the logical and physical address of the device under test. 2. Enter the following command to check for continuity. CEC1:MSGX 3 0 83 //request physical addr of device at addr 0 from a device at address 3 for example 3. View the results by querying the message log. CEC1:MSGX? The following results would be returned. 0F 84 00 00 00 To ping a CEC device using the CEC Test image: 1.
Sending CEC messages from an emulated HDMI CEC device You can send messages to a device from an emulated device over the command line using the MSGX command. You can also receive messages from a device and view them in the CEC log. The procedures below describe how to send basic messages to a CEC device. To send CEC messages to a device under test: 1. Determine the logical and physical address of the device. 2. Identify the CEC messages that a device responds to.
Configuring generator to not respond to CEC messages The 882 can be configured to not respond to CEC messages from a device. When the 882 is configured to not respond to CEC messages, it acknowledges (ACKs) messages, but does not send responses to commands/queries. To disable responses to CEC messages: 1.
2. Access the source generator’s Generator FTP Browser. See “Working with the Generator FTP Browser” on page 24. L 3. Navigate to the CEC folder in the Library directory. 4. Select the Log folder and highlight the log file. 5. Select the Open activation key under Instrument Files to view the contents of the log file. The contents of the log file appear in a text window. To view CEC messages through the command line: 1. Enter the following command to query the most recent message in the log.
3. Enter the following command to query the log for a message with a specific opcode and to only return specific parameter values. CEC1:MSGX? 83 D //queries log for message with specified opcode and request return of destination address 4. Enter the following command to query the value of a specific byte number of parameters a message with a user specified opcode: CEC1:MSGX? 83 P 2 //returns value of 2nd byte of the parameters of a message with opcode 83 5.
To run the CEC Controller: 1. From the generator home page select CEC Controller from the menu shown below. Refer to “Web interface” on page 21 for instructions on access the generator home page.
L 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
2. Select the port and device on the 882CA that you wish to use for testing. This is the port of a device that you are emulating. Refer to the screen shot below which shows selection of HDMI In 1&2 ports as a TV: L Bit timing tests You can set the timing of the logical 1 or logical 0 data bit as well as the start bit in such a way to test the ability of the device under test to handle bit timings that are at the edge of what is allowable. For example, a 1 bit’s low period can be within the range from 0.
CEC1:CECT:0BIT 1.5 2.25 //sets the low period of a zero bit to 1.5 milliseconds and the total bit time to 2.25 milliseconds 3. Enter the following command to modify the timing of the start bit in a message. CEC1:CECT:SBIT 3.7 4.5 //sets the low period of a start bit to 3.7 milliseconds and the total bit time to 4.5 milliseconds To test the bit timing through the CEC Controller: 1. Access the CEC Controller using the procedures in “To run the CEC Controller:” on page 370.
3. Slide the slide bar to the desired timing setting as shown in the entry box above the slide bar.
4. Select the device type in the Initiator and Follower pull down select boxes. For example if you have configured your generator to emulate a TV then you would specify the initiator as a TV and the follower as the device under test. Refer to the screen shot below: L 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
5. Select the command that you wish to send from the Opcode pull down select box. For example if you want to send a Report Physical Address command specify this opcode.
6. Send the command by clicking on the Send activation button. Refer to the screen shot below: L If you wish to see the response on the CEC Controller interface you can click on the Get Response activation button. The response will appear in the text field next to the Get Response activation button. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
L 7. Monitor the timing parameters of the affected commands using the ACA. Refer to “To monitor the CEC bus (channel):” on page 492 for instructions on monitoring the commands through the ACA. Bus arbitration tests You can test a device’s response to arbitration errors through the command line. There are three arbitration tests that you can perform: • Force a connected device to stop sending. • Force a device’s address to 0 to cause a sending device to stop sending.
To test bus arbitration conflicts through the command line: 1. Enter the following commands to simulate arbitration errors. CEC1:CECT:ARBM 1 0 0 CEC1:CECT:ARBM 0 1 0 CEC1:CECT:ARBM 0 0 1 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
To test bus arbitration conflicts through the CEC Controller: 1. Access the CEC Controller using the procedures in “To run the CEC Controller:” on page 370. 2. Select the arbitration test you wish to run. The table below describes the fields of the Test Arbitration portion of the CEC Controller dialog box.
3. Select the device type in the Initiator and Follower pull down select boxes. For example if you have configured your generator to emulate a TV then you would specify the initiator as a TV and the follower as the device under test. Refer to the screen shot below: L 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
4. Select the command that you wish to send from the Opcode pull down select box. For example if you want to send a Report Physical Address command specify this opcode.
5. Send the command by clicking on the Send activation button. Refer to the screen shot below: L If you wish to see the response on the CEC Controller interface you can click on the Get Response activation button. The response will appear in the text field next to the Get Response activation button. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
L 6. Monitor the effects of the arbritration test using the ACA. Refer to “To monitor the CEC bus (channel):” on page 492 for instructions on monitoring the commands through the ACA. Bit corruption tests You can simulate the corruption of any single bit of the 8 data bits in a block by changing their timing such that the total time is less than the minimum time (2.05 milliseconds), for example the time of the corrupt bit can be altered to 1.75 milliseconds.
CEC1:CECT:BADS 2 CEC1:CECT:BADM 4 //indicates that the bit error will occur on the second byte of the next message. //indicates that the bit error will occur on the fourth bit of the 2nd byte in the next message. To test acknowledgement through the CEC Controller: 1. Access the CEC Controller using the procedures in “To run the CEC Controller:” on page 370. 2. Select the acknowledgement test you wish to run.
3. Select the device type in the Initiator and Follower pull down select boxes. For example if you have configured your generator to emulate a TV then you would specify the initiator as a TV and the follower as the device under test.
4. Select the command that you wish to send from the Opcode pull down select box. For example if you want to send a Report Physical Address command specify this opcode. Refer to the screen shot below: L 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
5. Send the command by clicking on the Send activation button. Refer to the screen shot below: L If you wish to see the response on the CEC Controller interface you can click on the Get Response activation button. The response will appear in the text field next to the Get Response activation button.
L 6. Monitor the effects of the corrupt bit test using the ACA. Refer to “To monitor the CEC bus (channel):” on page 492 for instructions on monitoring the commands through the ACA. Message acknowledgement tests You can simulate a condition where a message is improperly acknowledged. You can set which conditions the 882 will not acknowledge a message.
The condition of incorrect acknowledgement will remain in place until you reset it. Therefore once activated the improper acknowledgement remains for all messages received by the 882. To test message acknowledgement: 1. Enter the following command to simulate a message acknowledgement error.
To test acknowledgement through the CEC Controller: 1. Access the CEC Controller using the procedures in “To run the CEC Controller:” on page 370. 2. Select the acknowledgement test you wish to run. The table below describes the checkbox fields of the Enable Acks portion of the CEC Controller dialog box.
3. Select the device type in the Initiator and Follower pull down select boxes. For example if you have configured your generator to emulate a TV then you would specify the initiator as a TV and the follower as the device under test.
4. Select the command that you wish to send from the Opcode pull down select box. For example if you want to send a Report Physical Address command specify this opcode. Refer to the screen shot below: L 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
5. Send the command by clicking on the Send activation button. Refer to the screen shot below: L If you wish to see the response on the CEC Controller interface you can click on the Get Response activation button. The response will appear in the text field next to the Get Response activation button.
L 6. Monitor the effects of the acknowledge test using the ACA. Refer to “To monitor the CEC bus (channel):” on page 492 for instructions on monitoring the commands through the ACA. End of message tests You can simulate a condition where an end of message bit is placed improperly. The end of message bit should be placed in the last block of the message.
Triggering a scope to get a CEC waveform output The 882CA generator enables you to trigger an oscilloscope in order to obtain a waveform of your CEC message. When one of the generator’s CEC emulated devices issues a message and specifically an end of message bit, it transmits a synchronization pulse out the special sync output that can be used to trigger an oscilloscope. This enables you to view the message that the generator sends and the response message from the device under test.
To obtain a scope trace of your CEC message: 1. Connect the device under test and the 882CA to the oscilloscope. a. Connect the HDMI output of the device under test to the first HDMI connector on the TPA-CEC-RR test fixture. b. Connect the HDMI cable from an HDMI Tx port on the 882CA. c. Connect a 75 ohm coaxial cable from the 882CA’s special sync BNC connector to one of the oscilloscope’s input channels. d.
Message Verification You can test if a message meets certain requirements such as 1) whether it originated from either the emulated device you initiated it from, 2) that it has the minimum number of parameters and 3) that its destination address meets the CEC specifications (for example that a directed message was not broadcasted. To initiate verification of a message: 1. Enter the following command to check the integrity of ????. CEC1:CECT:CHEK 2 398 //checks that ....
CEC Bus Monitor The 880 series CEC bus monitor is a powerful feature of the CEC ITE that enables you to identify timing defects on the CEC line that would normally required an oscilloscope and breakout box to identify using manual techniques. You can use the CEC bus monitor when you are emulating either an HDMI CEC source or sink. Activating the CEC bus monitor Use the procedures below to activate the bus monitor once you have configured the generator and/or analyzer to emulate a CEC device.
S 03-- 83+- End signal free time: 42.47msec. S 3F-+ 84-+ 10-+ 00-+ 03++ End signal free time: 41.57msec. 2. Query the bus monitor for particular messages CEC1:BUSM:MSGX? -3 // Queries for message that occurred three messages ago The response will be: S 3F-+ 84-+ 10-+ 00-+ 03++ End signal free time: 41.57msec. CEC1:BUSM:MSGX? 1 // Queries for 5th message in the buffer The response will be: S 03-- 83+- End signal free time: 42.47msec.
CEC1:BUSM:TIME? 3 1000 // Queries buffer for the timing of bits 3 through 1000 in the buffer for CEC1 The response will be in a format that lists the low time in milliseconds followed by the high time in milliseconds as shown below: 3.69 1.49 0.59 1.49 . . . 0.59 0.80 0.90 1.80 0.90 1.80 To query the bus monitor for the value of a bit in the buffer: 1.
0 CEC1:BUSM:ACKV? 4 1 402 // Shows that the ACK bits were logical 0 indicating that it was a directed message // Queries message in buffer that occurred 3 messages ago for polarity of ack bits // Shows that the ACK bits were logical 1 indicating that it was a broadcast message Chapter 11 CEC Interactive Troubleshooting Environment (ITE)
12 CEC Compliance Testing Topics in the chapter: • Overview • CEC Overview • Setting up CEC compliance testing • Running the TME Software 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Overview This chapter provides an overview of the CEC compliance test and describes how to set up the compliance test. The Test Management Environment (TME) has been identified as an integral test system of the CEC Compliance Test Tool (CEC-CTT) recommended in the CEC Compliance Test Specification. The Test Management Environment software provides an expert-like system with a graphical interface. Commands necessary to initiate specific tests are issued automatically by the TME software.
CEC Overview Consumer Electronic Control (CEC) is an HDMI option that provides automatic power-on, automatic signal routing, and single-point remote control for CEC-enabled products. The HDMI CEC Develoment & Compliance Test Suite enables manufacturers to quickly integrate CEC into their products and perform all CEC-related tests found in the HDMI Compliance Test Specification.
CEC features The CEC channel provides a number of recommended features designed to enhance the functionality and interoperability of devices within an HDMI environment. This section gives an overview of these features. 406 • One Touch Play – Allows a device to be played and become the active source with a single button press. • System Standby – Enables the user to switch all devices to standby with one button press.
Setting up CEC compliance testing To prepare for a compliance test involves the following: • Downloading and Installing the Test Management Environment software on your PC • Making physical connections • Establishing and verifying IP connectivity with the generator • Physically connecting the 882C(A) generator to the device under test • Configuring the generator for HDMI • Verifying continuity over the CEC bus • Additional equipment required Installing the TME software This subsection provides
To connect an HDMI device under test to the 882 HDMI port: The generator has two HDMI OUT(Tx) connectors for testing HDMI displays and two HDMI IN (Rx). Use an HDMI cable to connect the HDMI output connector to the device under test using the proper connector. Refer to the figure below for the location of the HDMI connectors. 1 2 3 4 .
Establishing and verifying IP communication with the generator This subsection describes how to establish and verify IP communication with the generator. To connect your PC to the generator: 1. Connect your PC to the generator using the procedures described in “Connecting generators to the network” on page 142. Note: Refer to the figure above for the location of the Ethernet jack. 2.
Configuring the generator for HDMI To use the CEC you have to activate the HDMI interface. Use the procedures below to configure the generator to output HDMI. To set up the generator for HDMI testing: 1. Connect an HDMI-to-HDMI cable between the HDMI display device under test and the either one of the HDMI OUT connectors on the generator. 2. Activate the HDMI-H interface on the output port: a. Press the Interface key to access the list of interfaces.
3. Select CEC item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The CEC ping menu is presented. !PingCEC1 !PingCEC2 !PingCEC3 LA: 00 4. Select logical address of the device you want to ping by incrementing or decrementing the spot +/- keys. The logical address value for the LA item will change. For example, if you want to ping the device at logical address of 00 from a port that is connected to that port (e.g. CEC1 you would press the softkey adjacent to the !PingCEC1 item.
IMGL CECTest1.img; IMGU Select the CECTest image that corresponds with the HDMI input or output that you want to ping from. The CECTest1 image will ping a connected device from HDMI Tx 1. The results of the CECTest ping are shown below. When you invoke this image, the 882C sends two messages out the CEC1 core (HDMI Out 1) to the device that is connected to it. The two messages it sends querying for the physical address and the vendor ID.
CEC1:RSPG 1 CEC3:RSPG 1 //enables responses on the HDMI Tx output 1 port //enables responses on the HDMI Rx ports Additional equipment required Certain tests in the Electrical Specification section of the compliance test require the use of Test Point Adapters (TPAs) that Quantum Data manufactures and provides as part of the CEC compliance test option. The devices are shown below.
Load Application 1 Connects CEC line to DDC/CEC ground via a 1 MegOhm +/-5% resistor 2 Connects CEC line to 3.63V via a 27kohm ±5% resistor (multimeter in parallel with the resistor to measure the voltage drop; alternate (preferred) position for measuring the CEC line leakage current 3 Connects CEC line to 3.3v via a 27kohm ±5% resistor 4 Connects CEC line to DDC/CEC Ground via 1kO ±5% 5 Connects CEC line to 3.
Running the TME Software This section describes how to run the TME software after you have downloaded the software and unzipped it on your PC. To run the TME software: 1. Locate the TME directory on your PC. Note: You must also have the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) 1.5 or later installed on your PC. You can download the JRE from http://www.java.com/en/download/windows_ie.jsp. 2. Double click on the tme.jar file. The main screen of the TME software opens in a Java window.
To communicate with the generator from the TME software: 1. Activate the Host softkey on the bottom of the TME interface and activate the radio button beside the next available port. 2. Enter the IP address of the generator in the field provided as shown below. 3. Click on the Connect activation button on the lower right of the interface. A success notification is provided as shown below. This message indicates that you have connected to the generator.
Declaration Form (CDF). Once the CDF is populated, the TME software automatically compiles the suite of tests necessary to test a particular device. Because the generic HDMI/CEC equipment types are modeled within the CEC-CT module, the CDF form can be rapidly populated based on a particular device classification. However, the module offers the flexibility to modify the feature requirements specified generically on the form in order to meet the particular requirements of a device.
2. Select the product type by clicking on the desired radio button. The example in the figure above shows TV/Display selected. 3. Click on the Select Model: CDF activation button on the top panel. The following dialog box appears. If you have added a new model description using the Duplicate As function you will see an additional entry in the Select CDF dialog box as shown below. You can either select the generic device or select one that you have created.
4. Click on Duplicate As activation button to define a new device type to test. The Add New CDF dialog box appears. The Duplicate As function enables you to define the capabilities for any type of CEC device using any existing model definition. The capabilities of the existing model definition are inherited in the new definition and you can then modify or enhance this definition to met the specific requirements to test your device. 5.
6. Click OK in the Add confirmation dialog box. The Declare tab is activated enabling you to proceed through the list of features in order for you to select the ones that apply to your device. This initial screen in this list of features is shown below. 7. Specify a device capability by clicking on the check box for each test presented. Proceed to the next device capability to specify it by clicking on the Next activation button on the bottom panel.
8. Click on the Finish activation button on the bottom panel to compile the test suite. The following dialog box will appear. 9. Click OK in the Status dialog box. The CDF definition is completed for the model definition that you are testing and the TME application compiles the test suite. The TME application terminates and you will have to restart the TME application to run the compliance test.
To run the compliance test: 1. Locate the TME directory on your PC. 2. Double click on the tme.jar file. The main screen of the TME software opens in a Java window.
3. Select the Product activation button on the top panel. The following dialog box appears with the Product Type tab activated. 4. Select the product type by clicking on the desired radio button. The example in the figure above shows TV/Display selected. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
5. Click on the Select Model: CDF activation button on the top panel. The following dialog box appears. If you have added a new product type using the Duplicate As function you will see an additional entry in the Select CDF dialog box as shown below.
6. Click on Select in the Select CDF dialog box. The following dialog box appears. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
7. Create an instance of the product type you wish to test by clicking on Create in the Select Device dialog box. The following dialog box appears.
8. Click on the Add Unit activation button on the Add New Unit:Device dialog box. The following dialog box appears. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
9. Highlight the unit you wish to test in the Select Device dialog box. Then click on the Select activation button on the bottom of the dialog box. The initial screen display for the first Electrical Specification is shown below.
10. Proceed through each test by clicking on the Step activation button on the bottom panel of buttons. The initial screen display for the first Electrical Specification is shown below. When you complete the tests for a specific section the TME application will proceed to the first test in the next section. The initial test in the Signaling and Bit Timing test is shown below. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Viewing the results of the CEC compliance test The status of a compliance test, for example what tests have been performed and what tests remain, as well as the results of each test completed, are available at any point. The TME software provides pass/fail results for all tests in the entire suite of tests. The results can be viewed on line, printed or saved in electronic form for viewing through a standard web browser.
To view the results of the compliance test: 1. Select the Report tab. The results of the initial test in the first test section (Electrical Specification) are shown first. See the screen below. The 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
2. Click on the Test activation button on the bottom panel to view the test results from the next test in the section. The test results for the first test in the second section (Signaling and Bit Timings) are shown below.
3. To view all the test results, click on the Hard Copy activation button on the bottom panel. A sample report of the test results is shown below. You can view the results of all tests by scrolling through the list. If you want to save the results to a file, click on the Save... activation button on the bottom. A Java Save dialog box is provided so that you can browse to a location on the PC to save the file.
434 Chapter 12 CEC Compliance Testing
13 Testing DisplayPort Sinks Topics in the chapter: • Overview of DisplayPort sink testing • Setting up the generator for DisplayPort testing • Testing DisplayPort sinks 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Overview of DisplayPort sink testing The DisplayPort option enables the generator to test DisplayPort sinks. With the DisplayPort option, the generator outputs DisplayPort-compatible video. The DisplayPort option provides the following features: • EDID parsing • Generation of all VESA formats up to 270MHz (currently) with higher speeds available in future releases.
Format selection The following table lists those generator formats used to test support for DisplayPort sinks. VESA DMT Formats ! " ! " ! " ! 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
# # # # 438 $ Chapter 13 Testing DisplayPort Sinks
VESA CVT Formats %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$ %$ %$ %$ ' ! ' 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
%$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ 440 ' ! ' ! ' ! ' ! Chapter 13 Testing DisplayPort Sinks
%$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
%$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ 442 Chapter 13 Testing DisplayPort Sinks (
%$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ Image selection Once you have determined the formats appropriate for testing DisplayPort sinks, you will apply a series of images suitable for evaluating the display. For digital fixed pixel displays, you typically want to select images to test for pixel anomalies, photometry, luminance, centering, resolution, and persistence. Each image in the generator’s library is intended to test one or more attributes of a particular display type and video type.
The table below provides a summary of display characteristics and the images used to evaluate them.
Setting up the generator for DisplayPort testing This section provides general procedures for setting up the generator for DisplayPort testing. The procedures below can be performed using the front panel or the command line interface. To set up the generator for DisplayPort testing: 1. Connect a DisplayPort-to-DisplayPort cable between the DisplayPort sink device under test and the DisplayPort OUT connector on the generator. 2. Press the Interface key. 3.
Selecting video format Once you have selected the interface type for the display under test, you need to select a video output format. A format defines a set of video, timing, and sync parameters for a specific device or standard. This section explains how to configure the generator to output video formats that are supported by the display under test.
To bypass hot plug detection: If the display under test has not implemented hot plug correctly, you will have to bypass hot plug detection in the generator to enable video output. 1. Connect the generator to the display you want to test. 2. Press the Sink key. The following information appears on the generator’s display. Manufacturer:DEL Product Code:41003 Serial#:7011007 Week:52 Year:2007 3. Press the Options key. The following information appears on the generator’s display.
EMUG 0 // Disables emulate mode Selecting a format From the Source list of formats, you select the video format output for your display under test. To select a format: 1. Identify the type of display (composite television, component standard definition television, component high definition television, computer equipment, or other specialty display). Note: The generator has a library of standard formats. For a description of how the library is organized, see “Understanding the format library” on page 46.
Testing DisplayPort sinks This section provides procedures for testing DisplayPort sinks. The procedures below can be performed using the front panel or the command line interface. To test DisplayPort displays: 1. Set up the generator for DisplayPort output. See “Setting up the generator for DisplayPort testing” on page 445. 2. Press the Source key and select the first test format. Alternatively, you can load the format with the following command: FMTL format_name FMTU 3.
450 • When testing for pixel anomalies, use the Flat, Raster, and Ramp images. Use the Raster and Flat images to look for pixels that may be stuck on or off, respectively. The luminance should increase uniformly for the Ramp image. Also look for sparkles indicating problems with sampling. • When testing for persistence with the animated images (Cubes and Persist), look for bleeding or trails in the wake of the moving object.
14 DisplayPort Link Layer Testing Topics in this chapter: • Overview • Running the Link Layer compliance test for DisplayPort sink devices • Running the Link Layer compliance test for DisplayPort source devices 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Overview You can use the 882E to test DisplaPort sink and source devices. The procedures in this chapter instruct you on how to complete the Link Layer compliance tests for DisplayPort sink and source devices. You can initiate these tests through the 882 front panel, the command line or through the Link Layer graphical interface available through the 882’s home web page. This chapter provides procedures for initiating the tests through either of these interfaces.
Running the Link Layer compliance test for DisplayPort sink devices The 882E supports the running of a Link Layer compliance test on DisplayPort sinks. Overview The Link Layer compliance test system enables developers of DisplayPort products to perform a fast and comprehensive Link Layer compliance test. Because the 882E can emulate DisplayPort Link Layer sources devices it can perform a complete Link Layer compliance test on any sink.
Index Test Description 12 5.3.1.3 Successful Link Training to a Lower Link Rate Due To Clock Recovery Lock Failure During Clock Recovery Sequence 13 5.3.1.4 Successful Link Training with Request of a Change to Pre-Emphasis And/Or Voltage Swing Setting During Channel Equalization Sequence 14 5.3.1.5 Successful Link Training at Lower Link Rate Due to Loss of Symbol Lock During Channel Equalization Sequence 15 5.3.1.6 Lane Count Reduction 16 5.3.1.7 Lane Count Increase 17 5.3.2.
XVSI 10 ALLU // Activates the DisplayPort interface // Applies the interface setting to the generator 2. Press the Source key to access the list of formats. A list of formats appears on the generator’s display as shown below. To see all of the formats, press the + and - keys. *DMT0660 DMT0675 DMT0785H DMT0860 DMT0672 DMT0685 DMT0856 DMT0872 Note: The list of formats displays when pressing the Source key may be a filtered or abbreviated list.
3. Press the Options key. The following information appears on the generator’s display. -EDID Formats +HP Bypass -Emulate CDF 4. Choose the EDID Formats item by pressing the adjacent soft key. A + appears next to EDID Formats indicating enabled. The generator loads the Source list with formats supported by the connected display (hot-plug formats read via EDID structure of attached display). 5. To redisplay all formats, press the soft key adjacent to EDID Formats.
To run the Link Layer compliance test on DisplayPort sinks (receiver) through the front panel: 1. Connect a cable between the DisplayPort Tx connector on the generator and the device’s DisplayPort receiver interface with the DisplayPort function. The following diagram depicts the test setup: 'LVSOD\3RUW 7[ 'LVSOD\3RUW /LQN /D\HU 6LQN 5HFHLYHU '87 6RXUFH ( 2. Setup the 882 for DisplayPort testing. Refer to “Setting up the 882 for DisplayPort testing:” on page 454. 3.
5. Select Link Test to access the Link Layer compliance test menu. The following is displayed on the generator’s LCD. !SinkRpt !SrcRpt 6. Select !SinkRpt by pressing the adjacent soft key to run the Sink Link Layer compliance test and generate a report. Alternatively, you can run the link layer compliance test through the command line interface by entering the following command: DPTX:LLCT? 3 4 // Runs the link layer compliance test 3:(5.2.1.4) “Write nine bytes to valid DPCD address” four times.
3. Open a Web browser (such as Internet Explorer) and type the generator’s IP address in the address entry field. For example, enter the following: http://206.135.215.189/. The generator home page appears in the browser. 4. Click Link Layer Compliance. The Link Layer Compliance application appears as a separate application window. The Link Layer Compliance application has four tabs, two for the sink test and two for the source test.
5. Click on the Sink Config tab. The Sink Config window is shown below. This is the window you use to configure the parameters of the test. 6. Specify the test capability parameters for the test. These are shown in the table below: Function/Field Function Maximum Lane Specifies the maximum lane count supported in the Sink Device Count pull down box Capability list Maximum Link Rate specification pull down box Specifies the maximum link rate supported in the Sink Device Capability list.
Function/Field Function YCbCr 4:4:4 check box Defines whether the sink device under test supports the YCbCr color mode with 4:4:4 sampling. YCbCr 4:2:2 check box Defines whether the sink device under test supports the YCbCr color mode with 4:2:2 sampling. VESA Timings List Enables you to select the VESA formats (timings) that the sink select box device under test supports. Use the Shift key or the Control key to select multiple timings.
8. Select the tests you wish to run, the number of times you wish to run them and select the lane configurations in accordance with the table below: Function/Field Function Select All activation Enables you to quickly select all tests for a test suite. buttons Deselect All activation buttons Enables you to deselect all tests. Typically used prior to selecting a few specific tests. Tests check boxes Enables you to select a few specific tests for a test suite.
For procedures on configuring the Auxiliary Channel Analyzer for monitoring DisplayPort link layer transactions refer to “To monitor the aux channel transactions on the DisplayPort:” on page 506. To view the DisplayPort Link Layer compliance report: 1. Open a Web browser (such as Internet Explorer) and type the generator’s IP address in the address entry field. For example, enter the following: http://206.135.215.189/ The generator home page appears in the browser.
2. Choose the Generated Reports item. The Generator the provides a list of reports currently available as shown above. 3. Select the DP_Link_Compliance_Sink test report from the list. The report then appears in the browser window as shown below. You can then save the report as a web page file for distribution. The following is an example of a report for the Link Layer compliance test for a display.
Link Layer sink testing operations You can test the aux channel link layer functionality of a DisplayPort sink device by overridding the link training function. This enables you to control the link parameters that are normally determined during link training. The following procedures can be used to manually test the link layer. To test the Link Layer manually: 1. Turn off the link layer output with the following command: DPTX:DTOP 0 // Disables the DisplayPort link layer output 2.
DPTX:SLNR 1 // Sets the link rate to 2.7Gb/s. Alternatively, instead of using the DPTX:SLNR and DPTX:SLAC commands you perform both operations with the single command as follows: DPTX:FLRC 1 4 // Sets the link rate to 2.7Gb/s and the lane count to 4 lanes. 4. Initiate the manual link training using the following command: DPTX:LNKU // Runs the link training using the values specified manually above.
Command Description Enable: 0 = disables outputs 1 = enables outputs Examples Syntax Command: DPTX:DTOP 1 Query: DPTX:DTOP? Explanation Enables the outputs. Queries to determine if the link training outputs are enabled or disabled. DPTX:EMPH Sets the pre-emphasis level of the link. DPTX:EMPH? Query the current setting fo the pre-emphasis.
Command Description Examples Syntax Command: DPTX:LNKU DPTX:MVAL DPTX:MVAL? Explanation Intiates link training with currently defined values. For example it will use the setting defined for DPTX:SLNR for the link rate. Sets the MVAL Queries for the current value of the MVAL parameter. Arguments Valid Values Mval: 0 - 32,768 Examples Syntax Command: DPTX:MVAL 1 Query: DPTX:MVAL? DPTX:NVAL DPTX:NVAL? Explanation Sets the MVAL parameter to 1. Queries for the current value of the MVAL parameter.
Command DPTX:SATW DPTX:SATW? Description Sets the wait time in second between link layer test. Queries the wait time in seconds of this parameter. Arguments Valid Values Wait time: 1 to 60 seconds Examples Syntax Command: DPTX:SATW 3 Query: DPTX:SATW? Explanation Causes the link layer test suite to wait 3 seconds between each test. Queries for the current value of the SATW parameter DPTX:SCRG Specifies the whether scrambling is enabled or disabled.
Command Description Command: DPTX:SLNR 1 Sets the link rate to 2.7Gb/s. When DPRX:LNKU is run, it will use this setting. Query: DPTX:SLNR? Queries for the current value of the SLNR parameter. Link Layer sink control operations through front panel The section describes how to configure the 882E Tx link layer parameters.
Item Setting Function !Train Activation button When pressed this causes link training with the values specified for Lane and Rate to be used. !Force Activation button When pressed this causes the link to use the values specified for Lane and Rate to be used. Link training is not performed. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Running the Link Layer compliance test for DisplayPort source devices The 882E supports the running of an Link Layer compliance test on DisplayPort sources. The Link Layer compliance test system enables developers of DisplayPort products to perform a fast and comprehensive Link Layer compliance test. Because the 882E can emulate DisplayPort Link Layer sink devices it can perform a complete Link Layer compliance test on any source.
Index Test Description 13 4.3.1.7 Successful Link Training at Lower Link Rate due to Loss of Symbol Lock During Channel Equalization Sequence 14 4.3.1.8 Unsuccessful Link Training at Lower Link Rate #1: Iterate at Maximum Voltage Swing 15 4.3.1.9 Unsuccessful Link Training at Lower Link Rate #2: - Iterate at Minimum Voltage Swing 16 4.3.1.10 Unsuccessful Link Training due to Failure in Channel Equalization Sequence (loop count > 5) 17 4.3.1.11 Lane Count Reduction 18 4.3.1.
2. Activate the DisplayPort interface by pressing the Interface key and choosing the DisplayPort interface as shown below. DispPort* Alternatively, to activate the interface through the command line interface, enter the following commands: XVSI 10 ALLU // Activates the DisplayPort interface // Applies the interface setting to the generator 3. Press the Tools key. The following is displayed on the generator’s LCD. System Sequence Probe AFC Reports ImgShift Analyzer 4.
DPRX:LLCT? 4 3 // Runs the link layer compliance test 4:(4.2.2.3) “EDID Read” three times. To run the Link Layer compliance test on DisplayPort sinks (receiver) through the GUI: 1. Connect a cable between the DisplayPort Rx connector on the 882E and the device’s DisplayPort transmitter interface with the DisplayPort function. The following diagram depicts the test setup: 'LVSOD\3RUW 5[ 'LVSOD\3RUW /LQN /D\HU 6LQN ( 6RXUFH 7UDQVPLWWHU '87 2. Setup the 882 for DisplayPort testing.
3. Open a Web browser (such as Internet Explorer) and type the generator’s IP address in the address entry field. For example, enter the following: http://206.135.215.189/. The generator home page appears in the browser. 4. Click Link Layer Compliance. The Link Layer Compliance application appears as a separate application window. The Link Layer Compliance application has four tabs, two for the sink test and two for the source test.
5. Click on the Source Config tab. The Source Config window is shown below. This is the window you use to configure the parameters of the test. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
6. Specify the test capability parameters for the test. These are shown in the table below: Function/Field Function Maximum Lane Specifies the maximum lane count supported by the source device Count pull down box under test. Maximum Link Rate specification pull down box Specifies the maximum link rate supported by the source device under test. Devices Fixed Timing check box Specifies whether the test should be run only at the preferred timing.
Function/Field Function Test Pattern (test automation) check boxes ) *+ + + source device under test supports the test pattern with test automation for the following test patterns5 Test Timing (test automation) check boxes 6% 6% .
Function/Field Function Video Format Defines whether the source device under test supports a video Change without format change without performing link training. Link Training check box Lane Count Reduction check box Defines whether the source device under test supports a lane count reduction without performing link training. Power Save check box Defines whether the source device under test supports the Power Save mode. 7. Click on the Source tab to access the window to run the tests.
Function/Field Function Tests check boxes Enables you to select a few specific tests for a test suite. Long HPD Pulse Width (msec) pin selection box Initiates the duration of the long hot plug pulse. Time Between Tests (secs) spin selection box Enables you to specify the amount of wait time between tests. Individual selection boxes for each test Enables you to specify the number of times you want a specific test to run during a test suite.
To view the DisplayPort Link Layer compliance report: 1. Open a Web browser (such as Internet Explorer) and type the generator’s IP address in the address entry field. For example, enter the following: http://206.135.215.189/ The generator home page appears in the browser. Note: You can add the page to your list of favorite pages in your Web browser to avoid retyping the IP address each time you want to access the page.
2. Choose the Generated Reports item. The Generator the provides a list of reports currently available as shown below. 3. Select the DP_Link_Compliance_Source test report from the list. The report then appears in the browser window as shown below. You can then save the report as a web 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
page file for distribution. The following is an example of a report for the Link Layer compliance test for a display. Link Layer source control operations Command Description DPRX:DPCD Writes a specified value to a specified DPCD address. DPRX:DPCD? Query reads the value from the specified address.
Command Description Command: DPRX:DPCD 206 F5 Sets value of DPCD register 206 (Adjust_Request_Lane0_1) to F5 (11110101 for bits 7->0) which sets the following: -Pre-emphasis Lane1 (bits 7/6) = 11 (level 3) -Voltage swing Lane1 (bits 5/4) = 11 (Level 3) -Pre-emphasis Lane0 (bits 3/2) = 01 (Level 1) -Voltage swing Lane0 (bits 1/0)= 01 (Level 1) Query: DPRX:DPCD? DPRX:LLCT? Runs the specified link layer tests a specified number of times.
486 Chapter 14 DisplayPort Link Layer Testing
15 Auxiliary Channel Analyzer Topics in the chapter: • Auxiliary Channel Analyzer Overview • Setting up the ACA • Monitoring the HDMI auxiliary channels • Monitoring the DisplayPort auxiliary channel 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Auxiliary Channel Analyzer Overview The Auxiliary Channel Analyzer (ACA) is a graphical application that can be used to monitor auxiliary channels such as the DDC and CEC buses in the HDMI interface or the auxiliary channel of the DisplayPort interface. You can monitor multiple channels simultaneously. For example, you can monitor HDCP transactions on the DDC bus while also capturing data for the CEC bus.
Setting up the ACA The ACA application is a Java application or applet. You can download and install the application on your PC, and then run it locally, or you can run the application from the generator web server. Note: You must also have the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) 1.5 or later installed on your PC. You can download the JRE from the following website: http://www.java.com/en/download/windows_ie.
To run the ACA from the web server: 1. Open a Web browser (such as Internet Explorer) and type the generator’s IP address in the address entry field. For example, enter the following: http://206.135.215.189/. The generator home page appears in the browser.
2. Click Auxiliary Channel Analyzer. The ACA main page appears as a separate application window as shown below: To run the ACA from your PC: 1. In Windows Explorer, locate the directory where you downloaded the ACA application. 2. Double click the aca.jar file. The ACA main window appears as shown above. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Monitoring the HDMI auxiliary channels This subsection provides procedures on operating the ACA for monitoring the HDMI auxiliary channels such as the HDCP and EDID transactions over the DDC or the CEC transactions over the CEC bus. The procedures are the same regardless of whether you run the ACA from the web server or from your PC. To set up the generator for monitoring the DDC on HDMI: 1. Connect the generator to the HDMI display device or source device under test by doing one of the following: a.
2. In the ACA, from the File menu, select Connect to Analyzer. The Connect to Analyzer dialog box appears. 3. In the Connect To box, enter the IP address of the generator you want to connect to, and then click Connect. 4. From the CEC menu, point to Port, and the select the port you want to monitor. 5. On the toolbar, click the CEC button to enable it. Make sure all other buttons are disabled. 6. From the File pull down menu specify New Trace. 7. Click the Capture button.
8. Initiate the actions necessary to cause CEC messages to be transmitted between the HDMI source and sink device. The ACA begins the trace and displays the results in the main window, as shown below. T When you click on a specific transaction you can see the detail timing information are the data. The table below describes the information in the Details and Data panels.
Details Data Message Source: The type of device (product type) and the logical address of the device that sent the message Message Destination: The destination device of the message. If a targeted device then its logical addres is provided.
2. In the ACA, from the File menu, select Connect to Analyzer. The Connect to Analyzer dialog box appears. 3. In the Connect To box, enter the IP address of the generator you want to connect to, and then click Connect. 4. From DDC menu, point to Port, and the select the port you want to monitor. 5. On the toolbar, click the HDCP button to enable it. Make sure all other buttons are disabled. 6. From the File pull down menu specify New Trace. 7. Click the Capture activation button. 8.
The trace above shows the timestamps in Cumulative mode which shows the time stamps from the beginning of the trace. To view the time differences between a reference record and any other record you can use the Delta time feature by clicking on the activation button on the upper right. An ACA with the Delta time selected is shown below: 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
9. (Optional) Click the Save button on the toolbar to save the trace to a file. The Save Trace dialog box appears. Navigate to the folder where you want to save the file. In the File Name box, type a name for the file, and then click Save. T To monitor the EDID transactions on the DDC (I2C) bus (channel): 1. Set up the generator/analyzer for HDMI in accordance with the instructions above “To set up the generator for monitoring the DDC on HDMI:” on page 492.
2. In the ACA, from the File menu, select Connect to Analyzer. The Connect to Analyzer dialog box appears. 3. In the Connect To box, enter the IP address of the generator you want to connect to, and then click Connect. 4. From DDC menu, point to Port, and the select the port you want to monitor. 5. On the toolbar, click the DDC and Events buttons to enable them. Make sure all other buttons are disabled. 6. From the File pull down menu specify New Trace. 7. Click on the Capture activation button. 8.
9. (Optional) Click the Save button on the toolbar to save the trace to a file. The Save Trace dialog box appears. Navigate to the folder where you want to save the file. In the File Name box, type a name for the file, and then click Save. Passive monitoring between an HDMI source and a sink The procedures for following procedures provide instructions on how to passively monitor between an HDMI source and and HDMI sink. To monitor the HDCP DDC transactions between a source and a sink: 1.
2. For the TPA-ACA-3R, connect the cables as follows: a. Connect an HDMI-to-HDMI cable between the HDMI connector on the source device under test and the first HDMI connector on the TPA-ACA-3R Test Point Adapter labeled DUT1. b. Connect an HDMI-to-HDMI cable between the HDMI connector on the sink device under test and the second HDMI connector on the TPA-ACA-3R Test Point Adapter labeled DUT2. c.
3. For the TPA-MP-4R, connect the cables as follows: a. Connect an HDMI-to-HDMI cable between the HDMI connector on the source device under test and the HDMI connector on the TPA-MP-4R Test Point Adapter labeled “Source DUT”. b. Connect an HDMI-to-HDMI cable between the HDMI connector on the sink device under test and the HDMI connector on the TPA-MP-4R Test Point Adapter labeled “Sink DUT”. c.
4. Run the ACA to view the DDC transactions. Refer to the procedure “To monitor the HDCP transactions on the DDC (I2C) bus (channel):” on page 495. The ACA begins the trace and displays the results in the main window, as shown below. T 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Monitoring the DisplayPort auxiliary channel This subsection provides procedures on monitoring the auxiliary channels of the DisplayPort interface. The DisplayPort interface uses the auxiliary channel for link training and HDCP as well as I2C emulation for EDID reads. Note: The Auxiliary Channel Analyzer for DisplayPort is an optional feature.
To set up the generator for DisplayPort: 1. Connect the generator to the DisplayPort device as follows: a. Sink Testing - The illustration below depicts the setup for monitoring the link layer transactions during testing of a DisplayPort sink: b. Source Testing - The illustration below depicts the setup for monitoring the link layer transactions during testing of a DisplayPort sink: 2. Activate the DisplayPort interface by pressing the Interface key and choosing the DisplayPort interface as shown below.
ALLU // Applies the interface setting to the generator To monitor the aux channel transactions on the DisplayPort: 1. Set up the generator/analyzer for DisplayPort in accordance with the instructions above “To set up the generator for DisplayPort:” on page 505. 2. Set up the Auxiliary Channel Analyzer in accordance with the instructions in “Setting up the ACA” on page 489. 3. In the ACA, from the File menu, select Connect to Analyzer. The Connect to Analyzer dialog box appears. 4.
8. Initiate the actions necessary on the DisplayPort devices to ensure that the aux channel transactions you wish to monitor are occurring. This might be running a link layer compliance test, initiating link training through the command line, or unplugging and plugging in the sink DisplayPort cable to initiate a hot plug to monitor link training or to run HDCP.
9. (Optional) Click the Save button on the toolbar to save the trace to a file. The Save Trace dialog box appears. Navigate to the folder where you want to save the file. In the File Name box, type a name for the file, and then click Save. Passive monitoring between a source and a sink The procedures for following procedures provide instructions on how to passively monitor the auxiliary channel between a DisplayPort sink device and a DisplayPort source device.
3. Connect an DisplayPort-to-DisplayPort cable between the DisplayPort connector on the sink device under test and the DisplayPort connector on the 882E labeled To Sink. The following diagram depicts the test setup for passively monitoring a DisplayPort source and sink: 4. Run the ACA to view the aux channel transactions. Refer to the procedure “To monitor the HDCP transactions on the DDC (I2C) bus (channel):” on page 495.
Under the Source column there are two types of entries: 1) Native refers to aux channel transactions for DPCD reads and writes for link layer operations and HDCP transactions; 2) I2C refers to EDID reads. You can view details of the transactions by highlighting on a record and then viewing the Details and Data sections below. The Details section parses out the fields in to human readable text.
16 Testing EDID Topics in this chapter: • Overview • Testing with display (sink) devices • Testing with source devices • Testing EDID for HDMI compliance in display (sink) devices • EDID emulation for physical layer testing of source devices • Using the EDID Editor tool • Using the EDID Compare tool 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Overview This chapter provides procedures for testing EDID generation and handling. The generator can be configured to: • emulate an HDMI, DVI, or VGA source device to test an HDMI, DVI, or VGA sink (display) device, or • emulate an HDMI/DVI sink (display) device to test an HDMI/DVI source device. With the generator, you can both view EDID from a display, and write EDID to a display device (with writable EEPROM).
Testing with display (sink) devices The generator can emulate a source device in order to test a display device’s EDID generation. The EDID data received from a connected display device can be displayed via image or HTML report. For display devices with writable EEPROM, the generator can also put (write) a new EDID to the device. Viewing EDID from a display (882 only) Follow the procedure to view EDID data received from a DDC-compliant VGA, HDMI, DisplayPort or DVI display connected to the generator.
3. Read the EDID from the display as follows: a. Press the Sink key. The following information appears on the generator’s display. Manufacturer:SNY Product Code:144 Serial#:7011007 Week:20 Year:1998 b. Press the Options key. The following information appears on the generator’s display. -EDID Formats +HP Bypass -Emulate c. CDF Choose the EDID Formats item by pressing the adjacent soft key. A + appears next to EDID Formats, indicating it is enabled.
IMGU // Activates the EdidData image 6. Enable and view image versions for the EdidData image as follows: a. Press the Options key. The following menu appears on the generator’s display: -More Red+ Green+ Blue+ -NoGamma -Noise b. Choose the More item by pressing the adjacent soft key until a + and Rendition appears next to the item. +More Rendition: 000 Red+ -NoGamma Green+ -Noise Blue+ c. Press the + and - keys to advance through the image versions.
IMGU // Activates the image version 7. When you are finished, disable image versions by pressing the Options key and choosing More until a - appears next to it. Alternatively, to disable image versions using the command line interface, enter the following command: ISUB 0 // Disables sub images To view EDID data received from a connected display device using the command line interface: 1. Connect the display under test to the generator. 2.
To generate a report of EDID data received from a connected display device: 1. Connect the display under test to the generator. 2. Press the Tools key. The Tools menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below. System Sequence Probe AFC Reports ImgShift Analyzer 3. Press the Reports key. The Reports menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below. EDID Packets 4. Choose the EDID item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The EDID reports menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below.
518 Chapter 16 Testing EDID
8. Navigate to your PC and double click on the report. A sample is shown below. Modifying EDID in a display If the EEPROM in the display is writable, you can write a new EDID to the device. Follow the procedure to overwrite the EDID structure stored in the connected display device with a new EDID structure. Important: Be sure to save a backup copy of the EDID stored on the display device. Writing an EDID using this procedure will overwrite the EDID currently stored on the display device.
DIDL filename 4. Write the EDID to connected display device using the following command: EDA:PDID Where is the HDMI output port (1 or 2). For example, the command below writes the EDID out the HDMI Out 2 port.
Testing with source devices With the Analyzer option, the generator can emulate an HDMI/DVI sink (display) in order to test an HDMI source device’s EDID handling. With this capability, an HDMI/DVI source device can be tested for its ability to handle an EDID received from virtually any DDC-compatible display. The analyzer emulates HDMI/DVI displays using a built-in, configurable EDID structure.
4. Capture the EDID from the connected display device by entering the following command: EDA:GDID Where port is the HDMI output port (1 or 2) that the display is connected to. For example, the command below loads an EDID from a display device connected to the 882’s HDMI Out port 1. EDA1:GDID Note: The EDAport:GDID is a command that is new with Release 2.3.0. 5.
To create/edit an EDID using EDID editing commands: 1. Establish a session with the generator using either HyperTerminal over a serial connection or Telnet over an Ethernet LAN. See “Establishing a terminal session with the generator” on page 31 or “Establishing a Telnet session with the generator” on page 34. 2. To create a new EDID, follow these steps: a. Create a new EDID file by entering the following command: DIDN filename b. Define EDID structure content using EDID edit commands.
Note: The EDID edit buffer commands are new with Release 2.3.0. c. Save edits to EDID file to the generator by entering the following command: DIDS // saves the edid Testing EDID handling of source device To use analyzer to test source device EDID handling: 1. Establish a session with the generator using either HyperTerminal over a serial connection or Telnet over an Ethernet LAN.
Testing EDID for HDMI compliance in display (sink) devices The generator supports the following EDID and video HDMI compliance tests in accordance with the HDMI Compliance Test Specification 1.
3. Activate the HDMI-H interface on the output port as follows: Note: You may have to select a valid HDMI format at this point. a. Press the Interface key. A listing of signal interfaces appears on the generator’s display as shown below. * VGA HDMI-D HDMI-H b. Choose the HDMI-H item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The interface is activated and the port outputs the currently selected image and format. VGA HDMI-D *HDMI-H c.
6. Set characteristics of the display under test using CDF parameters. Scroll through the list by pressing the + key. These parameters are used when the compliance tests are run. The following table describes the parameters and their settings. Parameter Explanation HDMI Output Count The number of outputs the sink under test has. It is a value in the range of 0-9. HDMI Input Port The CEC input on the sink under test. It is a value in the range of 1-15.
528 Parameter Explanation 720x576p/50 4:3 Indicates whether the sink supports the 576p50 format with a 4:3 aspect ratio. The values are + for yes and - for no. 720x576p/50 16:9 Indicates whether the sink supports the 576p50 format with a 16:9 aspect ratio. The values are + for yes and for no. 1280x720p/50 16:9 Indicates whether the sink under test supports the 720p50 format. The values are + for yes and - for no. 1920x1080i/50 16:9 Indicates whether the sink under test supports the 1080i50 format.
Parameter Explanation Connector Type A Indicates whether the sink under test input connector is a Type A connector. Write Protected Indicates whether the EDID of the sink under test is write protected. HDMI 1.3B CTS Indicates whether to test sink against HDMI Compliance Test Specification (CTS) 1.3b or 1.2a. The values are + for 1.3b or - for 1.2a. Deep Color Indicates whether the sink under test supports deep color. The values are + for yes and - for no.
Testing HDMI sink device for EDID compliance Follow this procedure to perform EDID compliance testing on a connected HDMI sink device. To perform HDMI sink EDID compliance testing: 1. Set up generator for HDMI sink testing for EDID compliance. See Setting up generator for HDMI sink device EDID compliance testing on page 525 for details. 2.
• Testing EDID readability (Test ID 8-1)—this test verifies that the EDID can be read properly. ( 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
• 532 Testing EDID VESA structure (Test ID 8-2)—this test verifies that the data in the base EDID 1.3 block and basic EDID Extension handling is correct and meets all aspects of the relevant specifications.
• Testing CEA timing extension structure (Test ID 8-3)—this test verifies that the data in any CEA Timing Extension present in EDID is formatted properly and meets all aspects of the relevant specifications. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
• 534 Testing 861C format support requirements (Test ID 8-17)—this test verifies that no 861C-defined video format is declared only in a Detailed Timing Descriptor.
• Testing HDMI format support requirements (Test ID 8-18)—this test verifies that the display under test indicates support for all required video formats in its EDID. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
• Testing Pixel Encoding Requirements (Test ID 8-19)—verifies that the display under test supports YCpCr pixel encoding when required. Generating an HDMI sink EDID Compliance test report Follow the procedure to generate an HTML report of EDID compliance test results. To generate a report of EDID compliance test results: 1. Press the Tools key. The Tools menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below. System Sequence Probe AFC Reports ImgShift Analyzer 2. Press the Reports key.
3. Choose the EDID item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The EDID reports menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below. !DataRpt !CompRpt EditCDF Note: Be sure that you have transferred any existing EDID reports to your PC. Otherwise, generating a new report overwrites the existing report. 4. Choose !CompRpt item by pressing the adjacent soft key. An HDMI EDID Compliance Report is generated and stored on the PCMCIA card in the /card0/Library/Reports/Edid_Compliance.htm file. 5.
Note: Make sure to change the names of any existing reports in the directory on your PC to avoid overwritting existing reports.
7. Navigate to your PC and double click on the report. A sample is shown below. Verifying pixel encoding and rate support For test IDs 8-19 and 8-20, visual inspection of display under test is necessary to ensure proper support of pixel encoding sampling and minimum and maximum pixel clock rates using different formats.
Example SVD 01 Y2 1 Short Video Descriptor VIC Component color sampling Format Index • SVD – Short Video Descriptor • 01 – EIA/CEA-861-C Format Video Identification Code (for example, 01, 02, 06, etc., listed on page 149) • Y2 – Y indicates color difference. 2 = 4:2:2 pixel sample encoding. 4 = 4:4:4. • 1 – Represents DMT0659 format, which is the first format (index 1) listed under video identification code 01 in the table on page 299.
3. Press the Options key. The following information appears on the generator’s display. -EDID Formats +HP Bypass -Emulate CDF 4. Choose the EDID Formats item by pressing the adjacent soft key. A + appears next to EDID Formats, indicating it is enabled. The generator loads the Source list with formats supported by the connected display (hot-plug formats read via EDID structure of attached display). 5. Press the Content key. The following information appears on the generator’s display.
Testing EDID for HDMI compliance in source devices The analyzer supports the following EDID and video HDMI compliance tests in accordance with the HDMI Compliance Test Specification 1.3 (CTS): • Test ID 7-1: EDID Related Behavior This test is intended for in-house testing of products before submission to an HDMI ATC for full certification testing. Note: This feature is not supported on the 881 generator.
2. Configure the generator/analyzer to emulate the desired EDID using the procedures in “Testing EDID handling of source device” on page 524 or “Emulating an EDID” on page 564. If you need to create a custom EDID, use the EDID Editor utility described in “Creating a new EDID” on page 554. 3. Connect an HDMI-to-HDMI cable between the HDMI OUT connector on the source device under test and the first HDMI connector on the TPA-DDC-RR Test Point Adapter. 4.
6. Follow the procedures in the HDMI CTS specification. You can use the ACA to view the transactions of the EDID read. Refer to the procedure “To monitor the EDID transactions on the DDC (I2C) bus (channel):” on page 498. During the procedure, you will have to pulse the hot plug detect lead.
EDID emulation for physical layer testing of source devices The 882C/E supports some of the physical layer tests called out in the HDMI CTS such as eye measurements and TMDS rise and fall time measurements. These tests are performed using commercially available oscillocopes recommended in the HDMI CTS. In support of these tests, the Multi-Purpose Adaptor (TPA-MP-4R shown below) provides EDID emulation, a hot plug source and AVcc power source. 0XOWL 3XUSRVH $GDSWRU 0RGHO 73$ 03 5 32576 6,1.
Using Tektronix Test Instruments The 882 series analyzer provides EDID emulation and DDC, EDID, hot plug and CEC transaction monitoring. The TPA-MP-4R provides +3.3Vcc via the P40 2-wire cable. The TPA-MP-4R connects the 882E/CA HDMI Rx 1 to the Tek TPA-P-DI via P30 8-wire cable. TPA-P-DI connects Rx DDC, Hot Plug Detect and CEC to the source device under test. The following illustration depicts these connections.
Using the EDID Editor tool The 882 provides an EDID Editor Tool. This tool is useful for creating, modifying, and saving EDIDs, as well as applying EDIDs to HDMI emulator ports for source testing. Using the EDID Editor Tool involves the following basic steps: 1. Loading an EDID into the Editor. An EDID is loaded from a file stored on the generator file system or host PC, or by capturing and loading an EDID from a display connected to the 882CA HDMI or VGA interface. 2.
2. Press the Source key and choose a valid HDMI or VGA format (for example, DMT0660) by pressing the adjacent soft key. Alternatively, to select the format through the command line interface, enter the following command: FMTL DMT0660 FMTU 3. Activate the HDMI-H, HDMI-D or VGA interface on the output port as follows: a. Press the Interface key. A listing of signal interfaces appears on the generator’s display as shown below. * VGA HDMI-D HDMI-H 548 CVBS S-VIDEO SDI b.
4. Open a Web browser (such as Internet Explorer) and type the generator’s IP address in the address entry field. For example, enter the following: http://206.135.215.189/ The generator home page appears in the browser. 5. Click the EDID Editor link. The EDID Editor appears as shown below. Note: The EDID Editor is provisioned with the default Quantum Data EDID when opened. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
6. Choose the EDID you want to load into the Editor. You can load EDIDs from a connected device, the generator file system, or from your PC. The following table describes what selection ports map to which physical interface: Load EDID From... Location 882 A valid EDID XML file stored on the generator file system (in flash memory or on the PC card).
c. If you are loading an EDID XML file stored on the host PC, select Load EDID From > File on PC from the File menu. Select a file. The EDID is loaded into the Editor. Editing an existing EDID The procedure below provides instructions on editing EDIDs in the EDID Editor Tool. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
To edit an existing EDID: 1. Open the EDID Editor and load an EDID using the procedures described in “Loading EDIDs” on page 547.
2. Expand the EDID Block in the navigation view. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
3. Double-click on the EDID data blocks you wish to edit. Edit the pull-down select boxes, text fields and check boxes in accordance with the requirements of the EDID you are creating. The screen shot below shows a typical dialog box for editing the Timing Descriptor Detailed Timing Descriptor. Make sure to click on the OK button when you have completed the edits for each dialog box. 4. Save the modified EDID using the procedures described in “Saving an EDID to a file” on page 562.
To create a new EDID: 1. Open the EDID Editor and load the EDID using the procedures “Loading EDIDs” on page 547. Upon power up the HDMI Rx ports are configured with the Quantum Data 2 block EDID. 2. Expand the EDID Block in the navigation view. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
3. Edit the fields in Block#1 in accordance with your requirements. This screen shows the Vendor/Product Information screen where you will need to make some edits. When you change the value of any field (either a free form text field, pull-down select box or check box), make sure to click the OK button to invoke the change. If you make a change by mistake, click on the Cancel button.
4. Add the CEA extension blocks by selecting New CEA Block from the Add pull down menu as shown below. When you add a CEA block, both Block #2 and Block #3 are added. In addition, the Extension Flag field in Block #0 is updated with the value of 3. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
5. Add a CEA extension data block. a. Highlight the CEA Data Block where you want to add the extension block. b. Select New CEA Extension Blocks from the Add pull down menu. The example below shows adding a CEA Video Data Block. When you add a CEA extension block, it is added to the selected CEA data block as shown below. c. 558 Edit the fields in the data block in accordance with your requirements.
d. Click the OK button to save the data block that you added. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
6. Add detailed timing descriptor (DTD) data. a. Highlight the CEA DTDs block where you want to add the DTD. b. Select New DTD from the Add pull down menu. The example below shows adding a Custom Timing Descriptor. When you add a DTD, it is added to the selected DTD data block as shown below. c. Edit the fields in the data block that in accordance with your requirements. d. Click the OK button to save the data block that you added.
7. (Optional) If you need to delete an item such as a CEA extension block or data block, select the block in the EDID Blocks window, then select Delete Selected Item from the Tools pull-down menu as shown below. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
8. Complete your edits by double clicking on the EDID data blocks you wish to modify. Edit the pull down select boxes, text fields and check boxes in accordance with the requirements of the EDID you are creating. The screen shot below shows a typical dialog box for editing the Timing Descriptor Detailed Timing Descriptor. 9. Save the modified EDID using the procedures described in “Saving an EDID to a file” on page 562.
2. Select Save EDID to... from the File pull down menu as shown below. 3. Select the location you want to store the file. a. If you are saving the EDID to the generator file system, select 882 and enter a filename. The EDID XML file is stored in flash memory. b. If you are saving the EDID to the host PC, select File on PC and enter a filename. The EDID XML file is stored on the PC. The EDID is saved to a EDID XML file used by the 882 generator.
3. Select Save EDID to... > Device connected to 882... > 882 Analyzer Port from the File menu. (Port 1 is HDMI Tx 1, and Port 2 is HDMI Tx 2.) The EDID is written to the writable EEPROM on the display device. Emulating an EDID The procedures below provide instructions on configuring one of the analyzer ports to emulate an EDID that you have loaded in the Editor tool. You can configure either or both HDMI Rx ports with any viable EDID .xml file that you have stored. To emulate an EDID: 1.
Running an EDID HDMI compliance test You can run the EDID HDMI compliance test on an HDMI EDID that is loaded into the EDID Editor. When you run the test, the tool automatically generates the HTML report as well. When you run this test the CDF that is used is the one that is currently saved in the generator. The procedures below provide instructions on running the EDID HDMI compliance test from the EDID Editor. To run an EDID HDMI compliance test: 1.
Running an EDID data report You can run the EDID data report in an HDMI EDID that is loaded into the EDID Editor. This function generates an HTML report that appears in the window when compete. The procedures below provide instructions on running the EDID data report from the EDID Editor. To run an EDID data report: 1. Load an existing EDID using the procedures described in “Loading EDIDs” on page 547. 2. Select Generate/View Compliance Test from the Tools pull down menu as shown below.
Using the EDID Compare tool The 882 provides an EDID Compare tool. This tool allows you to capture an EDID from a connected display, then compare its contents to subsequent EDID readings. This allows you to verify the display device is consistently generating an identical EDID. Comparing EDIDs Follow this procedure to verify the display device is generating an identical EDID: To compare EDIDs: 1.
3. Click the EDID Compare Tool link. The EDID Compare Tool appears. 4. Click the Capture Reference button. The following message appears.
Note: You can use the tool to save a copy of the EDID onto your PC by clicking on the Browse button. This enables you to browse for a location on your PC and store the EDID. 5. Click the Compare to Reference button. The following message appears if EDID contents are identical. If EDID contents are not identical, you see the message Mis-Matched EDID’s displayed. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
570 Chapter 16 Testing EDID
17 Testing Lipsync Topics in this chapter: • Overview • Testing display (sink) devices • Testing source devices 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Overview This chapter provides procedures for testing the HDMI Auto Lipsync Correction feature. The generator can be configured to: • emulate an HDMI source device to test an HDMI sink (display) device, or • emulate an HDMI sink (display) device to test an HDMI source device.
Testing display (sink) devices The generator can emulate a source device in order to test an HDMI display device’s auto lipsync correction handling. With this capability, an HDMI display device can be tested for proper audio and video synchronization using a lipsync test image. A display's EDID provides audio and video latency fields in the HDMI vendor specific data block of the CEA extension block.
3. Activate the HDMI-H interface on the output port: a. Press the Interface key to access the list of interfaces. A listing of signal interfaces appears on the generator’s display as shown below. * VGA HDMI-D HDMI-H b. Choose HDMI-H by pressing the adjacent soft key. The interface is activated and the port outputs the currently selected image and format. VGA HDMI-D *HDMI-H c.
5. Enable lipsync testing in generator as follows: a. Press the Content key. The following information appears on the generator’s display. Acer1 Acer3 Acer5 Acer7 Acer2 Acer4 Acer6 Acer8 b. Choose either the LipSyncB or LipSync image. c. Press the Settings key. The following information appears on the generator’s display. LSGM 1 Image LipSync TLAT PLAT 0.0000 0 -> -> -> d. Set the LSGM setting to 1 by pressing the soft keys adjacent to the bottom row until the cursor appears on the digit.
• For basic testing, choose the LipSyncB test image on display device is similar to shown below. The LipSyncB image utilizes a flashing white box with audible click to verify correct audio/video synchronization. • For more detailed testing, choose the LipSync test image on display device is similar to shown below. The LipSync image utilizes a moving box with audible beep to verify correct audio/video synchronization.
8. (Optional when using LipSync image only) To adjust vertical line spacing (thus changing frequency of audible beeps), follow these steps: a. Choose More by pressing the adjacent soft key. A + and Rendition appears next to the item. +More Rendition: 000 +LipSync Red+ -NoGamma Green+ -Noise Blue+ b. Press + and - keys to adjust vertical line interval. Changing the interval adjusts calculated moving time for white box between two lines.
9. (Optional) To adjust lipsync testing parameters in the generated test image, follow these steps: a. Press the Content key. The following information appears on the generator’s display. Acer1 Acer3 Acer5 Acer7 Acer2 Acer4 Acer6 Acer8 b. Choose the LipSyncB or LipSync image. c. Press the Options key to access the Options menu. d. Enable LipSync settings by pressing the adjacent soft key. A + appears next to the LipSync item indicating that you can adjust it settings.
Testing source devices With the Analyzer option, the generator can emulate an HDMI sink (display) in order to test an HDMI source device’s auto lipsync correction handling. With this capability, an HDMI source device can be tested for its ability to handle audio and video latency values received in the HDMI vendor specific data block of the CEA extension block of a display’s EDID.
emulating an EDID on the analyzer. In the EDID Editor, the Vendor Specific Block screen with the Video Latency and Audio Latency fields is shown below: 3. Press the Interface key repeatedly until the following menu appears: * HDMI IN 1 HDMI IN 2 4. Choose the connector to which the source device is connected by pressing the adjacent soft key. 5. Connect an HDMI-to-HDMI cable between the HDMI IN connector on the analyzer and HDMI Port on the source device.
8. Choose the Analyzer item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The Analyzer menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below. * Timing CableTest ViewPix PIX-ERR PRN-ERR LipSync 9. Choose the LipSync item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The LipSync menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below.
the generator” on page 31 or “Establishing a Telnet session with the generator” on page 34. 2. Perform steps 2 - 6 of “Testing HDMI source device for Lipsync handling” on page 579 to set up analyzer for lipsync testing. 3. Press the Tools key. The Tools menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below. System Sequence Probe AFC Reports ImgShift Analyzer 4. Choose the Analyzer item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The Analyzer menu appears on the generator’s display as shown below.
Note: Make sure to change the names of any existing reports in the directory on your PC to avoid overwritting existing reports. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
9. Navigate to your PC and double click on the report. A sample is shown below.
18 Testing HDCP Topics in this chapter: • Overview • Testing DVI displays with HDCP • Testing HDMI displays with HDCP • Running an HDMI HDCP self-test • Understanding the HDCP test • Running the HDCP compliance test for HDMI devices • Running the HDCP compliance test for DisplayPort devices 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Overview You can use the generator with the High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection (HDCP) to test HDCP 1.0 and 1.1 compliant devices. The procedures in this chapter instruct you on how to complete the HDCP tests for a DVI, HDMI or DisplayPort sink devices. The 882E and 882C are compliant HDMI-HDCP sources. For more information about HDCP, see http://www.digital-cp.com/.
Testing DVI displays with HDCP This section describes how to test DVI and HDMI receivers with HDCP. To set up the generator for testing a DVI display: 1. Connect an HDMI-to-DVI converter cable between the HDMI OUT connector on the generator and the device’s DVI receiver. 2. Activate the HDMI-D interface on the output port as follows: a. Press the Interface key. A listing of signal interfaces appears on the generator’s display as shown below. CVBS S-VIDEO SDI * VGA HDMI-D HDMI-H b.
4. Choose the HDCPprod test image, or, if you are using HDMI OUT port 2, choose the HDCP2 test image. If you are testing a device with a production key, select the HdcpProd image (or, if you are using HDMI OUT port 2, choose the HDCP2 test image). These test images assume that both the HDCP transmitter and receiver have a production key. The image will indicate if the test passed or failed. If the test fails, see “Understanding the HDCP test” on page 597. 5.
Testing HDMI displays with HDCP To test HDCP with an HDMI device: 1. Connect an HDMI cable between the HDMI OUT connector on the generator and the HDMI display. 2. Activate the HDMI-H interface on the output port as follows: a. Press the Interface key. A listing of signal interfaces appears on the generator’s display as shown below. CVBS S-VIDEO SDI * VGA HDMI-D HDMI-H b. Choose the HDMI-H item by pressing the adjacent soft key.
4. Choose the HDCPprod test image, or, if you are using HDMI OUT port 2, choose the HDCP2 test image. If you are testing a device with a production key, select the HdcpProd image, or, if you are using HDMI OUT port 2, choose the HDCP2 test image. These test images assume that both the HDCP transmitter and receiver have a production key. The image will indicate if the test passed or failed. If the test fails, see “Understanding the HDCP test” on page 597. 5.
HDCP? (OUT1:HDCP?, OUT2:HDCP?) 2000 The image will indicate if the test passed or failed. If the test fails, see “Understanding the HDCP test” on page 597. 6. To test another device, connect the cable to the new device. The HDCP test starts automatically. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Testing DisplayPort sinks with HDCP This section describes how to test DisplayPort sinks with HDCP. To set up the generator for testing a DisplayPort sinks: 1. Connect a DisplayPort cable between the DisplayPort OUT connector on the generator and the device’s DisplayPort input. 2. Activate the DisplayPort interface on the output port as follows: a. Press the Interface key. A listing of signal interfaces appears on the generator’s display as shown below. DispPort* b.
4. Choose the HDCPprod test image. If you are testing a device with a production key, select the HdcpProd image. These test images assume that both the HDCP transmitter and receiver have a production key. The image will indicate if the test passed or failed. If the test fails, see “Understanding the HDCP test” on page 597. 5. To test another device, connect the cable to the new device. The HDCP test starts automatically.
Running HDCP test in step mode The generator normally runs the steps in the HDCP test automatically. However, to troubleshoot a failed test, you can run the test in “step” mode. This enables you to read the values at the step where the test failed. To run the HDCP test in step mode: 1. Connect a cable between the HDMI or DisplayPort OUT connector on the generator and the device’s input. 2. Activate the HDMI-H, HDMI-D or DisplayPort interface on the output port as follows: a. Press the Interface key.
4. Enable and view image versions for the test image as follows: a. Press the Options key. The following menu appears on the generator’s display: -More Red+ Green+ Blue+ -NoGamma -Noise b. Choose the More item by pressing the adjacent soft key until a + and Rendition appears next to the item. +More Rendition: 000 Red+ -NoGamma Green+ -Noise Blue+ c. Press the + key to advance through the image versions.
Running an HDMI HDCP self-test An HDCP self-test checks that HDCP authentication is working properly between the transmitter and receiver on the analyzer. This test can also be used to confirm that a cable is not interfering with HDCP authentication, and that the DDC clock and DDC data pins (used by the I2C bus) are working correctly. To run an HDCP self-test: 1. Connect the HDMI cable between the HDMI IN and HDMI OUT connectors on the generator. 2.
Understanding the HDCP test Understanding what the generator does during an HDCP test can help you determine why an HDCP test failed. HDMI HDCP test sequence: The HDMI HDCP test sequence performed by the generator is listed below. 1. Reset the transmitter HDCP engine. 2. Initialize the transmitter. 3. Check Bcaps over the DDC bus to determine if the sink is a receiver or a repeater and generate a new An value (8 byte random session number) in the transmitter. 4.
3. Check Bcaps over the Aux Channel DPCD address 0x68028 to determine if the sink is a receiver or a repeater and generate a new An value (8 byte random session number) in the transmitter. 4. Transmitter writes An to the receiver over the Aux Channel to DPCD address 0x6800C. 5. Transmitter writes Aksv to the receiver over the Aux Channel to DPCD address 0x68007. 6. Read Bksv from the receiver over the Aux Channel bus from DPCD address 0x68000 and validate that it has exactly 20 zeroes and 20 ones in it.
Running the HDCP compliance test for HDMI devices Overview The 882CA and 882E-Analyzer (882EA) support the running of an HDCP compliance test on HDCP-enabled HDMI sources, sinks and repeaters. The HDCP compliance test was developed while working closely with Digital Content Protection. Note: The HDCP compliance test is an optional feature available only with the 882 analyzer. You must purchase the license for this feature.
Encryption Status Tester Some of the HDCP compliance tests for an HDMI source, sink and repeater device require the use of the standalone hardware device called the Encryption Status Tester (EST) (below). The EST device is currently only used for the 882E model. For the 882E, the EST device is connected into the test setup for all tests beginning with the 2.17.x release of the 882E model. The EST cannot be used for the 882CA model for now.
Index Test EST Function 20 3A_01 (Repeater Downstream w/Receiver) (Between HDMI Capable Transmitter and HDMI Capable Receiver) Measures the position of the encryption enable pulse. 25 3B_01 (Repeater Downstream w/Repeater) Measures the position of the encryption enable pulse. List of Tests The following table describes the HDCP compliance tests that can be performed.
Index 602 Test Description 13 1B_04 (Transmitter Downstream w/Repeater) Irregular Procedure: (Second Part of Authentication) Verify V' 14 1B_05 (Transmitter Downstream w/Repeater) Irregular Procedure: (Second Part of Authentication) MAX_DEVS EXCEEDED 15 1B_06 (Transmitter Downstream w/Repeater) Irregular Procedure: (Second Part of Authentication) MAX_CASCADE EXCEEDED 16 2C_01 (Receiver Upstream w/Transmitter) (w/HDMI Capable Transmitter) Regular Procedure: With HDMI Capable Transmitter 17 2
Index Test Description 28 3B_04 (Repeater Downstream w/Repeater) Irregular Procedure: (Second Part of Authentication) MAX_DEVS_EXCEEDED 29 3B_05 (Repeater Downstream w/Repeater) Irregular Procedure: (Second Part of Authentication) MAX_CASCADE_EXCEEDED 30 3C_I_01 (Repeater Upstream w/Transmitter) (Between HDMI Capable Transmitter and HDMI Capable Receiver) Regular Procedure: Transmitter – DUT – Receiver 31 3C_I_02 (Repeater Upstream w/Transmitter) (Between HDMI Capable Transmitter and HDMI Capab
Index Test Description 40 3C_II_04 (Repeater Upstream w/Transmitter) (Between HDMI Capable Transmitter and Repeater) Regular Procedure: HPD After Starting Third Part of Authentication 41 3C_II_05 (Repeater Upstream w/Transmitter) (Between HDMI Capable Transmitter and Repeater) Irregular Procedure: (Second Part of Authentication) Verify V' 42 3C_II_06 (Repeater Upstream w/Transmitter) (Between HDMI Capable Transmitter and Repeater) Irregular Procedure: (Second Part of Authentication) DEVICE_COUNT
1. For the 882E analyzer, connect the cables as follows: a. Apply power to the Encryption Status Tester (EST) using the power adapter supplied with the EST. b. Connect an HDMI cable from the source device under test output to the EST HDMI port labeled, “HDMI IN.” c. Connect an HDMI cable from the 882 HDMI Rx 1 port to the EST HDMI port labeled “HDMI OUT.” d. Connect an HDMI cable from the 882 HDMI Tx 2 port to the EST HDMI port labeled “HDMI.” e.
3. Activate the HDMI-H interface on the output port as follows: a. Press the Interface key. A listing of signal interfaces appears on the generator’s display as shown below. * VGA HDMI-D HDMI-H b. CVBS S-VIDEO SDI Choose the HDMI-H item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The interface is activated and the display is shown below.
7. Press the Tools key and choose the Reports item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The following is displayed on the generator’s LCD. EDID Misc Packets HDCP 8. Select HDCP to access the HDCP compliance test menu. The following is displayed on the generator’s LCD. !CompRpt EditPCP 9. Select EditPCP to define the capabilities of the HDCP device under test. The following is displayed on the generator’s LCD.
Parameter Explanation Repeater Audio Support Indicates whether the DUT supports audio output. The values are + for yes and - for no. Repeater HPD Pulse Indicates whether the DUT has the capability to output HPD pulse by user operation. The values are + for yes and - for no. Repeater Max KSV Specifies the maximum number of KSVs the repeater can read. The valid values are 2 through 127.
13. Press the Tools key get back to the Reports menu. The generator LCD will display the reports menu as shown below. EDID Misc Packets HDCP 14. Select HDCP to access the HDCP compliance test menu. The following is displayed on the generator’s LCD. !CompRpt EditPCP 15. Select !CompRpt to initiate the HDCP compliance test. The message “HDCP Compliance Test” is shown and then all the tests are shown in sequence.
17. Monitor the 882E (with release 2.17.x) LCD for a set of prompts during the 1A-01, 1A-09, and 1B-01 tests. Note: You will not be prompted as shown below when using 882E releases prior to 2.17.x nor will you be prompted when running the test with the 882CA. e. When prompted with the screen shown below, examine the video on the display under test and press the appropriate button adjacent to the indication (Yes! or No!) to continue.
CPTX:CPTR Index Test Description 3 1A_03 (Transmitter Downstream w/Receiver) w/HDMI Capable Receiver Regular Procedure: HPD After Starting Third Part of Authentication 4 1A_04 (Transmitter Downstream w/Receiver) w/HDMI Capable Receiver Irregular Procedure: (First Part of Authentication) HDPC Port Access 5 1A_05 (Transmitter Downstream w/Receiver) w/HDMI Capable Receiver Irregular Procedure: (First Part of Authentication) Verify Bksv 6 1A_06 (Transmitter Downstream w/Receiver) w/HDMI Capable Rece
Note: The SRM test does not apply for source devices that cannot play a DVD. 3. To run 1A-08 test, use the command line as shown below: CPTX:DUTT 1 CPTX:CPTR 8 CPTX:CPTU // Selects the device type as a source. // Selects specific test (e.g. 1A_08). // Initiates the execution of the test. Refer to “To view the HDCP compliance report:” on page 651 for procedures on how to view the generated report. Running HDCP compliance tests on HDMI receivers The receiver tests are the 2C-0x series.
To run the 2C series HDCP compliance test on an HDMI sink (receiver): 1. For the 882E analyzer connect the cables as follows: a. Apply power to the Encryption Status Tester (EST) using the power adapter that is supplied with the EST. b. Connect an HDMI cable from the sink device under test input to the EST HDMI port labeled, “HDMI OUT.” c. Connect an HDMI cable from the 882 HDMI Tx 1 port to the EST HDMI port labeled “HDMI IN.” d.
3. Activate the HDMI-H interface on the output port as follows: a. Press the Interface key. A listing of signal interfaces appears on the generator’s display as shown below. * VGA HDMI-D HDMI-H b. CVBS S-VIDEO SDI Choose the HDMI-H item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The interface is activated and the display is shown below.
The following table describes the test parameters and their settings (gray = N/A). Parameter Explanation DUT type The type of device under test. This can be one of Sink, Source, Repeater, Repeater3AB, or Repeater3C. For this test, select Sink. Source Max KSV Specifies the maximum number of KSVs the source can read. The valid values are 1 through 127. Source Authentication Control Specifies the number of times a source DUT attempts authentication before transitioning into the authentication state.
CPTX:DUTT 0 // specifies the device under test as a sink. You can query the current value of the parameter with: CPTX:DUTT? // returns the device under test type. 8. (Optional) Specify the remaining parameters in the EditPCP menu using the table above. Alternatively, you can specify the parameters through the command line as follows: CPTX:SRFT 0 // indicates whether DUT (sink) supports 1.1 features such as Advanced Cipher and Enhanced Link Verification. 1 = yes; 0 = no. 9.
Note: You will not be prompted as shown below when using 882E releases prior to 2.17.x. a. When prompted shown below occurs, power cycle the device under test: Please power cycle the DUT Next! b. Press the button adjacent to the Next! indication after the device under test is back on to continue. c. When prompted with the screen shown below, examine the video on the display under test and press the appropriate button adjacent to the indication (Yes! or No!) to continue.
CPTX:CPTR Index Test Description 18 2C_03 (Receiver Upstream w/Transmitter) (w/HDMI Capable Transmitter) Irregular Procedure: (Third Part of Authentication) New Authentication 19 2C_04 (Receiver Upstream w/Transmitter) (w/DVI Transmitter) Regular Procedure: With DVI Transmitter To run the 2C-01 HDCP compliance test on an HDMI sink (receiver): For the 882E releases prior to 2.17.
2. For the 882CA connect an HDMI cable from the sink device under test input to the 882 HDMI Tx 1 port. The following diagram depicts the test setup for the 882CA: HDMI Out HDMI/HDCP Source 882CA Sink DUT 3. Ensure that the 882 settings used for the 2C-0x series described in “To run the 2C series HDCP compliance test on an HDMI sink (receiver):” on page 613, are maintained during this test. This includes selection of the HDMI interface, selection of the key PCP parameters such as the device type, etc.
1. For the 882E analyzer connect the cables as follows: a. Apply power to the Encryption Status Tester (EST) using the power adapter supplied with the EST. b. Connect an HDMI cable from the sink device under test input to the EST HDMI port labeled, “HDMI OUT.” c. Connect an HDMI cable from the 882 HDMI Tx 2 port to the EST HDMI port labeled “HDMI.” d. Connect an HDMI cable from the 882 HDMI Tx 1 port to the EST HDMI port labeled, “HDMI IN.” The following diagram depicts the test setup for the 882EA: 2.
5. To run 2C-04 tests using the short read with the encryption enable pulse positioned at the end of the vsync pulse, enter the following commands: CPTX:CRIP 0 CPTX:OESS 2 CPTX:CPTR 19 CPTX:CPTU // // // // Specifies short read. Positions the pulse at end of vsync. Selects specific test (e.g. 2C_04). Initiates the execution of the test. 6.
Running HDCP compliance tests on HDMI repeaters To run the 3A series HDCP compliance tests on an HDMI repeater: 1. For the 882E analyzer connect the cables as follows: a. Apply power to the Encryption Status Tester (EST) using the power adapter supplied with the EST. b. Connect an HDMI cable from the repeater device under test output to the EST HDMI port labeled, “HDMI IN.” c. Connect an HDMI cable from a compliant source device output to the input of the repeater device under test. d.
2. For the 882CA connect the cables as follows: a. Connect an HDMI cable from the repeater device under test output to the 882 HDMI Rx 1 port. b. Connect an HDMI cable from a compliant source device such as a DVD player (shown) to the input of the repeater device under test. The following diagram depicts the test setup for the 882CA: HDMI In HDMI/HDCP HDMI/HDCP Repeater DUT Source DVD Sink 882CA 3. Activate the HDMI-H interface on the output port as follows: c. Press the Interface key.
6. Verify that the repeater is sending in video using the Timing measurement function of the analzyer. Refer to “To view timing information of an external HDMI/DVI source signal on a display:” on page 246 for information on running the timing test. Verify that the repeater is outputting one of the following formats: • 640x480p at 59.94/60Hz • 720x480p at 59.
Parameter Explanation Source Authentication Control Specifies the number of times a source DUT attempts authentication before transitioning into the authentication state. The valid values are 1 or greater. Source Out Only Repeater Indicates whether the DUT outputs contents to a repeater to which no downstream device is connected. The values are + for yes and - for no. Sink 1.1 Features Supported Indicates whether the DUT supports Advanced_Cipher mode and Enhanced Link Verification.
CPTX:DUTT 3 // specifies the device under test as a repeater for test 3AB. You can query the current value of the parameter with: CPTX:DUTT? // returns the device under test type. 11. (Optional) Specify the remaining parameters in the EditPCP menu using the table above. Alternatively, you can specify the parameters through the command line as follows: CPTX:RPFT 0 CPTX:RKSV 10 CPTX:ROOR 0 // indicates whether DUT (repeater) supports 1.1 features such as Advanced Cipher and Enhanced Link Verification.
Note: You will not be prompted as shown below when using releases prior to 2.17.x. a. When prompted shown below occurs, power cycle the device under test: Please power cycle the DUT Next! b. Press the button adjacent to the Next! indication after the device under test is back on to continue. c. When prompted with the screen shown below, examine the video on the display under test and press the appropriate button adjacent to the indication (Yes! or No!) to continue.
CPTX:CPTR Index Test Description 23 3A_04 (Repeater Downstream w/Receiver) (Between HDMI Capable Transmitter and HDMI Capable Receiver) Irregular Procedure: (First Part of Authentication) Verify RO’ 24 3A_05 (Repeater Downstream w/Receiver) (Between HDMI Capable Transmitter and DVI Receiver) Regular Procedure: With DVI Receiver To run the 3B series HDCP compliance tests on an HDMI repeater: For the 882E releases prior to 2.17.
1. For the 882E analyzer connect the cables as follows: a. Apply power to the Encryption Status Tester (EST) using the power adapter supplied with the EST. b. Connect an HDMI cable from the repeater device under test output to the EST HDMI port labeled, “HDMI IN.” c. Connect an HDMI cable from a compliant source device output to the input of the repeater device under test. d. Connect an HDMI cable from the 882 HDMI Rx 1 port to the EST HDMI port labeled “HDMI OUT.” e.
2. For the 882CA connect the cables as follows: a. Connect an HDMI cable from the repeater device under test output to the 882 HDMI Rx 1 port.” b. Connect an HDMI cable from a compliant source device such as a DVD player (shown) to the input of the repeater device under test. The following diagram depicts the test setup for the 882CA: HDMI In HDMI/HDCP HDMI/HDCP Repeater DUT Source DVD Sink 882CA 3. Activate the HDMI-H interface on the output port as follows: a. Press the Interface key.
6. Verify that the repeater is sending in video using the Timing measurement function of the analzyer. Refer to “To view timing information of an external HDMI/DVI source signal on a display:” on page 246 for information on running the timing test. Verify that the repeater is outputting one of the following formats: • 640x480p at 59.94/60Hz • 720x480p at 59.
Parameter Explanation Source Authentication Control Specifies the number of times a source DUT attempts authentication before transitioning into the authentication state. The valid values are 1 or greater. Source Out Only Repeater Indicates whether the DUT outputs contents to a repeater to which no downstream device is connected. The values are + for yes and - for no. Sink 1.1 Features Supported Indicates whether the DUT supports Advanced_Cipher mode and Enhanced Link Verification.
CPTX:DUTT 3 // specifies the device under test as a repeater for test 3AB. You can query the current value of the parameter with: CPTX:DUTT? // returns the device under test type. 11. (Optional) Specify the remaining parameters in the EditPCP menu using the table above. Alternatively, you can specify the parameters through the command line as follows: CPTX:RPFT 0 CPTX:RKSV 10 CPTX:ROOR 0 CPTX:SRCZ 0 // indicates whether DUT (repeater) supports 1.
CPTX:CPTR 46 CPTX:CPTU // specifies that all applicable tests will be run. // Initiates the execution of the test Refer to “To view the HDCP compliance report:” on page 651 for procedures on how to view the generated report. 16. Monitor the 882E LCD (with release 2.17.x) for a set of prompts during the 3B-01 test. Note: You will not be prompted as shown below when using releases prior to 2.17.x. a. When prompted shown below occurs, power cycle the device under test: Please power cycle the DUT Next! b.
CPTX:CPTR Index Test Description 27 3B_03 (Repeater Downstream w/Repeater) Irregular Procedure: (Second Part of Authentication) Verify V’ 28 3B_04 (Repeater Downstream w/Repeater) Irregular Procedure: (Second Part of Authentication) MAX_DEVS_EXCEEDED 29 3B_05 (Repeater Downstream w/Repeater) Irregular Procedure: (Second Part of Authentication) MAX_CASCADE_EXCEEDED To run the 3B-01 HDCP compliance test on an HDMI repeater: For the 882E releases prior to 2.17.
during this test. This includes selection of the HDMI interface, selection of the key PCP parameters such as the device type, etc. 3. To run 3B-01 tests using the short read with the encryption enable pulse positioned at the beginning of the vsync pulse, enter the following commands: CPTX:CRIP 0 CPTX:CPTU // Specifies short read. // Initiates the execution of the test. 4.
1. For the 882E analyzer connect the cables as follows: a. Apply power to the Encryption Status Tester (EST) using the power adapter supplied with the EST. b. Connect an HDMI cable from the repeater device under test input to the EST HDMI port labeled, “HDMI OUT.” c. Connect an HDMI cable from the 882 HDMI Rx 1 port to the HDMI output of the repeater device under test. d. Connect an HDMI cable from the 882 HDMI Tx 1 port to the EST HDMI port labeled “HDMI IN.” e.
2. For the 882CA connect the cables as follows: a. Connect an HDMI cable from the repeater device under test output to the 882 HDMI Rx 1 port.” b. Connect an HDMI cable from the 882 HDMI Tx 1 port to the HDMI input of the repeater device under test. The following diagram depicts the test setup for the 882CA: HDMI In HDMI Out HDMI/HDCP Source 882 HDMI/HDCP Repeater DUT Sink 882 3. Activate the HDMI-H interface on the output port as follows: c. Press the Interface key.
5. Choose the HDMI IN 1 by pressing the adjacent soft key. 6. For the 882E when using the EST, verify that the source is sending in video using the timing measurement function of the analzyer. Refer to “To view timing information of an external HDMI/DVI source signal on a display:” on page 246 for information on running the timing test. Verify that the source is outputting one of the following formats: • 640x480p at 59.94/60Hz • 720x480p at 59.
Parameter Explanation Source Authentication Control Specifies the number of times a source DUT attempts authentication before transitioning into the authentication state. The valid values are 1 or greater. Source Out Only Repeater Indicates whether the DUT outputs contents to a repeater to which no downstream device is connected. The values are + for yes and - for no. Sink 1.1 Features Supported Indicates whether the DUT supports Advanced_Cipher mode and Enhanced Link Verification.
CPTX:DUTT 4 // specifies the device under test as a repeater for the 3C test. You can query the current value of the parameter with: CPTX:DUTT? // returns the device under test type. 10. (Optional) Specify the remaining parameters in the EditPCP menu using the table above. Alternatively, you can specify the parameters through the command line as follows: CPTX:RPFT 0 CPTX:RKSV 10 CPTX:ROOR 0 // indicates whether DUT (repeater) supports 1.
CPTX:CPTR 30 CPTX:CPTU // Selects specific test (e.g. 3C1_01) see table below // Initiates the execution of the test You can query the complete list of tests to choose from: CPTX:GCTN? // Queries the list of tests supported You can query the currently selected test to run with: CPTX:CPTR? // Queries the selected test to run (see table) The following table describes the tests that can be performed.
1. For the 882E analyzer connect the cables as follows: a. Apply power to the Encryption Status Tester (EST) using the power adapter supplied with the EST. b. Connect an HDMI cable from the repeater device under test input to the EST HDMI port labeled, “HDMI OUT.” c. Connect an HDMI cable from the 882 HDMI Rx 1 port to the HDMI output of the repeater device under test. d. Connect an HDMI cable from the 882 HDMI Tx 1 port to the EST HDMI port labeled “HDMI IN.” e.
To run the 3C-II series HDCP compliance tests on an HDMI repeater: For the 882E releases prior to 2.17.x, the 3C-II-01 test is run for each of the two read configurations: 1) short read and 2) combined read. For the 2.17.x release, these multiple iterations are handled in the batch mode but you can choose to run them through the command line as well. Refer to “To run the 3C-II-01 HDCP compliance test on an HDMI repeater:” on page 650 for procedures on running the 3C-II-01 test in both configurations. 1.
2. For the 882CA connect the cables as follows: a. Connect an HDMI cable from the repeater device under test output to the 882 HDMI Rx 1 port.” b. Connect an HDMI cable from the 882 HDMI Tx 1 port to the HDMI input of the repeater device. The following diagram depicts the test setup for the 882CA: HDMI In HDMI Out HDMI/HDCP Source 882 HDMI/HDCP Repeater DUT Sink 882 3. Activate the HDMI-H interface on the output port as follows: c. Press the Interface key.
5. Choose the HDMI IN 1 by pressing the adjacent soft key. 6. For the 882E when using the EST, verify that the source is sending in video using the timing measurement function of the analzyer. Refer to “To view timing information of an external HDMI/DVI source signal on a display:” on page 246 for information on running the timing test. Verify that the source is outputting one of the following formats: • 640x480p at 59.94/60Hz • 720x480p at 59.
Parameter Explanation Source Authentication Control Specifies the number of times a source DUT attempts authentication before transitioning into the authentication state. The valid values are 1 or greater. Source Out Only Repeater Indicates whether the DUT outputs contents to a repeater to which no downstream device is connected. The values are + for yes and - for no. Sink 1.1 Features Supported Indicates whether the DUT supports Advanced_Cipher mode and Enhanced Link Verification.
CPTX:DUTT 4 // specifies the device under test as a repeater. You can query the current value of the parameter with: CPTX:DUTT? // returns the device under test type. 10. (Optional) Specify the remaining parameters in the EditPCP menu using the table above. Alternatively, you can specify the parameters through the command line as follows: CPTX:RPFT 0 CPTX:RKSV 10 CPTX:ROOR 0 // indicates whether DUT (repeater) supports 1.1 features such as Advanced Cipher and Enhanced Link Verification.
CPTX:CPTR 37 CPTX:CPTU // Selects specific test (e.g. 3C2_01) see table below // Initiates the execution of the test You can query the complete list of tests to choose from: CPTX:GCTN? // Queries the list of tests supported You can query the currently selected test to run with: CPTX:CPTR? // Queries the selected test to run (see table) The following table describes the tests that can be performed.
To run the 3C-II-01 HDCP compliance test on an HDMI repeater: For the 882E releases prior to 2.17.x, the 3C-II-01 tests are required to be run with 2 different set ups through the command line for both read configurations: 1) short read and 2) long read. 1. For the 882E analyzer connect the cables as follows: a. Apply power to the Encryption Status Tester (EST) using the power adapter supplied with the EST. b.
4. To run 3C-II-01 tests using the combined read with the encryption enable pulse positioned at the beginning of the vsync pulse, enter the following commands: CPTX:CRIP 1 CPTX:CPTU // Specifies combined read. // Initiates the execution of the test. Refer to “To view the HDCP compliance report:” on page 651 for procedures on how to view the generated report. To view the HDCP compliance report: 1. Open a Web browser (such as Internet Explorer) and type the generator’s IP address in the address entry field.
2. Choose the Generated Reports item. The Generator the provides a list of reports currently available as shown below. 3. Select the HDCP compliance test report from the list. The report then appears in the browser window as shown below. You can then save the report as a web page file for distribution. The following is an example of a report for the HDCP compliance test for a display.
The following is an example of a report for the HDCP compliance test for a source (player). 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
654 Chapter 18 Testing HDCP
The following is an example of a report for the HDCP compliance test for a repeater. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Running the HDCP compliance test for DisplayPort devices The 882E supports the running of an HDCP compliance test on HDCP-enabled DisplayPort sinks. The HDCP compliance test was developed while working closely with Digital Content Protection. Note: The HDCP compliance test is an optional feature. You must purchase the optional license for this feature. The HDCP compliance test system enables developers of DisplayPort products to perform a fast and comprehensive HDCP compliance test.
Index Test Description 15 1B_06 (Transmitter w/Repeater) Irregular Procedure: (Second Part of Authentication) MAX_DEVS EXCEEDED 16 1B_07 (Transmitter w/Repeater) Irregular Procedure: (Second Part of Authentication) MAX_CASCADE EXCEEDED 17 2A_01 (Receiver w/Transmitter) Regular Procedure: With Transmitter 18 2A_02 (Receiver w/Transmitter) Irregular Procedure: (First Part of Authentication) New Authentication 19 2A_03 (Receiver w/Transmitter) Irregular Procedure: (Link Integrity Check) New Au
Index 658 Test Description 34 3C_05 (Repeater Upstream w/Transmitter) (Downstream) Irregular Procedure: (First Part of Authentication) New Authentication 35 3C_06 (Repeater Upstream w/Transmitter) (Downstream) Irregular Procedure: (Second Part of Authentication) New Authentication 36 3C_07 (Repeater Upstream w/Transmitter) (Downstream) Irregular Procedure: (Link Integrity Check) New Authentication 37 3C_08 (Repeater Upstream w/Transmitter) (Downstream) Irregular Procedure: (Second Part of Aut
There are several configurations depending on what type of HDCP device you are testing. Procedures for each are provided below. To run the 2C series HDCP compliance tests on DisplayPort sinks (receivers): 1. Connect a cable between the DisplayPort Out connector on the generator and the sink device’s DisplayPort receiver interface with the HDCP function. The following diagram depicts the test setup: 'LVSOD\3RUW 7[ 'LVSOD\3RUW +'&3 6RXUFH ( 6LQN 5HFHLYHU '87 2.
5. Select EditPCP to define the capabilities of the HDCP device under. Note: For the sink device tests there are no parameter settings required. You will only need to set the device type to sink. Source :DUT Type +Src_Fld_CPIRQ_R0’ +Src_Fld_CPIRQ_RDY +Source_Out_OnlyRep The following table describes the test parameters and their settings. Parameter Explanation Device Under Test type The type of device under test. For this test, select Sink (Receiver). 6.
11. Select !CompRpt to initiate the HDCP compliance test. The message “HDCP Compliance Test” is shown and then all the tests are shown in sequence. Alternatively, you can run the tests using the following command: CPTX:CPTR 48 DPRX:CPTU // specifies that all applicable tests will be run. // Initiates the execution of the test Refer to “To view the DisplayPort HDCP compliance report:” on page 662 for procedures on how to view the generated report. 12.
To view the DisplayPort HDCP compliance report: 1. Open a Web browser (such as Internet Explorer) and type the generator’s IP address in the address entry field. For example, enter the following: http://206.135.215.189/ The generator home page appears in the browser. Note: You can add the page to your list of favorite pages in your Web browser to avoid retyping the IP address each time you want to access the page.
2. Choose the Generated Reports item. The Generator the provides a list of reports currently available as shown below. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Select the HDCP compliance test report from the list. The report then appears in the browser window as shown below. You can then save the report as a web page file for distribution. The following is an example of a report for the HDCP compliance test for a display.
19 Using Special Sync Output Topics in this chapter: • Overview • Operating special sync for probe pulse • Configuring special sync for FS, LS, or CS 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Overview The generator is equipped with a Special Sync BNC connector on the rear of the generator labeled SPECIAL. You can configure the output of this video interface to output frame sync, line sync, composite sync or a special probe pulse. The probe feature is used with a programmable probe pulse that is available on the Special Sync BNC connector. This pulse is most often used to trigger an oscilloscope or synchronize an inspection camera.
Operating special sync for probe pulse Configuring the probe feature involves positioning the probe pulse in the desired location on the video frame. You can do this using either the generator front panel or the command line interface. The front panel is most convenient if you are near the generator and not using a computer or terminal. Alternatively, you can control the generator through the command line interface either locally or remotely through the serial connection or through a Telnet session.
2. Choose the Probe item by pressing the adjacent soft key. The current probe settings appear on the generator’s display as shown below: Left Right Up Down P:0000 X:0000 L:0000 Y:0000 Exp 1 10 100 3. Press the Settings key to access the setting for the probe pulse width. The following appears on the generator’s display: Probe Tool Probe Width PSPW <136 4. Set the probe width as follows a. Position the blinking cursor on the digit you want to change.
8. Enable or disable the visibility setting by pressing the soft key adjacent to the Visible item on the display. A + indicates visibility is enabled; a - indicates it is disabled. Enabling the visibility setting will allow you to see the pulse position on a monitor. To position the probe pulse in a specific location in the video signal: 1. Press the Tools key. The following menu appears on the generator’s display: System Sequence Probe AFC Probe 2. Choose the Pulse item by pressing the adjacent soft key.
• If the probe is within the active portion of the frame, an alternate vertical position Y:nnnn is also displayed, indicating the number of lines between the start of active (Y:0) and the leading edge of the probe in the vertical direction. Controlling the probe using the command line interface Using the command line interface to control the probe provides more control, enables you to change the polarity and width, and to change the format and image while maintaining the probe pulse parameters.
Configuring special sync for FS, LS, or CS The special sync output can provide frame sync, line sync, or composite sync signals. The output is controlled by setting parameters of these signals using the command line interface. The following commands are used to set the special sync signal: • # ! - Frame sync • # ! - Probe signal • :# ! - Line sync • %# ! - Composite sync Note: The special sync output is disabled whenever these parameters are set to zero.
3. Set the frame pulse polarity (either 0 for low or 1 for high) by entering the following command: FSPP 1 4. Set the frame pulse pixel width by entering the following command: FSPW 100 // range: 1 pixel to HTOT - 1 5. Set the frame pulse delay by entering the following command: FSPD 10 // range: 0 <= FSPD < (VTOT - FSPW - 1); default = 0 6. Save these settings by entering the following command: ALLU To configure line sync on the special sync output: 1.
" / + // ) 5 < % .. ) 01 < % .. ) 01 1 . 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
!" " " # 3= 9 3== & #%": % @5 = ' # A'&&; ! '&&B; & '&&% % ='&&; %+ 4 , A= @ =!! A >* + - / , . >* + - / , . 0 >- ,6 / -.0 , 0 . 3 * 8- - 8- - ,* .. 0 () 0 ) - + /- - ..- , - &" , 1 .) ' # 1 . . , . 1) , - # "##% # 1 "$% # ) "$#% # ) %": # -/- # &!3 = ' 576 Appendix A Command Reference * 0 0 / , . +) * 0 0 # ),, ./ # ? 8- - # &" % ? - 1? , . " ' # 0 ? 8- - & $#% 0 ,6 . ) >3 0 ./ ' ,6 , * 0 1 . / ..
$ # $'& ; ! $'&!; ! , .* * 1 -.0 -.0 :'5:=" : ), > . C, . ? :'5#%&''A%" % /- 1) / 1 ) . - :% #; ! ) / 1) :' #; ! - '$#; : :#; : %" ; $ * 7 ; & "#D; ! :% ) / 1 , ) - ,- ) , , ) & . : 0 . /, 1 , , . - 1 . ) 1 4 % & # 'A' ! 2 + "% )) 'A' 5 # 2 + )) 'A' 5 "#D # 2 + -0 . 4 )) ' # @#&" "))- / , @#&@ % *- @#&D 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
( ) ***+,--./ # E%:# % - E'#' # - E'#&; ! - E A; ! E= % # E&# & E#&' # E# 3 ! ! 3 # 8-/. 0 - ) , = %0 4 * 8- 0 - 01 ! 3/ ) - )) # E ' - E &! ' - ( E# .. ,6 .. 7 , #'=# # +* *+ .. , . E7 " ) ) ) ./ 0 , ) ) ( # 578 3:@! ' 0 () 0 !&A! ' 0 () 0 &' ! ' 0 () 0 ) ) 3! ' 0 () 0 ) =@ ! ' 0 () 0 ) #$#! # F$#! ' 0 -/- Appendix A Command Reference 0- ) ) -/0 () ) -/-/-/- + /- , . ) 1 -/- / .
# !G; ! ,. !: : ) . !@ @/) !" # ) , . , * + . . ) 0-,, ) 0-,, !D / ). ! # ) ,- . #@3 ' 0 () $'& # . :'$ C :'$ 5& # =3: . . 1 , ), . , / + 0 ,. > . . ( ./ ? >&C !C 3? # 0 4 >0 4 . / , )01 + 0 4? * # !A % !3 3 !' ' ) !# # "A * . . ':B # 7 ': # # ; #H " # A=!" F # = B # , ,. + 9 + +, , -.0 * / ,# ) !(# ) &!3 . + / ,# ) !(# ) &!3 . . . , +. 0 0 3 .. + 9 ,, # + . + 'A7 # * )+ . , , 0 0 , , / / + 4 . . .
# # "F # # "B # @ A # F&'# # B&'# # + 9 / / -// / + 9 ,# ' )%-0 . , , 0 & # " = "A * @ 6 %'A * %&=# * =& / . *, . ) 4 !& * + !& * 8- 1 / )+ 9 !& $ * 8- 1 / ) " * " = * - )6 +* +0 : * . 4 ), :A' * 0 * * / =$": * - * + &'% * #A@ * 8- / -.0 * , . 0 3=F 3F! ' 'F * &" * Appendix A Command Reference * + ) 0 () 0 > > )6 - "!' 580 0 ? ? + +* +0 + +* +0 ) / + / >*+ ) / 1 , , .
1 0 " # # ! ' # G; ! ,. # : : ) - # A % # 3 3 F# 5 A% # 0 () 0 , . . F # 5#&%A # . , F # 5 A% # . +, F# 5 # +, # ' ' ) # # # # @ @/) # " # +, , ) . +, . . +) +, . . +, , * . ) +, , , * + . ) 0-,, ). +, , ) ,- . . . +, , # D # . . 1 +, , +, +, / + # ) +, , + 9 F # 5$ A% ,- . * . # # +, +, , F# 5 " B . / , )01 # A +, , ) 0-,, / , ), . +, / + # G; ! : : ) , . @ @/) " # !; ,, . , . , . , . , ) 0-,, ) ,- , .
* # A % *, . 3 3 ' ' ) , . # # , . , ) ) *, . I $ # -// ) * I: # / 4 I&" # / 4 ': # -.0 #H # + 9 $# H # @# H # , ,) 4 , : -/- 0 9 . , 9 - $ -/- ) / 1) ,. , A / ,. ) / 1) #H $"# )$# H # F$# , ' 0 () 0 ) , -/- F$# 5 A , ' 0 () 0 ) , /- # ) / 1 1 ### #1 + !" % ! .. % ' 0 () !" " ! .. % # ) %F"& " > ? " > ? " > ? " > ? " > ? " > ? " > ? 'F"& #F"& 'F%F #F%F #F'F F" 582 , )01 + /+1 - . / / /+1 . .
$"# F"&; " > F33 . ! / . ? , # > # > - 3 ) ? # + 0 ) * )+ > - 3 ) ? # /0 ) + > - 3 ) ? F&37 F 3 0 ,/ - 3 ) ? F:37 ': # .0 ) + + ,0 ) * )+ % # / ) /+ A % # / / "$# " $) # "$## " $) # + , -/- 1/ . .-. / 46 6/ 4 * -/- ) "$ # " $) # ) "$ ! " $) ' "$%# " $) # "$%= " $) # . // -/- "### " #1 # . 1 "#% " #1 # 'G@ " #1 ' 0 () 1 "#3! " #1 ! ")) # ! " #1 ! ' "##! " #1 ! ")) .
$"# 3":! $) ' 0 () :$ ) &'! $) ' ) $# $) # / $ $) # -/- / $# $) # $) # ## #1 # #% #1 # 1 # #1 1 # ) $# #1 1 # ) %# #1 1 # ) # #1 1 # ) # #1 1 # / 0 /- / :# #1 1 # ) 1 $## >=@ 5 $##C =@ 5 $##? 584 # 0 )) -/- 0 () 0 -/- %0 / 6 ./+ =/ :$ 1 > $ ./ ? . ) # ),, ) ./ * / 1 1 -/- ./ -/- 1 1/ , ) 1/ , ) + 9 1 1 ./ , . 1 .
$ $"# # &" ; & ! &" & # $&" ; & ! - &" ; & ! - = 9 # &'# 9 # - / , 8- 1 >, )? , , . -.0 -.0 ,/ , / $ = $ # -.0 $&'# $ # -.0 , #%"A $ # -.0 ,, ) & : $ ' 0 () -/- , 0 / , / , . / / , . )/ , . ) +, ) , # 9 #1 # + 9 # 7 9 #1 # * ) + ,+ 9 $ 9 #1 ! / ) 1 /- ; / + 9 1 ) /- , . ), . ) 1 10 * 1 /- + 9 $# $ #1 # 1 /- ) $# 7 $ #1 # 1 /- * )+ 'G@3 % ./ #1 # /- 8- 9 0 , 'G@" % ./ #1 # 8- 9 , $#" % .
$"# # "# ' ) # ) -) A "# ' ) # -.0 ,) A "% ' ) # / -.0 . ,) "-) A3 " ' ) # -.0 , . ? "F! % ./ #/ ,1 "F" % ./ #/ ,1 # ! # " ! ' / ":# # >:$# / 1/ -) . -) + , . ? ,0 >## / >%% . "-) ) / 4 0 / 4 -) 0 () . 0 - -) "-) , +, . > )* . . ? - , -) "-) , "%" %+ # -) + "%! %+ # ) -) + > )* . . ? # * # ./ -) -/- # "F; # * ! . * .-. ./ -) -/- ,) -) . # # * ! . * .-. ./ -) -/- ,) -) . # * # , 8-/- #&" "&" "-) # .
# #'G@ @/) + )* #'GD ) #'G # # = # A@ ' A# ; * + - ) ,- 8- 8- ) , / + . ) 0 () / 1 ! 8- 8- -.0 8- / -.0 , 8- / ) / 1 + 0-,, * # #'GA % * #'G3 3 8- # ' # 8- # :B # #'G' ' ) #'G# # 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.22) 8- 8- , ) / /) 8* 1 ) 8- , .
# &G; ! ,) &: % /1 ) &" # 1, . . . 1 - &@ ,) >- ? - &D 1 ) & # - ) 1 ) 0-,, 1 ) 0-,, ) )) , 1 1 ) 1/ + . * # &A 9 ) &3 3 &' ' ) ) &# # & # A" ; ! A" ) 1 ) 1 ) ,) ) 1 ) 0-,, 1 1/ 0 ) -.0 ,, , * A" D A" G; 1 ) 0-,, ! A" B ) . . 1 ) ) 1 ) 0-,, / , , .) 1 ) 0-,, ,, 1 ) 0-,, ) , , . ) / ) 1 ) 0-,, * # % ! ' 0 () % F ! - %$; G 588 Appendix A Command Reference . ..! 0 K $/ * ,$ , ,, -/%+ + )* .
# : : ) ' " # ' @ @/) , . , / + )* D , ), * + - )' ' , # ) ,- ' / + & )(* ' , .( ) ; & )' , . %&; & )' ) - % 0- %7 7 ' ) - % 0- ' " ' F # ' ' # # &! ' *' ) - - > $( 0 -/- / )) /- / 0 () . " * + ,' #%: * + 19 ? 0-,, > $ ( > $( " " 19 ? 19 ? * # A % 3 3 F # ' ' ) # # 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.22) *' ' ) *' ' , - - > $( " 19 ? ) *' , .
# " ! 0 # 3 # # ) # ! ' 0 () # # # # / 0 /- # 7 # / #$ # ) #$7 # * )+ +'# $ ! 1> 0 / ? / 0 /- , . *+ / / 1 / 0 /- -/- - 1 * )+ 1 3'$ # &!37 # #:@ # &!3 * + , + - 4-/ 0 4-/ 0 # F"%& # "-) % F! # ! F!% ' 0 () 0 "-) ($ ) - >"$ @ '? @ ' ' 0 () 0 "-) ($ ) - >"$ @ '? , - ! # & # !@ 4& % / 4 )/ 4 , 8- / 4 1/ 1, ! @/) % * + - / 4 ) )/ 4 # 590 F! # ! F"$ # "- Appendix A Command Reference >$ ) 6#/ 1$ ) , . ,? , >"$ ? .
# F# # # - F"@ # "-) F ! # '! $% # ) ! # & # !@ ), ) , , 8- @/) 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.22) 1, , . / 4 ) . / 4 ) , ) / . / 4 ) , ) . "$ , , . . 1/ , .
4 # % ; >=@ 5 =@ 5 # -.0 ,, . - / , -/- / % ;C % ;? # # % F5% & ' % F5% @ " - 1 .. ) % F5%& % F5 @ #/ % F5!% A; G- + % F5='## ) /- *+ )- - , , + . -) , F5&D#$ #/ ) % F5&==& #/ , )* *+ + 1/ , #/ , , + + ) 4 % F5# %H #/ , )* F5#&"% Appendix A Command Reference + - #/ , -+ + % .-. -.0 , % -.0 ) + ,D#$ ./ / ) + ) -// -) + -// / ,) * -) -.0 ,. 0 , / ) 0 ) )01 + / + .) ) /+ .. ) - ) + + )/ 1 ) -// + + - )* .) , )01 + #D#$ .) .
4 " # "@ "F5& :- + ! ' "F5#%"A ! 0 () - 1 0 : / . 1 A#" # +* , A# # / -) 6 ). A#! ' 0 () / -) 6 A# # / -) 6 A!@ @/) A"@ - . , . . / -) 6 0 . ). ). * +/ -) 6 8- )/ . ). !%' ; ! ,&!3 ! ' ; ! !A ; ! ! '&; ! "F5 & # # "F5 F'& # . 1 "F5& ! ' 0 () 0 "F5&' ! ' 0 () 0 "F5%" % /- "F5'&&G ! "F5A'&& ! "@ &- / ( ! , / -) , / -) /- -.0 ,, . ,) ) , . , / , ) 1 ) , ) )) ) / ,/ - . - . - . ) : / . . 19 2 + /- /19 , -.0 .
# 594 :#"F5 :" ; ! :#"F5& ! ' 0 () :#"F5 :" ; ! -.0 :#!F5:#! ' 0 () :#!F5:#!@ @/) :#!F5 :" # :#!F5 :" # . Appendix A Command Reference . / ,, 0 )) : / , 0 + )* ) 1 >) ) ) /1 . > -) ,/1 ) ? 19 . 10 * - . ) -) ,) / 1> 4? ) . , . /1 . - ) ) * + /1 ,) 1? 0 * -) ) ) ) .
!" 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
53 0 % ! 3 / % .. & 596 ) % ) 1 ..
5 $ " $ % / % .. & ) #/ , .. ) .. ) * + + E &! .. ) = 1 E .. ) 8- 1 -. .- 0 E ' *DDT “imgl flat; imgu” *TRG // to invoke the command line in quotes from the *DDT command .. ) N . L + ) 1 ./ L 0 - )*+ + .. ) 0 / ) ) 8- )M M E &! 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
5* * * % 0 * ! 3 / # ' + ' 0 0 # + + ' - 31 # - ' 0 ,0 0 C *+ 0 + ' # - ' 0 + + + E'#'; 8- 1 % .. ! ) 1 - + - E'#' 6 ' ./ E'#' G- 1 1 G- 1 E'#'; / A: 7+ # 598 5 E%:#C E'#&; Appendix A Command Reference A& , . + .
5* 6 * % 0 ! 3 / & + - ,+ ' # ", ' # ) + + 1* 1 , / 01 + E%:# .. ) G- 1 1 .. ) + ' - )C + # - A: 7+ ) .. 10 E'#&; & - & + ) A& , . E%:#C E'#' 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
5 %6 % % / G- 1 1 ! 3 & - 8-/. ) C C " * 1 G- # $ 600 )/ '''6 C -. )- . ) ) ./ , . E A; & - ' , -.0 -.0 / , #&" ,- 1 . )- > ), .* R:\*idn? QuantumData,802BT-DVI-AN,7514191,7.
57 7 % / # ! 3 % + 0 ./ ) # + = % 0 .. ) + = %0 + 1 *+ + E= % 8- 1* /% .. ) 1 G- 1 1 & - + + ' # // .. *+ / ) C + E= % .. + )* - ) -/- 0-,, *+ / ./ E= % E= %; A: 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
5 $ % ! 3 / % .. & 602 ) , . 5 ) 1 .. ) < '''6 < # )) - 31 < /- 8- - < =-/- 8- - E&# ) + / E%:# Appendix A Command Reference ) ./1 .
5 * 20 % ! ! 3 / % .. * # + # & 8- ' 0 + . 4 + 0 + # & 8- ' 0 ,0 0 , + / ) 0 + # 31 0 ) 8, . + 1 . + C *+ 0 + # - 31 -C )+ / ) 0 + # & 8- ' 0 -C + * 8+ -++ ! 3 + E#&' 8- 1 + - ,+ # & 8- ' 0 ) 1 E#&' 6 ' ./ G- 1 1 E#&' E#&'; & - A: 7+ & ) .. ) A& , . E# 3C E'#' 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
5 $) $ 0 )" % ! 3 / & - + ,, G- 1 1 OA:P 7+ 604 ) .. - 31 E# 3; & - & - ,+ # )01 ) ) E#&'C E'#&;C E%:# Appendix A Command Reference A& , .
5$ ( $ ( % ! 3/ / .. % .. & ) + ) .. / ) .. 1 + E &! .. ) - ) )* + + E &! .. ) ) 1 E &! ' *DDT “imgl flat;imgu” *TRG // Invoke the command line in quotes from the *DDT command .. ./ ) E 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
5$ $ $ % , G- 1 1 $ ! 3/ 5 % ,6 + + / , . ,6 , C "#% Q Q / ) -/- 0-,, E# ; & - A:P 7+ 606 Appendix A Command Reference A& , . ) / + + -/- 0-,, N + * / C .
58 8 % / % .. ) 1 # ! 3/ % + * / + 0 ./ )0 , ) + / ./ A . 1C + / ./ .. ) 1 , + @C !@C "::@C 3== C A C #%": .. ) )C 0 , + .. ) + , +) ,+ 1 . + .- 4 * *+ .. )+ , + ) - C. // ) + -,, R NE7 " NE7 " @C ' ./ 0 !@C "::@C 3== C A C FMTL vga_m3 IMGL SMPTE133 ALLU; *WAI // // // // #%": Load a format from memory to buffer Load the SMPTE RP-133 image to buffer Update hardware to current buffer contents and delay prompt until all done 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
7$ & % %- / . . * + % .. ) 1 # /. / / 7$ . ) 5 + ") + . ) + F )B /+ ) . + 0 ) * - " = 0 =+ 608 / -.0 / -.0 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' ADOT White 200 300 ALLU ./ @ .. + )* Appendix A Command Reference ) + * + - + ) ) * + * . + "::@ // Draw white dot at X = 200 Y = 300 // Update hardware to current buffer contents ..
33* 33 * % / % .. ) 1 1C , . C . # . ) ,+ 8&'C ) 'C !' )#'G' .. ) "::' 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
33' 33 ' % / % .. =+ 610 ) 1 #1 . %+ 4 + ,+ . 6 , + , . 0-,, , + )* ) ) )+ 1 . , - )C A C + . ) "::@ 8- ) .. ) .. )-/) + ) *, , . . . 1 + *+ .. ) ) , . ' FMTL vga_m3 ALLU ./ , * ++ ), . / + , + .. ) - . . :C !: 0 - ) )#'G: ..
% 6 0 % / G- 1 1 G- 1 / 1 . ) & "A ./ , ) ,+ . . )> . - 10 ) / 1) . ) ; SA S" . ' % ? + . * ,- ) ) ANIM? cubes 1 // to determine if the “cubes” image has animation // response indicates that “cubes” is an animated image 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
%$ %$ + % / . ) * % // !F /. + /. 1*+ ) % .. =+ 612 ) 1 8- ) .. ) ), 0 ) * - . . + ) . 6 + ) .. ) ) ,, ) , ) *+ 1 , . + "A + 6 !@ "::@ )/ . Appendix A Command Reference .. ).- 0 - ) ) * + - . .
$ 0 % . / % .. # # / ) 1 / $ . + . 6 "-) ./ , + "-) ,+ , -) . > . -/- , . + / , ) ' "(%'"6 + 63C 0 + % ? "&" ' ' ' ' ' >) , - ? ' ' ' & ) .. ./ ) ARAT 48.0E3 ALLU F"@ ># / . ? 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
)( " % / . ' / 0 . )) 1 )> # % .. ) 1 )0 ( 6" ) 0 )) ./ 1 + 0)> ### .. )? ) "$# .. )? + "#3!; 8- 1 - + "##! .. )0 - 1 )) / , , . ) -/- *+ 0 ,"#3! ) + .- - 1 )C "#3! S= S =A G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ 614 "#3!; / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' ASBG 1 FMTU ./ @ .. + )* ) + * + - + ) ) * + * . // Enable comp sync on blue in buffer // Update hardware to current buffer contents Appendix A Command Reference + "::@ ..
$ " % / % .. ) 1 . # / # . 6" + 4 ) , ./ 1 0 )> ### .. )? .. )? + "#% ; 8- 1 ) + + "%# 1 $"# ) )) ) + ) + - ) ) 0 -/- *+ 0 ,"#% " )01 + / 1 )> "$# ,9 > ? "#% S S ". $ =& ) S ". =& ) S ". *( S ". *( S '- / G- 1 $ =& ) S '- / =& ) S '- / *( S '- / *( S ". G- 1 1 T 8 T 8 $ *( S ". $ *( S '- / $ *( S '- / $ *( SI / $ =& ) SI / $ *( SI / $ *( T 8 T 8 T 8 "#% ; / 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
=+ 8- ) .. ) ' 616 ./ + ### . ) .- 0 ) , + "#% @ .. ) -/) + )* + ASCT 2 SSST 4 AVST 2 FMTU // // // // Enable Enable Select Update Appendix A Command Reference + + * C C C 1 ,, ) + "$# 1/ .- 0 C + U + )* -/- + * + "::@ .. ) ) * + .
" % / #1 . & ! 0 # + ) 0 > ?, + U- ) )V - + 01 "### + .. )* + , + ) + + . + .. )* + + , + ,+ ) + + ,+ + - / 46 6/ 4 * ,+ ./ 1 + -/8+ / )- ,"### .- / )01 "##% + "##%; 8- 1 + ,"##% + ) , - , 1 , + / . !" # % % $ &!" # &' " " " % .. ) 1 "##% % "##% " , % , % " " %# " * %% $ % $ $ " % $ &( % &+++& ) " % % % G- 1 1 G- 1 / ' ./ . S >, / / )? . S >, / / )? "##%; % , % , ASSC .995 .998 1.00 FMTU 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
( " % / . ' + % .. ) 1 0 / ( . 6" )) ) 0 )) ./ 1 + ) -/- *+ 1 )> ### .. )? ) ) 0 )> "$# .. )? + .. ) 4 + / , ) + ) )- "#&!C "#!!C "#3! .. ) + "##!; 8- 1 + , + "##!; "##! C , C "##! S= S =A > C C G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ 618 C C !%6 #"? "##!; / C 8- ) .. ) + ### + ' ASSG 0,1,0 FMTU ./ 1 + C 1/ .- 0 - + ) ) * + C C * . -/+ "::@ 1 + .. )-/) @ ..
" % / % .. ) 1 . # + + / + . -/+ "### & . 6" ) .-. / 46 6/ 4 * , 1 ./ 1 + )) ) 1 ,+ ) + + - / 46 6/ 4 * ,+ 1 8+ / )- ,"### .- / )01"##% + "###; 8- 1 ,"### $ $ G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ / . S >, / / )? . S >, / / )? "###; $ 8- ) .. ) = . -/+ "::@ ' ASSS 0.286 FMTU ./ "##! . ) .- 0 @ .. 1 + .. )-/) + )* =A ) + ### 1/ .- 0 C C ) + - + * + * ) ) * + . // Set sync swing to 286 mV in buffer // Update hardware to current buffer contents 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
! % / % .. ) 1 #1 . 0 / S - / S - # "0 - : "$% ; / ' 620 ) ,"$% "$% S G- 1 0 . +* + 8- 1 + - S G- 1 1 1 .
7 % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ . / . # + . // 8- 1 + 7 0 6" ) ,+ - ) ,"$%= + ) -/- + "$%=; "$%= S &!3 6 & &C ! !C 3 3 S &3! 6 & &C 3 !C ! 3 S !&3 6 ! &C & !C 3 3 S !3& 6 ! &C 3 !C & 3 S 3&! 6 3 &C & !C ! 3 S 3!& 6 3 &C ! !C & 3 >A . ? "$%=; / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' AVCO 5 FMTU ./ @ .. + )* ) + * + - + ) ) * + * . + "::@ ..
0! % / % .. ) 1 . # + / . + 6" -0 -/- 1/ - ), + -/0 + "$%#; 8- 1 + S A #%6 9>". C , . 9>* +/+ S ":6A C 622 ? 9> S ":C =+ - + ,"$%# -0 S A #%6 C G- 1 . ) "$%# SA G- 1 1 ) 9>" * + - /+ ? ? ? "$%#; / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' AVCS 1 FMTU ./ @ .. + )* ) + * + - + ) ) * + * . // Select standard American NTSC encoding // Update hardware to current buffer contents Appendix A Command Reference + "::@ ..
( ( % / % .. ) 1 . / ' 0 - . )) 6" 0 + ,"$ ! ) ) 6-// ) + "$ !; 8- 1 - + "$ ! S= S =A G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ "$ !; / 8- ) .. ) " ) .- 0 + /) - + ) ) * + + ' 0 )* + + "$# .. ) ) * + + "$ # .. ) + * + "::@ .. )-/) . -/@ .. + )* ) ) + * ./ AVPG 1 AVPS 7.5 FMTU // Enable use of a black level pedestal // Set pedestal level to 7.5 IRE // Update hardware to current buffer contents 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
& % / . / # 0 ) 1 "$ # 6" 4/ ) &'? > % .. . ) 0 * + 0 4 + "$ #; 8- 1 + > &'? - )+ / 4 ) ,"$ # $ $ G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ S . S &' $ "$ ! .- 0 + ) ) * ' =A + + 0 * + ,+ / ) + "::@ .. + )-/) @ .. + )* . ./ AVPG 1 AVPS 7.5 FMTU 624 &' "$ #; / 8- ) .. ) . // Enable use of a black level pedestal // Set pedestal level to 7.
& % / #1 ./ . # + ) 0 > ?, + - ) )V - + 01 "$## + .. )* + , + ) + + . + .. )* + + , + ,+ ) + + ,+ + - / 46 6/ 4 * ,+ ) + -/8+ / )- ,"$## .- / )01 "$#% + "$#%; 8- 1 + ,"$#% , + + + ) ,- , 1 , "$#% !" # % % .. ) 1 "$#% % "$#% G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ ' ./ $ &!" # &' " $ $ " , % , " $ $ %% " " " % " # % $ & % % . % S >, / / )? . S >, / / )? "$#%; / 8- ) .. ) ! % + , @ % .. , ) % - + - + * + - , . AVSC 1.000 .995 .
& % / % .. ) 1 . / . 6" ) # + . .-. / 46 6/ 4 * , / 46 6/ 4 * ,+ ) .- / )01 "$#% + "$##; 8- 1 "$## + ) + + + -/- 8+ / )+ ,"$## ,"$## $ $ >, G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ $ " ) .- 0 0 )* + + "$# + @ .. ) + )-/) + )* + * .. ' ./ / )? "$##; / 8- ) .. ) / + .$ ./ + "$## .$ .. ) + ) C ) .. ) ) - + ) ) * + * -/- ) + "::@ + , + A #% , . . -/- , . FMTL NTSC FMTB AVSS 0.5 FMTE FMTA NTSC_1 ' ./ + ./ AVST 2 AVSS 0.714 FMTU ' ./ + FMTL FMTB ASSS AVSS FMTE FMTA 626 ./ + .$ NTSC 0.2 0.
$ $"# % / % .. ) 1 . / . 6" ' 0 + + 1/ , + "$# ; 8- 1 - ) + + - // + ,"$# ) -/- ,+ "$# S S" B> S" &!3 > S %$3# #6$ ) S %$3# #6$ ) G- 1 =+ ? ? 1 S" B 0 > )# S" B 0 S" B 0# SB G- 1 1 1 0 ' @3 $? >"A# (# '& @6& 3 ' $? $ $ "$# ; / 8- ) .. ) ' ./ $# .- 0 9 *+ - + * ) ) * + . DVST 0 AVST 2 ALLU ) + "::@ - ) + .. )-/) @ ..
) 3( % / ) 3 ( / 6 . . ' 0 )) 0 )) + -// :$ -/=/ : ) / 1 - 0 + 3":!; 8- 1 % .. ) 1 3":! S= S =A G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ 628 3":!; / 8- ) .. ) ) @ "::@ Appendix A Command Reference - %0 + =/ :$ 6: 4 .
)3'( )3' ( % $) ! / % .. + 0- ) 1 ) 3:@! ) 0 0 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ & ) 3:@!; / 8- ) .. ) "::@ .. ) !&A!C &' ! ./ BLUG 0; ALLU ' 4 + .. ) // disable blue video component 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
)7 $ )7 % #1 / % .. 630 ) 1 $ .
)77$ & % / % .. ) 1 #1 )77$ . % + / , . ) + / .. ) 8- + -+ )- + 4 + ) )/ * 6-// &" ,, ) + ), # ,6 0 -/ ) + 3== 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
) $ ) % $ . / # / / . 6 + 0 > 9? , . , + "-) , + 3&" ; 8- 1 % .. ) 1 C G- 1 1 & 632 ) .. - + . > ./ ) -) + / , ) ' "(%'"6 63? - ./ )) 3&" > -) ' -) ./ C > 3&" ; ./ ) BRAT 32000 IFGU F"@ > 3& / Appendix A Command Reference . ? )? + + .
3 3! % / #1 . # * + 0 -/0 , ,6 0 ,' + + 0 / C )* )/ ) + ),, ) 1/ - ) ) + $ 0 " % .. ) 1 - * , - + + + 0 )* 0 / ) - + / + , A #% -/-C % " &.% " )* , " "$ $ 01 + U )/ ) 9 / 8, + -/- 1 , " ": -/- #) & " %": ) /++(C ) /+(C /++(C +++(C ) /++0C ) /+0C +++(C ) /++ C ) /+ C /++ C +++ C 1 2C 1++C ) ) /++0C C /++( & ) 0 , , . >. ? > ? 6 $ /+( & ) 0 , , . >. ? > ? 6 .$ /++( & ) 0 , , . >. .-. * ? >. .-. * ? $ +++( & ) 0 , , . >. .-. * ? >. .-.
, . ": -/G- 1 1 & ) .. ' 634 > ? >. ?- ) + 9 ,+ &' %": ; ) ./ + "$#% .. .. )-/) . ).
$6 % / : G- 1 1 + %" ; , % & 1 G- 1 & ) / .. ' , , % ) ./ ) , , . , A CAT? SOURCE /tffs0/Library/Formats/DMT0659.xml /tffs0/Library/Formats/DMT0660.xml /tffs0/Library/Formats/DMT0672.xml . . . /tffs0/Library/Formats/DMT2060.xml /tffs0/Library/Formats/DMT2075.
' # % / % .. ) 1 ' "-) ' 0 .. 1 - / 1 ./ )* + 1 / - + ' -/- B - - + ) / + 5 #C C -) 5 #>'#?C 5 #> &"?C C W) +)+ 6 4 96 40/ 6 +* / .X 5 #> &"?C C W) +)+ 6 4 96 40/ 6 +* / .X 5 #> &"?C C W) +)+ 6 4 96 40/ 6 +* / .X 5 #> "?C C W) +). 6 4 96$3&6 +6 J 3& 0 / .X 5 #> "?C C W) +). 6 4 96$3&6 +6 J 3& 0 / .X W) 6 C 5 =:3B>'"% ?C /5 4 96 40/ 6 W '#6'#6 C +* 4 96 40/ 6 W 4+9 +6 )3J C W 4+9 +6 / .
*%$ & % / %- . . * , . % .. ) 1 *%$ /. . + / C + + ,+ , / -.0 , ) ,+ , . + 4 + + 9 + /. - + / / -.0 , + 4 ,+ . C + %'A 0 =+ 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' CENT red ALLU ./ @ .. + )* ) + * + - + ) ) * + * . + "::@ .. ) // Draw a small red cross in center of active video // Update hardware to current buffer contents 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$9: $ # % / % .. ) 1 8- ) .. ) G- 1 1 G- 1 638 0 % % ./ ' % 0 + , % ) )- 1 + + -++ 1 + , F5% + =+ # + % % ./ . + -++ .. ) .. ) - ), + / 1 , + + , 0 % ./ .. ) // & / , ) 1 -* + + - + *+ * / 1 + - + *+ * F5% F5% @ .. ) + - ,+ &; / + -+ , ' ./ CPTX:CPTR 1 CPTX:CPTU // Sets up the generator to run the 1A-01 test // Initiates the test specified with the CPRT command ' .
$9: $' 1 % / % .. ) 1 =+ 8- ) .. ) 0 # % % ./ " - 1 + .. 0 % F5% + % + , ) - )* + + % % F5% ./ & .. + -++ .. ) )*+ + / , *+ + + -) @ F5% & .. ) / , *+ + % - ' ./ CPTX:CPTR 1 CPTX:CPTU // Sets up the generator to run the 1A-01 test // Initiates the test specified with the CPRT command ' ./ CPTX:CPTR 46 CPTX:CPTU // Sets up the generator to run all HDCP test // Initiates the test specified with the CPRT command 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$9: 1 01 % / % .. ) 1 % % ./ ) -+ % *+ + + + % -+ ,+ * )- % / 0 + . ) )> % ? + F5%& S + S ' 640 .
$9: '$$ # % / % .. ) 1 1 "# # % % ./ #/ , ,+ % *+ + 1/ ,) )- % / 0 F5 @ $ S# S# S S& S& 4 - ) / "(3 / % + 1 -* . > % ? % ./ + $ G- 1 1 G- 1 / ' ./ % F5 @ ; + -+ CPTX:DUTT 1 // Specifies that an HDCP compliance test on a Source will be run 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$9:( $%6 ;0 % / G- 1 1 1 % % ./ G% + 642 ./ , % ./ + 0 - F5!% A; + -+ + -+ ' # , , / 1 CPTX:GCTN? // To list out the compliance tests 1A-01 = 1 1A-02 = 2 1A-03 = 3 1A-04 = 4 1A-05 = 5 1A-06 = 6 1A-07 = 7 1A-08 = 8 1A-09 = 9 1B-01 = 10 1B-02 = 11 1B-03 = 12 1B-04 = 13 1B-05 = 14 1B-06 = 15 2C-01 = 16 2C-02 = 17 2C-03 = 18 2C-04 = 19 3A-01 = 20 3A-02 = 21 3A-03 = 22 3A-04 = 23 3A-05 = 24 3B-01 = 25 3B-02 = 26 3B-03 = 27 3B-04 = 28 3B-05 = 29 3C-I-01 = 30 ...
$9:7* # # % / % .. ) 1 &1 ./ "# ! #0 % % ./ ) %6 % *+ - + + ' 1/ 1/ # 0 /- / ) ) + 1 /- / / / + 0 ,+ 1 /+ . )) , + 1 /+ ) ,+ 1 /- )- + F5='## S S S ' 1 * 1/ 1/ 1/ CPTX:OESS 1 0 0 0 ///- // Causes the test equipment to use long reads during authentication 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$9: < # % / % .. ) 1 0 ! < 0## ,D#$ -// )01 + / ,+ )- % / 0 !" % % ./ #/ % , % + . .-. -.0 ./ + F5&D#$ ) . -) , > % ? $ $ + -+ G- 1 1 G- 1 % / F5&D#$; + -+ ' ./ CPTX:RKSV 16 // Specifies that the repeater supports 16 downstream devices connected. ' ./ CPTX:RKSV? // Queries to determine what the RSKV parameter is currently set to. // Indicates that the repeater only supports 1 downstream device.
$9: 77 # % / 0 ! < 0## !" % % ./ #/ , *+ + / + ) )- % / 0 / + ) -) 1) * . > % ? -/- + )* ) + .) . ,+ 1 = yes; 0 = no. % .. ) 1 % F5&==& SA )* SB ) G- 1 1 G- 1 % + / .) + / ) ) -/) -/- / / + ) + ) + + )* . ) F5&==&; / ' ./ CPTX:ROOR 0 // Specifies that the repeater does not output content to a downstream repeater ' ./ CPTX:ROOR? // Queries to determine if the repeater device outputs content to downstream repeater. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$9: $ # % / % .. ) 1 0 ! < 0## !" % % ./ #/ + % , ,+ / ,+ F5& -// )- % / 0 ) . ) /+ > % ? ) + ) 4 , % % SA SB G- 1 1 G- 1 % ; / ' ./ CPTX:RPFT 0 // Specifies that the repeater supports HDMI 1.1 advanced cipher features. ' ./ CPTX:RPFT? // Queries to determine what the RPFT parameter is currently set to.
$9: = # % / % .. ) 1 1 & 0 & % % ./ #/ , *+ + + )* / , )01 + #D#$ .. ) + 36 *+ % /0 . > % ? % F5# %H .) - , + )* ) + .. ) 1 // + % ./ + ,+ .) 36 )- $ $ S )* S+ G- 1 1 G- 1 % .) -) / , )01 + #D#$ / . F5# %H; / ' ./ CPTX:SDCZ 0 ' ./ CPTX:SDCZ? 1 // Specifies that there are no downstream devices connected for the 1B-01 test and the 3B-01 test. // Queries how to determine the number of downstream devices.
$9: 77 # 0## % / % .. ) 1 0 ! & 70 % % ./ #/ ) , % , + -) -.0 - F5#==& ,) * -// ) .) + *+ ,+ / ) / )- % / 0 ) + + . > % ? $ $ S )* S+ G- 1 1 G- 1 % , )01 + #D#$ / . F5#==&; / ' ./ CPTX:SOOR 0 // Specifies that there are no downstream devices connected for the 1B-01 test and the 3B-01 test. ' ./ CPTX:SOOR? // Queries how to determine the number of downstream devices. // Indicates that the test will be run using the number of downstream devices specified with the SKSV parameter.
$9: 0 % / % .. ) 1 0 % % ./ #/ / % , + -.0 ,. + ) + + )/ , -+ . > % ?, - ) -) + ) *+ ,+ / -+ 0 , )- % / 0 ) F5#&"% + -+ G- 1 1 G- 1 % F5#&"%; / + -+ ' ./ CPTX:SRAC 2 // Specifies that the source device under test will authenticate two times before transitioning to the third phase of authentication. ' ./ CPTX:SRAC? // Queries for the number of times that the device under test will authenticate before transitioning to the third phase of authentication.
7 & % / % .. ) 1 %- 7 . . /. * + 4 ,+ , . ,+ , . + + ,+ ) + + , + -.0 , -.0 , ) + / + + 9 + /. - / / / . + 4 C %&=# 0 =+ 650 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' CROS magenta ALLU ./ @ .. + )* Appendix A Command Reference ) + * + - + ) ) * + * . + "::@ ..
( # % / . ' " / 0 . )) 6 #1 + 0 ) 1 ( 9 ,+ ) ./ .. )>### S ? ) + ### ,%# ! % .. 0 1 -/- *+ ) + %# !; 8- 1 - ./ + - 1 %# ! S= S =A G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ %# !; / 8- ) .. ) ) @ -/) ' ./ CSPG 1 SSST 2 FMTU - ) .. ) + )* + ./ + * 1 C .- 0 )* + + ### .. ) + - + * + "::@ .. ) ) ) * + . // Enable dig comp sync in buffer // Choose digital comp sync type in buffer // Update hardware to current buffer contents 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
# % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ . " / . ' 0 + + - + 0 " 6 #1 + 9 ,+ ) ./ 1 -/- ; 8- 1 - ,%# %# %# S 6 *> /- ? S 6+ +>/ /- ? ; / 8- ) .. ) ) * - ) ./ )* + + ### .. + "::@ .. 1 C .- 0 ) * + + %# ! .. ) ) ) + @ .. ) + - + )-/) + )* + * ) ) * + . ' 652 + %# .
9 # % / % .. ) 1 . # / + . 6 / " ,+ - $) . %F"& Y + , * 0 # / ) , " ! 0 +) / # * C = C # C C C C C =! ! 7 G ! R >"? 4 ! /+ C G- ) C Q#8- M 7 4 ! /+ # $ (# . C C C C C C C C Y % >3? " ) .1 L% * + -) "FZ $ $ Z R $> ? M Y C C >$? // )? $ C" #+ ) 0 * . '& .. Q%Q "FZ C >- R # C "// % ./$ Z ) >+ ,6* 1 ) ? C C $'#" %$ R ' H '- / =) . R Y $ .# "> ? @ Y > ? Y 3 >%? + * + * / ,. + )- 1 .C Q ) )>@#"? @ L -.Z MC '! Q " L .
& ) .. ' 654 ) ./ 'F"&C #F"& CXAR 1.
0 % / % .. . #/ ) 1 / , 1 . ! 6 "-) *+ + -) + "%" C0 ) 1 3 , > * 0 / $ - A . 1C + 1/ , -) -/+ + *+ / * + ), . + / ./ ,1 + C &% 5 &% )&% 7 + &: &% 7 + &: # "%" * - . 0 0 *? - > ) + *+ +- "F" * 1 / >&%? , >&:? .- 1 , * * ),, 1/ , C &% -/+ -/+ &% ) / C &% / 1 / - )F"@ 5%" / + + - 5 ) . / ) ? "F" F"@ 5%" .% 3# # $ % " $ ," % " % " " " & >0 < # < , "%" 0 - . ) ) + - + 0 0 *? % : "%" * - . 1 "F" )F"@ 5%" / .
' & 656 ) .. .
( 0 % . / % .. #/ ) 1 / , . ) .. + )> ? "%! 1 3 $ - & ( 6 "-) *+ + -) >0 ' 1 ./ ) ) > + - + 0 0 *? / DACA 3 //specifies audio channels 1 and 2 DACG 3 //gates audio channels 1 and 2 FMTU "%" 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
( 0 % . / % .. & 658 ) ' 0 "-) ) 1 ' .. / & + . ) , 6 "-) 0 . > )* . / ,) " ! ./ ) S 0 S) 0 DADG 1 FMTU IFGU F"@ > / ( . Appendix A Command Reference ?C ":# , -) ' "(%'"6 + 63C 0 + ? J/ .
3 0 % . / % .. / & ) .. 1 0 6 "-) +, - > ) 0 ? , ) * . , + "-) , . > / ,) , + -) ' "(%'"6 63C + 0 + ? ":# 6 ' . # + :#$ / . ) 1 3 ./ ) >)3? DALS 5 FMTU IFGU F"@ >:#$ / . ?C 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
0 % / % .. ) 1 . # / . + ) "# 6 "-) -) % % S S# ' 660 .
$ 0 % . / % .. / . # + ) "-) , ) 1 6 "-) -) . > ) .. + 63C 0 + % / . ,+ ? ) S '% & / 1/ , -) , ) ' "(%'"6 "# S ' $"# ./ ) 6 % -. : % DAST 1 IFGU F"@ >% / . ? 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$* $* % / % .. ) 1 #1 ./ # + . 1 .) " ' 6 6 6 G- 1 1 " '; .. ))1111 & 662 ) ' ./ DATE 09 11 2008 ' ./ DATE? 01 11 2008 ..
9 0 % . / % .. #/ ) 1 / , ! . 6 "-) *+ + / 4 0 >/ ? "F" >0 A . 1C ) + 1/ + - + 0 0 *? , -) ) / - + ) * 1 3 3 $ - -// # + + *+ / * + ), . + ./ ,1 + C &% 5 &% )&% 7 + &: &% 7 + &: + *+ +- ) / C &% / / + - 5 >&%? , >&:? .- 1 , * * ),, 1/ , C &% -/+ -/+ &% "F" * - . 1 "%" )F"@ 5%" / . - > 0 0 *? * C + . + ) + -) 0 - ) )C "F! + -)0 - ) , ,+ 0 + + 9 "%" F"@ 5%" / ) + 0 ) ? .% 3#4# $ % " $ ," % " % " " " & ' & ) .. .
9( 0 % . / % .. #/ ) 1 / , ( . 6 "-) *+ + / 4 )> ? "F! >0 ) + - + 0 0 *? 3 3 $ - ' & 664 ) .. .
) # " % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ ) / # + 60 0 10 . 4 - )01 + ) . 8, 60 0 1 -.0 + ) ), . > #3? , %3 %& ; 8- 1 + . 4 ) + + 0 1 -.0 / + . 4 >:#3? + %3 ; 8- 1 + , %3 S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S %3 ; / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' DCBM 7 FMTU ./ @ .. + )* ) + * + - + ) ) * + * . + "::@ .. ) // Set mask to read sense lines 0, 1 and 2 only // Update hardware to current buffer contents 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
*9 # " % / . / *9# . # -/ + ) / 1 ) + / ), . ) / 1 ) + + ) ) . )01 . 0 ) - )01 + ) / 1 1 ) ) , + "// + )$!" 1/ ) , + 3 6 % ./ + - ,+ ) / 1 ) + , . + -/ , ),, / . ) . + / - ) / 1 " ./ / ) / 1 ) . 1. 4 + ) ) / 1 // . ,+ %'F; 8- 1 , / , . )+ - ) / 1 ) + U - ) + . 4 * ++ + + % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ 666 / ) ,, )+ , . +* "A / ) + ) . %'F .. ) - * ++ ) / 1 8,+ 0 + +* , + . ) 0 . - + . 4 +1 %'F S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S %'F; / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' DCBM 7 DCEX 5 FMTU .
( 7'$>: % ' / % .. (@7'$/: 1 ) ' 0 + W=@ ) 1 (@ : & ( (@ ( : ( % )) 0 + K $/ * [=@ ["$[$!"X5 % !; 8- 1 + / ,) ) 0 4+ 01* + )0 + + / ,) % ! 5 % ! S) 0 K $/ * S 0 K $/ * =@ C =@ "$ S # S =@ =@ =@ =@ ("$ $!" S $!" G- 1 1 3 50 5 % !; =@ C =@ "$ S # S ("$ $!" S $!" & ) ' ./ OUT1:DCPG 0 // disables +5V power on the HDMI output 1 ' ./ VGA:DCPG 1 // enables +5V power on the VGA output ' ./ DCPG 1 // enables +5V power on all connectors ' .
96 7'$>: % / G- 1 1 96@7'$/: 9@ 1 & 7 ' ) G-/- + : 96@ ( : 96 0 % - ,+ $ ) / 1) + > =@ =@ / %? / * + / ,) % F; =@ C =@ "$ S # S ("$ $!" S $!" & S =D S & 668 ) - >, ./ C + )? ' ./ OUT1:DCPX? 0 // queries the DDC power level of HDMI output connector 1 ' ./ OUT2:DCPX? 1 // queries the DDC power level of HDMI output connector 2 ' ./ DCPX? 0 // reads back the logical AND of all connectors ..
6 0## % / G- 1 1 G- 1 ' ) % + %$; 8- 1 $'#" % ..- - , ) ,+ + )* -// %$; / S S ' ./ DDCV? % -// % -// ) // Return DDC support information 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
*39 *3 % / % .. ) 1 . ) # + . - ,+ 9 0- 6 . + .. - ) + & . G- 1 ) + - , + / , + # ) ! )# ) &!3 - ) + + 9 9 , + *+ / + ':F; G- 1 + ':F ) / ':F; / ' 670 +, + ':F + 9 G- 1 1 9 .
* 6 * 6 % / : G- 1 1 G- 1 & ) '$#; / .. ' ) : ) ./ ,) A DEVS? drv name 0 \null 1 \tyCo\0 3 \card0 5 QDEW023: 6 \vio 7 \tgtsvr 3 \ram20K 3 \ramNV 3 \tffs0 2 \pipe\cli 8 \pty\remote0.S 9 \pty\remote0.M 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
*3A *3 % / % .. ) 1 . ) # + . - , 0- 6 . + + & . G- 1 + + + / , + # ) ! )# ) &!3 9 , + *+ / +- ) ':B / ':B; / ' 672 +, + - , .. ) - ) + ':B; G- 1 - ':B ) G- 1 1 A .
% ' / % .. ) # ) 1 % ' + , . / , )01 % "% % ) #6 =# , ' ./ + ./ 6 ) . > ' + , C ) C . - 1 ) + ? + -) *, . C DIDL myedid7 // loads the EDID file named myedid7 DIDB // begins an edid editing session XDID 19 A E88A82A0564796240F48 // edits EDID at 19 for 10 (0x0A) bytes DIDE // ends an edid editing session DIDA myedid8 // saves the changes to the filename myedid8 & ) .. ) 3C 'C ' "O/ P5 DC CF :C "#D;C 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
) ) % ' / % .. & 674 ) .. % 4 + 0 ) 1 ' ) , ' ) 3 .
* * % ' / % .. & ) 4 + ) 1 ' .. ) % ) , ' ) ' ./ ) DIDL myedid7 // loads the EDID file named myedid7 DIDB // begins an edid editing session XDID 19 A E88A82A0564796240F48 // edits EDID at 19 for 10 (0x0A) bytes DIDE // ends an edid editing session DIDA myedid8 // saves the changes to the filename myedid8 "C 3C ' "O/ P5 DC CF :C "#D;C 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
< < % ' ) / % .. % + ' ) 1 D , / , )01 % "7% "7% + ) 1/ + ) ) #6 =# , + , 0 ) ) ,+ , 0 ) . ) ' ./ + ./ ) + , . > + . 1 ? , ) + ) , - / +C + "7. 10 + 7 ) 1 + DIDK /tffs0/library/userdata/myedid1 & 676 ) ..
3 3 % % .. ' ) / : ) ' ) 1 : "7% % , . , + "7% + ) 1/ + ) ) #6 =# , . > + . + , 0 ) ) ,+ , 0 )) + ) , - / +C + . ) G- 1 1 G- 1 ? , "7. 1 0 :; / ' 1 + ./ + . ,+ , ./ - 1 ) + ' + 0-,, , . + , + 7 ) 1 DIDL /tffs0/library/userdata/myedid1 & ) .. ) "C 3C ' "O/ P5 'C CF DC "#D;C 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
% % & % ' / % .. ) % ) 1 % *' A , * ++ . / , )01 % "7% "7% + ) 1/ + ) ) #6 =# , + , 0 ) ,+ , 0 . ) ' ./ + ./ + , . > + . 1 ) + ) , - / +C + + 7 ) 1 ? , "7. 1 0 + DIDN /tffs0/library/userdata/myedid1 & 678 ) ..
1 % ' / % .. # ) + ) ,- ' ) 1 / + " " / + ' % ./ + ) ./ 1 ' + ) ,- / + , + 7 ) 1 DIDP /tffs0/library/userdata & ) .. ) "C 3C ' "O/ P5 'C CF DC 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
; ;0 " % / ' ) & 0 ) ' G- 1 1 G- 1 ' : ./ + , . . G / % . , . + ) ) + ' , . + , . . ) + C 4/ /+ -. . . / -.0 . / -.0 ,, , . ./ - + , ' , . + ) ,- ) 1 DIDQ 1 10 & 680 ) ..
% ' / % .. # ) 1 ' ) % ' + , . 01 A # ./ + ./ ) ' , C ) C ) + + + . , . DIDL myedid7 // loads the EDID file named myedid7 DIDB // begins an edid editing session XDID 19 A E88A82A0564796240F48 // edits EDID at 19 for 10 (0x0A) bytes DIDE // ends an edid editing session DIDS // saves the changes to myedid7 & ) .. ) "C 3C ' "O/ P5 'C CF DC 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
' ' % / % .. ' ) @/) /- + )* * + + + /- ) ) 1 + .. ) - + /- @; / ' ' ) @ G- 1 1 G- 1 % + ./ + - ' ./ , ) / , ' )-/) + + )* * ++ - 0-,, XDID 8 3 DE33FF DIDU & 682 ) ..
" % / % .. ) 1 1. . 1. # + - ,+ ) ./ 1 ) 0-,, - + . &" ) #6 =# , ' . DIRA MY_DIR . > + . - 1 ? // Save with the name "MY_DIR" 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
) " % / % .. =+ 1. . 1. 4 + 0 , .* ) 1 @ + ' DIRN DIRB *) , ) C 0- 1 ) - ), .. ) &' *+ ) ) + .. )) ./ 0 1 * +,-- DIRE &: 1@ ) + 1 ) // Initialize directory edit buffer // Start directory editing session // 684 . + + ,, .* &3 8- ) .. ) ./ ) One or more directory editing commands ... // End directory editing session Appendix A Command Reference &A ..
* " % / % .. =+ 1. . 1. 4 + , .* ) 1 ) , ) C 0- . 1 ) - ), + .. ./ 0 1* +,-- )) + ,, .* + - &' 8- ) .. ) @ ' DIRB ./ * &3 *+ + ) @ &# + // Start directory editing session // One or more directory editing commands ... DIRA MYDIR_02 DIRE // Save edited directory as MYDIR_02 // End directory editing session 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
< "< % 1. . 1. / ) ) ,) ) % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 . )6 + 8- 1 1 - ,+ . )) C + 8- 1 9 &D ) #6 =# , . > + . - 1 ? ) #6 =# , . > + . - 1 ? &D; / ' 686 1 01 1 . .
3 "3 % / 1. . 1. % / + ) 1+ . 8) 1 ) 0-,, + 8- 1 + * C 9 - ) 8 , % % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 . " , !5,. 05 : , .) ,+ . )) 9'5 1. . 1 1 0 " " + ) )N % " & &: ) #6 =# , . > + . - 1 ? ) #6 =# , . > + . - 1 ? &:; / ' ./ DIRL MY_DIR // Load "MY_DIR" directory in edit buffer 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
% "% & % / % .. ) 1 1. . 1. 9 + ) + 8- 1* - ' ./ ) #6 =# , . 0 ) ) + ) . > + . - 1 &A; DIRN // Init edit buffer without assigning a new name DIRN MY_DIR 688 1 ) 0-,, + + . + + + ) 1U &A / G- 1 1 . // Init edit buffer with name of "MY_DIR" Appendix A Command Reference ? 1U . .
" % / 1 1. . 1. # + - ) . 1/ + . . > + + 8- 1* - + - ) 1/ + . % .. ) 1 & ) #6 =# , G- 1 1 G- 1 . - 1 ? & ; / ' ./ DIRP DIRPTH01 // Set directory path to DIRPTH01 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
;6 ";0 "# % / 1. . 1. & ) G- 1 1 G- 1 / ' 690 ./ . + -.0 ) 1. . 10 1 . ) , . + + ) , + ) 4/ 1 . /+ -. &G; : / -.0 / -.0 ,/ , )) 1 .
" % / 1. . 1. # . ' ./ DIRN DIRT DIRB NAMI DIRE DIRS + ,+ ) ) 1 . 1 ) 0-,, + ) 0-,, ) 1. . 1- + - NTSCFMT Source // creates a catalog named NTSCFMT // identifies new catalog as a source catalog // begins a directory editing session 1 /tffs0/Library/Formats/NTSC // adds NTSC to catalog // ends the directory editing session /tffs0/Library/FormatLib/NTSCFMT // saves the catalog 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$ "$"# % / % .. % .. ) 1 ) 1. . 1. #/ , ) 1> ? 1/ + 1 1/ -+ 0 ) & / G- 1 1 G- 1 5# - C# - :0C % C% :0 C# - :0C % & ; / + ' 692 . ./ DIRN DIRT DIRB NAMI . . .
' "' % 1. . 1. / % .. % .. & ) 1 ) ) @ ' ? + - 1 ) )) 1> 0 1? &@ / .. > . A ) .
%' # " % / % .. ) 1 # 8- 20 ) ' 0 )) 0 . *+ - .. + # %' ! ) )) 8- ,+ 8- / -.0 A@ C G- 1 1 G- 1 / ' 694 A@ ; .
(' ( % ) / % .. & @/) ) 1 )% .. ' ./ ' 4 + + )* * + ,+ - )/ 4 !@ ) ! - .- 5 XGCP 1 0 DPTG 7 DPTR 1 DPGU ' ./ & ).- -5 R:MUTE? R:1 ' ./ - .- ,,5 XGCP 0 1 DPTG 7 DPTR 1 DPGU ' ./ & ).- -5 R:MUTE? R:0 ' ./ %+ + A - C ) + )* ) . % # -5 XACR 6000 DTPG 7 DPGU // You can read N and CTS value at the reciever for verification. ' ./ %+ + A - C )% # 5 XACR 6000 8000 DTPG 7 DPGU // You can read N and CTS value at the reciever for verification.
' ./ - -) ,,5 DPTG 3 DPGU ' .
$( $"# ( % ) / ! ! ,, + % ! + % .. ) 1 4 )/ 4 1/ >"-) # ./ C "-) % 0 -/) )01 + + )* ) 4 ? "-) # ./ / 4 . + . 4 - ) ,, 0 )) - =& )* + + - 0 4& + + C -) -/- , . ! S! % S "-) % 4 >!% ? 4& >"%&? S "-) # ./ S! & ) .. ' ) ./ !@C + ? & ./ ! N # 4 >! ,, + -) > + - - ?5 !@ !@ , + ./ 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$ $"# % / ) #/ , 4 , ! % # % .. ) 1 # ( % 698 ./ # !@ , Appendix A Command Reference 4 >! ./ * + 1, .
$ " % / % .. ) 1 . / # . ' 0 + *+ ) + 1 $"# 6 + 1/ ./ 0 ) , ./ 1 + 1 ) , #% " )01 + / // + ) ./ 1 -/+ ### .. ) + #% ; 8- 1 ,9 > ? ) + ) ./ #% S S ". $ *( S ". $ *( S ". $ *() -0 S "- G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ "# T 8- 9 6 F %# S '- / $ =& ) S '- / $ *( S '- / $ *() -0 #% ; / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' DSCT 2 FMTU ./ @ .. + )* ) + * + - + ) ) * + * . + "::@ ..
$ " % / . / ) 1 . ) $"# 6 ) ' 0 + + 1/ ,) ,+ *+ ) -/) + ' " )%% & ) / 1 /+ C + * )+ ,+ ", % .. # + ## / 1 + // + ) # )$# -/./ 1 ) + ### .. ) ) + # ! )$# ! .. ) + 1),, 0 * 1 + C + ,%% &C + * ) + , + + + * )+ / , ) + $# 7 .. ) + '" 1 // .. ) .. )C )+ @ "::@ .. ) ## S S ". / S ". $ / S '- / $ / SI / $ / S '- / G- 1 1 G- 1 / ' 700 .
% / % .. ) 1 , . 7 + 4 / , )$ ) ) , % ) >$ %? + "$ , . $% S6 ># 0 + ), . S $% ? # ) ) 0 / ) , . *, $% ) 0 ) , . % + % > . , * / ), ) ' "(%'"6 + %'"6 6% / 6% ) ) , $7$? / / / : / : / # / # / / : : # # / J / J / J / J / : / : / : / : / # 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
% / # / # / # : : # # / J / J / J / J / : / : / : / : / # / # / # / # / / / : / : / # / # / / / / : / # / : # / J / J / J / : / : / : / # 702 Appendix A Command Reference % > * / $7$?
% / # % > * / $7$? / # / # : : # # / J / J / J / J / : / : / : / : / # / # / # / # / / / : / : / # / # / / / / : / # / : # / J / J / J / : / : / : / # 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
% / # / # / # : : # # / J / J / J / J / : / : / : / : / # / # / # / # / / / : / : / # / # / / / / : / # / : # / J / J / J / : / : / : / # 704 Appendix A Command Reference % > * / $7$?
% / # % > * / $7$? / # : # / J / J / J / : / : / : / # / # / # / / : / # / / / / / / / / : / / : / : / # / / : / # = J / / / : / # : # / 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
% % > * / $7$? / / / : / / : / # / # : : # # / / : / # J : # / / : / / : / # / # J J : : # # + A% " 0 0 6 / ) -0 6 4 )/ / * 1 / . -.0 , 4 / / C *+ A / / , 1, . / / , A 9 > = ? 01 ) , -6 4 )/ / 0 // ) .- 1 )"$ 5& , ) + , C ) -0 6 4 ), . ) -// / / /6 1 // 0 + Q Q, . C *+ &'# . 6/ + / , A )0 * ) 6 + 01 1 + ,, + -0 6 4 ), . + + . + 9 6 4 + + 9 > * ), ?C ) -0 ) + ) -0 6 4) , . ) - + )01 + 9 + 6 . + . C/ / . 10 // )C 01 / Q & /Q . C , + )) + Q & /Q . * + -.0 ,/ 6/ 6/ 0 ) ) .
' ./ DVIC 23 FMTU 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$ $"# % / % .. ) 1 . / . + -/- / # + $ / . ) @> .. ) + -// * + C *+ $ $ ./ 0 / 0 -/- " , + , . + , . 0 1 $ + ) ,C *+ + + -/- / 0 ) . )C 0 0 C 01 + 1/ ,+ )* + / $ S $ S 708 .
; ;0 % . / % ) 1 . 6 + + % .. / ) ,) $G ; 8- 1 / - + + ' "(%'"6 - $G 6% ) ) . ) $G @ + , ; * 0 ) . %) B- + / / . ) > C C %) ? B>C %) B>/ # 3 % 3 9 3 % 3 9 3 % 3 9 &!3 B%0% &!3 B%0% &!3 B%0% A < < 5 % ./$G ./ C < >, ./ C 0 + -) # , . ' >, G- 1 1 ' & ) .. )%$ ? , . ./ C ) ) >, + ? $G S , ,( + ) . ? $G S , )- ) ./ C ' "(%'"6 6%? >, 8- )01 $G ; ./ ) DVQM 1 FMTU // Sets the quantizing mode to 1.
& % #1 / % .. # ) 1 . + $? + ! 0 # ),, $#% 8- 1 * - + 0 - , - , + ) ) $#% % % G- 1 1 & ) .. ' 710 ./ $#%; ) $## >=@ DVSC 0.9 ALLU 5 $##C =@ 5 $##? // sets the digital video swing calibration to 0.
# % . / % .. / % 1/ $# ) 1 . +* + )# 6 ) ),, $# ./ >%0% ? 1/ + -// ./ )*+ B%0% + ./ . ) / , )01 $# S &!3 5 5 >) , - ? S 5 5 > ),, ./ ) ,- / S 5 5 >0 + -. ? & ) .. ' ./ ) A3 %C ./ ./ ) + ,+ / N-. ? ) ),, ./ .
" % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ 712 . / . ' 0 + - + 6 ) ,+ ) ) -/- + $# ; 8- 1 - + , $# $# S 6 *> ) ? S 6+ +>/ ) ? $# ; / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' AVST DVST DVSP FMTU DVSS ALLU ./ + ) ) -/- C ) @ .. ) + + )* + * 0 5 1 // // // // 1.25 ) .- 0 - + ) ) * + 0 )* + + $# .. ) * + "::@ .. ) . Deselect analog video in buffer Select 3 bit color in buffer Select active high video in buffer Update hardware to current buffer contents // set digital video swing to 1.
7'$>: @7'$/: & % . / # * + % .. / . 6 + # ),, / C + =@ / ) $J#* ) 1 ) * , + ) 5 $## =@ 5 $## 1 + $## 8- 1 + . 0 - ) )V - + ) ) * + + - , + - * 5 $## $ =@ C =@ S =@ =@ $ ),, G- 1 1 =@ / 46 6/ 4 > . 1 C )? 5 $##; $##; & ) .. ) $# C $#% ' ./ DVSS 1.25 // sets the digital video signal swing voltage to 1.25 volts on HDMI output 1 ALLU ' ./ OUT1:DVSS 1.00 // sets the digital video signal swing voltage to 1.0 volts on HDMI output 1 ALLU ' ./ OUT2:DVSS 0.
$ $"# % . / ' 0 + + % .. ) 1 / . 6 ) + 4 ) , ) + $# ; 8- 1 - + + ) - ) -/- ,+ , $# $# S S BBB , * + &!3 >/ @6& 3 ? S &!3 S B%0% >/ # ' 6 C 0 S B%0% >/ @6& 3 6 0 C S B%0% >/ @6& 3 6 S& G- 1 1 & ) .. ' 714 C# ? . ? ? ) S B%0% @6& 3 $ S B%0% @6& 3 $ $# ; ) ./ "$# .- 0 , + $# AVST 0 DVST 10 FMTU 9 *+ ) ..
8 *3 8 *3 % / % .. ) 1 . % \ #1 .: # + +* + / 0 , + . -/) ) + .- , + +* + / ,+ & 7 ':: 7 ': / G- 1 1 G- 1 , + # ) ! )# ) &!3 0- 6 . ) / 1) + ) 1 0 ) + -.0 , , . , + 1 )) ) , . + .. ) - ) . ) / 1 ) + 7 ':; 8- 1 + -.0 , ) , . 7 ':; / ' ./ DELX DELY DWEL IMGL IMGU 8 3 2 “SlideG” // // // // // Set H shift to 8 pixels per step Set V shift to 3 pixels per step Display each step for 2 frames Select Image that uses DELX and DELY Draw the Image 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
* D :( ( % ' / % .. ) & ) , .* ) 1 ' * ' , . ) ) + / ,) -/ & 8- + + ' " ./ % 5! S -/ S -/ + ./ ) ' 'C DC , . + ) ) -/ EDA1:GDID & ) ..
* D : 0 * % / % .. ) 1 ' ./ ' ) 7 , .* - ' " 5 % ' ) + + S -/ S -/ + ./ * ) ' + ) DC :C "#D;C + / ,) ) -/ & 8- -/ EDA1:PDID & ) .. ) "C 3C 'C C GC #C @C ' "O/ P5 C F 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
* *D : % % .. ' * ' ' ) % / @/) + )* ) 1 ' ' 5 ' ' A/ 5 ./ + & 8- , .* + + > ? 0 , - )* + + > ? 0 ) ,+ ' 0-,, @; + ' ' @ + G- 1 1 * + - A/ ./ ) / , ' )-/) + A/ * ++ - 0-,, XDID 8 3 DE33FF EDE1:DIDU & ) ..
* 6 * % ' / & ) 01 ) / 1 + , . G- 1 1 G- 1 & ) ' / .. ' ) % + 0 ) + ' . )-/ + , . + ) % ./ - ) * "#% ; "#% + ) ./ %&; >=@ + .
*%*$ * 1 %*$ % / & G- 1 1 G- 1 & ) ' 720 'A' ; / .. + '+ "#% + ) .
*%*$: * 1 %*$ # % / % .. # ) 1 + 'A' 5 )) ,+ ' + / ,+ .5 .5 + , . 5 *** G- 1 1 G- 1 & ) 'A' 5 ; / .. ' 111999 )) ) ./ , . 5 *** 111999 A ENET:IP 192.168.254.222 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
*%*$: < 0! < % / % .. # ) 1 + )) ,+ ' + 'A' 5 "#D + , . 5 *** G- 1 1 G- 1 & ) ' 722 111999 'A' 5 "#D; / .. / -0 ) ./ . 4 , . 5 *** A ENET:MASK 255.255.255.
*;' *;' % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ . " / . 6 1 + #0 9 ' 0 + + * ) + , + 8- 9 , + 1 /+, ) *+ ) ) 8- 9 ) 1 1/ ) + "#% #% .. ) ) ) + ### .. ) , + 1/ / , ), + ) 1 , + %% & 1/ C + + - 8- 9 -/- 01 + * 0 + + + *+ -.0 / , ) + 'G@"; 8- 1 + ,'G@" 'G@" . S . S -.0 , @ .. + )* ) , 1 0 , ) 'G@"; / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' EQUA 3 FMTU ./ + * + - + ) ) * + * . + "::@ ..
*;') *;' % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ 724 . ) / . 6 1 + " #0 9 ' 0 + + * ) + , + 8- 9 0 , + 1 /+ , )*+ ) ) 8- 9 ) 1 1/ ) + "#% #% .. ) ) ) + ### .. ) , + 1/ / , ), + ) 1 , + %% & 1/ C + + - 8- 9 -/- 01 + * 0 + + + *+ -.0 / , ) + 'G@3; 8- 1 + ,'G@3 'G@3 . S . S -.0 , @ .. + )* ) , ) )0 , 1 'G@3; / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' EQUB 3 FMTU ./ + * + - + ) ) * + * .
*;' *;' % / % .. ) 1 . / . 6 1 + 9 . , ./ 1 * + , / +>) 1? / ) 8- )01 + 'G@ ; 8- 1 + - 8- 9 /. . 1 =3= ) ,'G@ ) + 4 ) 1 , . + "::@ .. 'G@ S= S =A G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ 'G@ ; / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' EQUF 0; ALLU ./ @ .. + )* ) + * + - + ) ) * + * . ) // This is the default 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
* * % / % .. 726 ) 1 #1 20 0 .
* ;6 * % #1 / % .. ;0 0 . & -.0 '&&G; 8- 1 ) ) 1 , . + , . + + 8- - 0 , . + 8- - ) + '&&G; -.0 -.0 G- 1 ' / ./ : 5 ,/ ,) , + 8- - ERRQ? 1 5 // List the first five errors in the queue ERRQ? 1 9999 // List all errors in the queue 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
* A6 A % / G- 1 1 G- 1 728 / * . & - / 20 0 . + . '&&B; ' Appendix A Command Reference 6 1 + )) ) 9 + 8- - ) . , .
*9 *9 % # . / # / . + 6 / ,+ .% " " " " % %% ) 1 )). " % &# 4#( " %% % .. ) " " ; 4#( " ," " $ ,% " =" > " : <, " " & 'F"& Y % " , " ?/@; 4#( <& & ) .. ' ) ./ %F"&C #F"& EXAR 1.77 // Sets 16:9 picture aspect ratio for extended image content FMTU 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
*9 9 * % . / % .. ) 1 + / + . 6 0 # ) / %F"&6 + / ) . + ) )'F"&6 + / ) / - 'F%F > + . // ) . ? ) . ) -/ , + : < 3 6 + < 3 6 + - < 3 6 $ + 0 0 20 0 )> : #8- 9 > Appendix A Command Reference 1, ) >L:M? , ) 75 + 0 ">L#M? , ) )7 >LDM? , ) % # 1 # # @ 730 # ## *C ) . 4 1 - , .? .
@ + 3 ! 0 ) % 0 0 ' ) G 4 6 E3F ) ) H> ) I> ) J ) , ) ) - 1 ) ? : 0 ) + 4 *(*+ . 0 : *0 /T 0 )/ ) + 4 - -) : / 0 / + 4*( . 0 / + 4*( . 3 ) 40 " ! ) + 4 *( 10 . 0 / + 4*(*+ . @ :00 10 : 0 0 6 - ) + , : 00 40 0 8- . " % " % ? 1A $ >*( , ) , 0 /T 0 % *(+ A + / / L:M , ) ) + 4 *(0 . % # . 4 . /T 0 % < *C ) )- ) " " * :*0 ) ; 555 % " 7 " 0 " ) ' ) >I .
< # #+ 4 ) ), . 0 - -) ' ) >I ) ) >J E, ) >? 0 ) >/ * + / 8- *+ " ! D *0 ) * +- D / % ) ), . + + 6/ - * +-0 ) * + D / % ) ), . + + 6/ - * +-0 ) % ) ), . + 0 % ) ), . + ) + 6/ * + + 6/ ) - * +-0 % ) ), . + + 6/ 0 ) * + ) >> ) >C D / D /0 ) - . * +6 D / % ) ), . + + 6/ ) - * +-0 ) . * + D / % ) ), . + + 6/ - * +-0 ) .
+ , 1 A - * 0 / ) . // ) - )01 " ) > F" ? " / " ! A A A #8- 9 > % . /+ )/ % ? ) + 4* + + ) + 4 * +0 / + 4* + #+ 4 & 0 ) ), . ) # .. ' 40 40 - -) / )0 0 . *( / 8- 0 ) ./ : / . : 00 :00 40 - -) D 00 %F"&C 'F"&C #F%FC #F'F EXCX 8 // Use centered protected shrink w/shot surround mode FMTU 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
3*:37 3*:37 % / : ) % .. ) 1 >, + . . 1( % )? )- :'5:=" , -+ , . % % " 1, % .. ) 1 >, . :'5:=" ? $ $ )+ 0 $ . > 1) 1 7% , * ) +0 , . C ) , . ? % " 1, & ) .. ' ) ./ , 0 1) 1 A FILE:LOAD barsmpte.o // Loads file from generator FILE:LOAD Host1:/barsmpte.o // Loads file from file server “Host1”.
3*: **% 3*: **% % / % .. % /- ) 1 :'5#%&''A , % & ) .. ' . ) ./ - 1 ) ) + ) / 1 0 . / & & A FILE:SCREENCAP diamond.bmp 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$ $ % / % .. ) 1 . # . . 1. + - ,+ , . 736 ./ ) 0-,, - + . " ) #6 =# , ' . FMTA MY_FMT . > + .
$) $ % . / % .. =+ ) 4 + 0 ) 1 , , . ) 3 8- ) .. ) @ ' FMTN FMTB ./ ) + *, . : @ .. ) ' *+ ) ) . + A .. ) ) // Initialize format edit buffer // Start format editing session // One or more format editing commands ... FMTE // End format editing session 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$* $ % . / % .. =+ ) , , . ) ' 8- ) .. ) @ ' FMTB ./ ) 4 + ) 1 * 3 *+ + ) @ " # // Start format editing session // One or more format editing commands ...
$(6 $ % / G- 1 1 G- 1 / ' ./ . !0 . . 1. + , . =+ * C , - ) ( . + , . 0-,, , . C + , . ) , . , -.0 ,+ , . . 1C - + , - )C !; ) ; 8- 1 9 !; & FMTG? , ) , - )N + * C - + -.0 ,+ , // Return format error status 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$< $< % / % .. ) 1 . "!" . . 1. ' + . ), . , . . . 1 + , . 0 ) + &" -.0 =+ * C 9 - ) + . - 1 . > + . - 1 / ' 740 . > ./ ? D; ) #6 =# , G- 1 D; 8- 1 + 4 - ), D ) #6 =# , G- 1 1 . FMTK my_fmt1 Appendix A Command Reference // Erase format called my_fmt1 ? 0 ,+ ) .
$3 $3 % / . "!" . . 1. . " , . + / , 8#'G' .. ) + : .. ) + . ,+ , . 1 ) + =- ) , + 88. , ., . ,- + , 1, . . / - 1 - ), . > *+ + , . + . C + . + . , . * + . )- 16 ) ), . + :; 8- 1 + , . / % .. ) 1 - G- 1 =+ / ,#'G3 ) :; 8- 1 - + / , , . * + . 8- , . 0 ,- ) ) ) * + : . > + . - 1 + * ? :; > - 8- ) .. ) + "::@ . ' FMTL VGA_m3 ALLU ./ 0 * ) C + : .. ) ) + , . + . . . 1 > ' &= ? + , . :) + )* + , * 1- * 4 + . 1 C *+ -/0 ) @ .. )? + :; 8- 1 + + . 8. , - ) ,.- / , . + * -.
$% $% & % / . . . 1. 9 ,+ , . + , . ) 0-,, # * .. ) 5 ) + "#3! !" " "#% !" % "#!! &" "##! C C &'# "### #H "$ ! # "$ # # ! "$#3 # "$## # 7 "$# ) 1 F$#! C C #%"A %# ! ### %# @# H %3 $&'# #'F $# H ## $# $# $# ! $# $# 'G@" $# 7 'G@3 $ = 742 8- .. ) 4 * + - + *+ + .. )) . ,+ , . + 0-,, A ) #6 =# , G- 1 1 ) ) = + + -)0 + , .. ) 1 + A; 8- 1 % .. .. A; Appendix A Command Reference . > + . - 1 ? *, . + - 0 , .
G- 1 / ' ./ FMTN // Initialize format buffer FMTN Narf // Initialize format buffer and name the format "Narf" 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$ $ % / % .. . 1 . . 1. # + , . / + , . . / + . )-. + 8- 1 * - + - . ) 1 ) #6 =# / + G- 1 1 G- 1 ), . > + . - 1 ? ; / ' 744 . .
$;6 $ ;0 "# % / . & 0 / ' ./ . , . . , . + , + , . ) + , . 4/ /+ -. 0 , + ) ) -.0 - . 1 . )01 -.0 , + 8- 1 V ) / . + . -.0 , . ) # ) + 8- 1* + / . C - G- 1 1 G- 1 . . 1. -.0 G; W : W XX / -.0 / -.0 ,/ ) , . . . 1 ) + . + - , ) - )# ) + 8- 1* + + . C + + , . , ), . .
$ $ % / % .. ) 1 ' 746 ./ . . . 1. # + ,+ , . . , . ) 0-,, + ) 0-,, , . . . 1- + # FMTL DMT0660 FMTB HRES 654 . . . HTOT 720 FMTE FMTS Appendix A Command Reference // Loads a format for editing // Begins and editing session // Sets the horizontal resolution to 654 pixels // other format parameters // Sets the horizontal total to 720 pixels // Ends the format editing session // Saves format - .
$' $' % / . . . 1. . %+ 4 + , + , . 0-,, , ,+ + )* ) ) * + / - 1) / 1 ) . . N, * ++ + . 1) , - )C ) + ). + @; 8- 1 + , . . . 1 9 ,+ , . 10 -/- 01 + + )* . + + 1 ) )>+ : .. )? , . , . . . 1 C + + . + , . . . 1 - ) = + * C ,+ , . + 0 - ) -/) + + )* + & : .. ) + 0 - )C + @; 8- 1 - 9 % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 @ @; / 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$= = # % / % .. 748 . % + + . . 1. . , . ) 0 H; 8- 1 . . 1 ./1 , - ) ) ) 1 H% G- 1 1 H; Appendix A Command Reference , / . . , ) ) C + 1+ , , . ) ) .
7 & 7 % / %- . . ) 1 /. / 1 0 , . -.0 ,+ 9 + -.0 ,, ) / , +) +* + + 9 - 0 4 - )* =& + F % .. ! + )B > ?/ ) 0 - + , . ) + ) / 1 + , +* + / ) + -.0 + . > , 6 ) ) , )? + ) ) ) C / 1 0 4 + / 0 ) . + , , + / , + ,+ )0 ) ,+ 0 4 , + * =& 0 =+ / -.0 / -.0 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' FORM blue 30 200 ./ ALLU @ .. + )* ) + * + - + ) ) * + * . + "::@ ..
$6 $ ;0 " % . / & - G- 1 1 G- 1 + . - &" ; / ' / , . ./ FRAT? 25.0000 & 750 ) .. ) "@ Appendix A Command Reference 6 $) , .
() 0 % #1 / ./ ./ 0 0% .. ) 1 @( )0 . 1 + / , . ) * * + )C )0 - " + 0 + / . + , . /. , -) ) + ,, ,+ .. ) 0 ) ) + &!3; 8- 1 + , &!3 &!3 $ $ &!3 ,, -) + . - . . .- . . + )C ) $ $ $ ' ./ . S . S >,- ,,? >,- FRGB 255 128 0 FRGB 128 ? // Set foreground color to orange // Set foreground color to a mid-gray level 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
" % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ . # + ) , . + . " 6 #1 + 9 1 , + , . 1 /# ; 8- 1 + + - , ) + - # # . S . S >$ = (#%"A? # ; / 8- ) .. ) /.. ) + + )* C, . 1 + + * ' FSPG FSPP FSPW FSPG // // // // // // ./ FMTU 752 / 0 1 1 20 300 Appendix A Command Reference .- , 0 0 )* + + # ! .. ) + @ - + * + "::@ .. )-/) ) ) * + .
( " % / % .. ) 1 . / ' 0 - 0 . ( 6 #1 + )) 0 # !. ) + ) 9 + 9 1 -/- + # !; 8- 1 - + + "::@ .. # ! S= S =A G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ # !; / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' FSPG 1 FMTU ./ @ .. ) + + )* + + * - + * ) ) * + ) . // Enable Frame Sync // Update hardware to new settings 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
" % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ . . " 6 #1 + ' 0 + + ,+ + ) ) ,, . 9 > ? + ) ) 8- 1 + / 1 9 ) , . 1 0 ,, . 1 , # 1 -/- # / *6 6+ + # 0 + +6 6 * 1 > ? / 1 + # # # S 6 *> /- ? S 6+ +>/ /- ? ; / 8- ) .. ) /.. ) + + )* C, . 1 + + * ' FSPG FSPP FSPW FSPG // // // // // // ./ FMTU 754 / 0 1 1 20 300 Appendix A Command Reference .- , 0 0 )* + + # ! .. ) + @ - + * + "::@ .. )-/) ) ) * + .
8 " % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ . ' / 0 . 8 1 6 #1 + 0 + + * )+ ,+ , . , # 7 9 1 /- + # 7 ; 8- 1 - + - # 7 . S . S = 6 # 7; / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' FSPG FSPP FSPW FSPG FMTU ./ @ .. ) + + )* 1 1 20 300 // // // // // + + * - + * ) ) * + + "::@ .. ) . Enable Frame Sync Set for positive going pulse Make the pulse 20 pixels wide Pulse to occur 300 lines after the last line of active video Update hardware to new settings 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
( ( % / % .. ) 1 . / . 6 ' 0 + - + ,+ ) .. ) .. , + !" "; 8- 1 - + , !" " % % . S . S >, >, ) G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ / 8- ) .. ) 756 ./ / )? / / )? !" " * 1 !" "; % ! .. "::@ ' / , .. GAMC 1 GAMA 2.2 FMTU .- 0 0 )* + + !" % + @ .. ) + )-/) + )* + * .. ) - + ) ) * + // Enable gamma correction in buffer // Set correction factor in buffer // Update hardware to current buffer contents Appendix A Command Reference ) - + * . ..
( ( % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ . ' / . 0 ) 0 - ) 6 0 ) ) // . ,+ ,+ ) .. .. , , - + !" %; 8- 1 10 // ) !" % S) 0 >) U S 0 > ? ? !" %; / 8- ) .. ) + - - ), .. .. ) + + )* + * ' GAMC 1 GAMA 2.2 FMTU ./ * + + !" " .. ) + - + * + "::@ .. ) ) * + . @ )-/) // Enable gamma correction in buffer // Set correction factor in buffer // Update hardware to current buffer contents 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
( *$6 ( % $( / & 758 ) .. * " $ 19 , + )C C )0 - ./ * ++ !%' ; / ' # & ) + -.0 -.0 ,0 )/ G- 1 1 G- 1 # &C !C 3C .
( * 6 ( % $( / & ) .. " , . 19 0 - + , - ))- + 19 ! ' ; / ' # & - G- 1 1 G- 1 * / ./ ) ) - , * )01 + - > + ? PNAU //Pseudo-random noise generated CR //Stop pseudo-random noise GFED? //Returns expected (40018C) and errant (FFFFFF) value of first errored pixel 40018C,FFFFFF A"@ 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
(% $6 ( % # / !A / ' 19 6 & + . - . G- 1 1 G- 1 %0 ! ) -.0 ,/ + , +) 0 . - - ) 0 >+ C ./ ; -.0 ./ $ ,/ PNAU //Pseudo-random noise generated CR //Stop pseudo-random noise GNPT? //Returns 4.255 billion pixels 4.255 & 760 ) .. ) A"@ Appendix A Command Reference , )+ / -) A"@ ..
( *36 ( % # / #+ -) + ,0 ) 0 ; + ! ':; 8- 1 . 1 / . 1> )' A: ) - + )C C )0 - )) A ./ ) + G- 1 / / )0 4* + + -/ C ,+ , ) , * ? * , ) :. +' AA #-// .. + , / &C !C 3 A# ) )) ! ':; 0 & ) 4 + > C 1? ) ./ ,+ / G- 1 1 ' # 19 6 / G- 1 *3 /-#-// F )=-=,& B )=-=,& ) :.
( * 6 ( % # / ) >+ C ./ / 0 , / -) ) + A"@ .. )? ! '&; / ' 19 6 & + / , +) - G- 1 1 G- 1 * / ./ PNAU CR //Pseudo-random noise generated //Stop pseudo-random noise GPER? //Returns 0.88 billion pixel errors 0.88 & 762 ) .. ) A"@ Appendix A Command Reference . - .
( ) ( ) % / % .. ) 1 ! 3/ # + )) ,+ + ! 3/ + )) + 4 ,, + .. ) -) + * )) * 0 . )? + )) + ) + ! 3 .. )C ? + 6 9 )* + A .. ) ? + 6 9 )0 - + / * 6-/ ,6 ,- ) -/ ) ) 0 10 4 ) 1 . . . 1 ) C + ! 3 )) * + )) + ! 3 )) * + C , + - + + . + )) ,+ - ) + ! 3 )) * + + ! 3; 8- 1 + ! 3 )) ,+ ! 3 C 6 G- 1 1 G- 1 ! 3; / ' ./ GPIB 5 // Set GPIB address to 5 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
( & % %- / ( . . /. * + / " . / + . 1 ) % .. ) 1 !& + , + 4 " ,+ ) 0- ) + , ) " ) ), . 8- 1 -.0 / +) ,0 8- 1 / -)+ / . 0 + 1 ) 0 +) )" 1 ,+ ) ) , $ 0 " ) -.0 ,+ 9 0 >+ , , -.0 ,/ ? $ -.0 =+ , 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' GRID gray75 14 10 ./ @ .. ) + + )* ALLU 764 Appendix A Command Reference 0 >+ , , -.0 + + * , ? - + * ) ) * + + "::@ . // Draw a gray75 grid with 14 horizontal // and 10 vertical boxes // Update hardware to current buffer contents ..
( & % / % .. ) 1 %- ( . . # /. * 8- 1 / )+ 9 + /. + / . + 4 ,+ C )+ +) !& " + , . + , + + + 4 ,+ + ) ,+ C + ) / 0 * + + " 0 " -.0 ,/ " -.0 =+ ,/ 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' GRIH green 4 6 ALLU ./ / @ .. ) + + )* + + * - + * ) ) * + + "::@ .. ) . // Draw green grid with 4-pixel lines and 6-pixel spaces // Update hardware to current buffer contents 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
( & % / % .. ) 1 %- ( . . # /. * / 8- 1 / ) + , . + - + ) )* + * 1 / - 1) * / . + / . + , + ,+ C + ) )+ +) + + 4 ,+ / 0 * + !& $ " ) + /. + + 4 ,+ + C " 0 " -.0 ,/ " -.0 =+ ,/ 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' GRIV cyan 16 16 ./ @ .. ) + + )* ALLU 766 / Appendix A Command Reference + + * - + * ) ) * + + "::@ . // Draw cyan grill with 16-pixel lines // and 16-pixel spaces // Update hardware to current buffer contents ..
( %( ( % ( % $) ! / % .. + ) 1 !&A! G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ & ) ) S) 0 S 0 !&A!; / 8- ) .. ) "::@ .. 3:@!C &' ! ' ) ./ 4 + GRNG 0; ALLU .. ) // disable green video component 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$ & % / % .. ) 1 %- $1 . . 1 0 /. * + +) +) +, . + )6 - , ), . 0 + /. + + ) ) + + , + / + 4 ,+ , -.0 , / + + 9 / + 4 ,+ -.0 , " + / + 4 ,1 0 C + ,0 / ) + ) ,+ + +" / ) 8- 1 " 1 . / ) 0- ) 8- 1 / / . ,+ ) + . 1 - + , ) +) + 1 ) , ) - C + . 1 1 + ,0 0 " " ) -.0 , ) 1 . + , . + )) -.0 , ) 0 -)+ 0 +1 $ 0 " ) -.0 ,+ 9 0 >+ , , -.0 ,/ ? $ -.0 =+ , 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' HATI green 15 9 ./ @ .. ) + + )* ALLU 768 0 Appendix A Command Reference >+ , , -.
$7 & % %- / $1 . . * + " 1 . + . ) 1 /. + +, . + - ) 6 , ), . +) " / + 4 + , ) 1 ) , ) " + ) / )) ) + 0 + + 9 0 % .. 1 70 " = " ) ) -.0 , +) / ) 8- 1 , $ 0 " ) -.0 ,+ 9 0 >+ , , -.0 ,/ ? $ -.0 =+ , 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' HATO yellow 15 9 ./ ALLU 0 @ .. ) + + )* >+ , , -.0 + + * , ? - + * ) ) * + + "::@ .. ) . // Draw a yellow grid with 15 horizontal // and 9 vertical boxes // Update hardware to current buffer contents 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
6 7'$>: % / 6@7'$/: 6 % 5 + % 8- 1 G- 1 1 5 - ) % ; C% % D % ' ./ + -.0 ,, . =@ C =@ S =@ OUT1:HDCP? 2000 )) 770 0 Appendix A Command Reference .
)( 0 )"# / % .. 5 + 01/ ) ) 1 =+ & ) - 31/ - ) 0 * - + -/) + 3!; 8- 1 + - )) 0 + + /- 01/ /$ , + + /- ,+ - ! 3! G- 1 1 G- 1 ( S 0 S' 0 3!; / 8- ) .. ) + + .. + + ' ) ./ HPBG 1 HPBG? .. ) ) .. 8- ) ) // Enables hot plug bypass // Queries the current status of the hot plug bypass 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
8 0 / % .. 5 + ) 1 G- 1 1 =+ & ) 772 - - 7 )+ 19 2 + /- /- 1 .. ) - ) + /- * )+ ,+ ; < " % ++ 2+++ 7; / $ 8- ) .. ) + + .. + + ' 8 7 $ $ G- 1 0 ) ./ HPPW 175 HPPW? .. ) ) ..
$ $ % / % .. ) 1 . / . 6 $) - # + , 8- 1 8&" ) ) )01 $ = + &" ; 8- 1 + - 8) + 9 = .- / )01 &" . 8#%"A .- / )01 + , . , 8- 1 &" % : % : G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ / 1/ . S 1/ . S 9>, 9 >, / )? / / )? &" ; , 8- 1 8- ) .. ) + -/) @ .. ) + + )* ' HRAT 32768 FMTU ./ / 9>, / + + * )? - + * ) ) * + + "::@ .. ) . // Set 32.768 kHz rate in buffer // Update hardware to current buffer contents HRAT 32.768E3 FMTU // Set a 32.
* * % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ ' / . 6 $) 0 + + -.0 , &'# , / / + &'#; 8- 1 - + - &'# . S . )/ ) $&'# ). ) , &'#; / 8- ) .. ) ' 774 . 0 ./ + "::@ HRES 480 ALLU .. )-/) + )* + * // Set 480 active pixels line in buffer // Configure hardware and redraw image Appendix A Command Reference ) ) * + .
= = % / . ' / + + 9 /+1 1 ) + ).- // # H; 8- 1 + " " 8 .E & " % ) 1 #H " " G- 1 =+ / 8- ) .. ) ' ./ 9 ,+ . + ) / 1@ . ) * +@# H .. ) + 0 * 0 ) ) .. ) , #H " 8 .E % F .E $ % " ) / )> # H .. ) 3 ) ' " F .E "" & ) ) / G- 1 1 6 $) 0 + - )? + % .. . - >, / / )? # H; & - /+1 9 >, + ,. .. )-/) * 9 FMTB USIZ 1 HSIZ 10.4 VSIZ 7.8 ALLU FMTE // // // // // // // // // / - - .- 0 / / 1 + )* + * - )? 01@# H 0 , ) ) * + # H + "::@ .
" % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ 776 . / . 0 6 #1 + " 9 ' 0 + + ) 10 * + ) + 9 1 /+ # ; 8- 1 ) - ,0 4 + - )+ ) , # ) ,+ # . S . S # = 6 &'# 6 # 7 ; / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' HSPD 16 FMTU ./ @ .. ) + + )* + + * - + * ) ) * + + "::@ . // Set 16 pixel pulse delay in buffer // Update hardware to current buffer contents Appendix A Command Reference ..
( " % / % .. ) 1 . / ' 0 - . )) 0 # !. ) 0 6 #1 + + ) ( 9 + 9 1 -/- + # !; 8- 1 - + # ! S= S =A G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ # !; / 8- ) .. ) - ) + 9 1 C) / ### .. ) + @ .. ) + "::@ .. )-/) + + )* . ' HSPG 1 FMTU ./ )$ 1 + + * .- 0 )* + + - + * ) ) * + // Enable H sync output in buffer // Update hardware to current buffer contents 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
" % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ 778 . / . 0 6 #1 + " 9 ' 0 + + ,+ ) + 9 + ) ) ,+ 9 1 0 + ) ) ,+ 9 1 0 8- 1 + / 1 , # 1 -/- # *6 6+ + + +6 6 * / # 1 / + # 1 ; # # S 6 *> /- ? S 6+ +>/ /- ? ; / 8- ) .. ) - ) + 9 / )$ 1 + + )* + * ' HSPP 0 HSPG 1 SSST 1 FMTU ./ // // // // 1 C .- 0 ) * + + # ! .. ) )) .. ) + @ .. .- 0 )* + + ### - + * + "::@ .. )-/) + ) ) * + .
8 " % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ . ' / . 0 6 #1 + 0 + + * )+ ,+ + 9 , # 7 8 1 9 1 /- + # 7 ; 8- 1 - + - # 7 . S . S = 6 &'# 6 # # 7; / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' HSPW 32 FMTU ./ @ .. ) + + )* + + * - + * ) ) * + + "::@ .. ) . // Set pulse width to 32 pixels in buffer // Update hardware to current buffer contents 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$7$ $7$ # % / . / . ' 0 + - + 6 $) , + / 8!" % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ 780 -.0 = $ # - ,/ / + 9 &" .- / )01 " , % " % % &.% $ % F(#! @ .. ) + + )* + + = ; 8- 1 - + = % % F!G! % $ % " & = = ; / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' HTOT 800 FMTU ./ + * - + * ) ) * + + "::@ . // Set total to 800 // Update hardware to current buffer contents Appendix A Command Reference ..
6 " % / . . & - + / G- 1 1 G- 1 $ / ' -.0 ./ ) .. ) ) 6 #1 + 10 * " 9 + + 9 ) 1 /- ; ,/ HVPD? // read pixel delay between HSYNC and VSYNC pulses 1 & # 0 // one pixel delay A 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
" % / . : / + - ) 1 G- 1 =+ 782 9 -.0 ,/ , . + , . 2 . 1# "A"! ) , . + $#"; 8- 1 ) ,+ $#" C G- 1 1 6 #1 + + / ) 8- )01 . , $#" % .. . K0 ) + # 7 $#"; / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' HVSA 30; ALLU ./ @ .. ) + + )* Appendix A Command Reference + + * - + * ) ) * + + "::@ . ..
/ 6 7'$>:/ / % 6@7'$/:/ # ' / ) 6@ ( :/ % "- . 1 ) ) / ,) %/ + / ,) C 0)) + 8- 1 ) , =@ $!" ) / ) + "#% 'F 93.3H $ &!" . (I: &! " "95(G % " 95(G & G- 1 1 >' &= * + 601 )) ? 5 %&; 0- J . G- 1 1 >' &= * + ) -0 601 )) ? 5 %&; / . G- 1 1 >) / 6 + .. ) % 0- , -/- " -. 95(G " H %% , %% %% 5 %&; ) ) , . / , )C + / . H " 95(G " J % J % %% J % ? =@ C =@ S =@ =@ $!" S $!" > / 8- ) %% J % ' ./ + 6 ? )> / .C / .
' ./ + .. ) ) ,- 01 - , . + . $ +/ , + i2cr? tv 89 00 04 82021402 ' ./ + .. ) ) + % 34 - , . i2cr? 74 00 05 07BE05CEA9 ' ./ + .. +/ , + ) ) * 01 , - , . + . i2cr? HT1 7a 00 02 0002 & 784 ) ..
/ 8 7'$>:/ 8 @7'$/:/ 8 @ ( :/ 8 / # 8 % ' / ) % 7 *0 1) ) / ,) %/ + .. )* ) + / ,) C 0)) + % 0- , / , )C + 8- 1 ) , =@ $!" ) / ) + -/- " -. / . "#% 'F 93.3H &!" . K $ K" " "" 95(G &!" % .. ) 1 >' &= * + 601 )) ? 5 %7 0- J . % .. ) 1 >' &= * + ) -0 601 )) ? 5 %7 % .. >) 5 %7 ) 1 / 95(G %% H , H " 95(G 6 "$ & % %% & %% / . %% J % %% ? =@ C =@ S =@ =@ $!" S $!" > / 8- ) %% ' ./ + 6 ? )> / .C / . C $C 0- >+ ? )) >+ ? )) ,, >+ ? + ) + 1 -* .
' ./ + .. )* ,- 01 - , . + i2cw tv 89 00 04 FFFFFFFF & 786 ) .. ) F C %&; >=@ Appendix A Command Reference 5 %&;C =@ 5 %&;C $!"5 %&;? .
(' ( % , / % .. & ) @/) ) 1 ' .. . ' 4 + )* * + - , . !@ ./ ) IFTG 14 IFGU !C &C F! C F"$ C F# 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$( $"# ( % , / . ! 4 + , . 01 1/ + . % ) 1 - - =& )* + + " .% 9.#7 9#H6? H ; % .. 4 , - " 9.# ?<& ! "0 . $"# 40 ) + , . 1/ - 0 ! " "$ # "@ ! ! 3 ' ./ + , ./ . ? 0 + IFTG 14 IFGU & 788 ) .. ) !@C & Appendix A Command Reference "@ > ?C # > ?C )"$ > ? !C ! " )! 3 , . , .
$ $"# % , / . #/ , # 4 , 1 , . 0 1/ 4 / 0 )>, . ? % ) 1 + " .% 9.#7 9#H6? H ; % .. > , !@ , .. ) - )?C " 9.# ?<& & "0 . $"# 40 ) + , . 1/ - 0 ! " "$ # "@ ! ! 3 ' ./ + ./ 1, . C / , ) + + "@ > ? )"$ > ? , , . 1/ + -)0 . + -)0 / )* + IFTR 10 IFGU & ) .. ) !C !@ 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
( ( % / % .. ) 1 . . . 1. # + - ,+ . 790 ./ ) 0-,, - + . !" ) #6 =# , ' . IMGA MY_IMG . > + .
() ( % . / % .. =+ ) 4 + 0 ) 1 , . ) !3 8- ) .. ) @ ' IMGN IMGB ./ ) + * . @ !: .. ) !' *+ ) ) + . !A .. ) ) // Initialize image edit buffer // Start image editing session // One or more image editing // commands ... IMGE // End image editing session 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
(* ( % . / % .. =+ ) 4 + ) 1 ) , . ) !' 8- ) .. ) @ ' IMGB ./ * !3 *+ + ) @ !" !# // Start image editing session // One or more image editing commands ...
(< ( < % . . . 1. / . + . % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 . 01 . )6 1 + 8- 1 C + 8- 1 ,+ - . ). 0 ) ) , !D ) #6 =# , . > + . - 1 ? ) #6 =# , . > + . - 1 ? !D; / ' ./ IMGK MY_IMG // Delete dir called "MY_IMG" 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
(3 ( 3 % / . . . 1. " . #'G' .. ) . ,+ . . + + - !: 1 / , 8.. ) ) + / *+ 0 * + ,#'G3 ) !:; 8- 1 + =- ) , + 8) C + !: .. ) / + . + 8. , . . . . 1 + . ) 0-,, + 8- 1 ,+ . ). 0 ) )C + * 9 > ? - ) % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ 794 . - > ? !: ) #6 =# , . > + . - 1 ? ) #6 =# , . > + . - 1 ? !:; / 8- ) .. ) " "::@ . + ' IMGL MY_IMG IMGU ./ !@ .. ) ) * ).- 0 - ) , + - -) + // Load "MY_IMG" dir in edit buffer // Draw contents of buffer Appendix A Command Reference !: ..
(% ( % & % / % .. ) 1 . ) 9 8- 1 * + . - + G- 1 / ' ./ ) ) + . + . U . U . + !A / G- 1 1 ) 0-,, + . . + + 0 ) #6 =# , . > + . - 1 ? !A; . IMGN // Init edit buffer without assigning a new name IMGN MY_IMG // Init edit buffer with name of "MY_IMG" 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
( ( % . / . . 1. # . % .. ) 1 >, + . . 1( % )? 1 + / + ! . . / + G- 1 1 + - $ L )+ . > . > + . - 1 ? $ , * ) +0 , . C ) , . ? ! ; . > + . - 1 ? / ' ./ IMGP FINAL // Sets image pathname to a directory called "FINAL". IMGP hostname1: 796 - " ) #6 =# , G- 1 1 + 8- 1 * " ! ? ) . ) #6 =# , % .. ) 1 >, . Appendix A Command Reference // Sets image pathname to "HOSTNAME1" file server.
(;6 ( ;0 "# % / . / ' ./ . -.0 . + . & 0 G- 1 1 G- 1 . . 1. . ) , . + 4/ , + . /+ -. ) . . . 1 ) !G; : / -.0 / -.0 ,/ ,). . IMGQ? 1 5 // List the first five images in memory IMGQ? 1 9999 // List all images in memory 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
( ( % / % .. 798 ) 1 . . . 1. # + . . 1 - !# Appendix A Command Reference . ,+ , . *+ + * U - . .
(' ( ' % % .. . . . 1. / * + . ) ) 1 !@ G- 1 1 G- 1 . . 0 . . 1 ) + - ,+ . , . *+ + + - + !@; 8- 1 ,+ . * !@; / 6 ' ./ + - +6 IMGL BriteBox IMGU >' &= ? // Select the BriteBox test image // Draw the selected test image 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
%$ %$ % / " 0 / & + ) / , + ,+ + U &" + -+ ./ % .. 800 ) 1 ) 16) , 0 )!" . .
% / % .. # ) 1 + - ,+ . +, ) 0-,, - + / ,) . # "% % ) #6 =# , ' & ) .. ./ ) ISHA Myshift1 . > + . - 1 ? // Saves with the name Myshift1 # 3C # 'C # !C # DC # :C # AC # C # G;C # #C # @C F # 5 F # 5 " C F # 5#&%AC F # 5 A%C F # 5 B C F # 5$ A% 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
) ) % / % .. =+ & 802 ) 4 + 0 ) 1 # 3 8- ) .. ) @ ' ISHB .. ./ ) + , . # : .. ) * . +, , @ +, ) ) # ' *+ . ) +, , + ) # A ..
* * % / % .. =+ & ) 4 + ) 1 # ' 8- ) .. ) @ ' ISHE .. ./ ) ) , . # # *+ +, ) + ) @ # # # " + // End imageshift editing session # "C # 3C # !C # DC # :C # AC # C # G;C # #C # @C F # 5 F # 5 " C F # 5#&%AC F # 5 A%C F # 5 B C F # 5$ A% 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
( ( % / % .. ' 0 )) # !. ) ) 1 0 + . +, ,- + # !; 8- 1 - + # ! S= S =A G- 1 1 G- 1 / ' & 804 ) # !; .. ./ ) ISHG 1 //Enables the image shifting function.
< < % / % .. + ) 1 # D / ,). +, , "7% "7% + ) 1/ + ) ) #6 =# , + , 0 ) ) ,+ , 0 ) . ) ' & ) .. ./ ) ISHK Myshift1 . > + . 1 ? , ) + ) , - / +C + "7. 10 // Deletes the imageshift file named Myshift1 # "C # 3C # 'C # !C # :C # AC # C # G;C # #C # @C F # 5 F # 5 " C F # 5#&%AC F # 5 A%C F # 5 B C F # 5$ A% 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
3 3 % / % .. : ) + ) 1 # : - , . + / ,). +, , "7% "7% + ) 1/ + ) ) #6 =# , . > + . + , 0 ) ) ,+ , 0 )) + ) , - / +C + . ) ' & 806 ) .. ./ ) ISHL Myshift1 ? , "7.
% % & % / % .. % ) 1 * . +, , * + + . / , )01 % . - 1 # A% % ) #6 =# , ' ./ + ./ ISHN Myshift1 & ) .. ) . > + , + "% + 7 "% ? ) 1 + //Creates an imagefile named Myshift1 # "C # 3C # 'C # !C # DC # :C # C # G;C # #C # @C F # 5 F # 5 " C F # 5#&%AC F # 5 A%C F # 5 B C F # 5$ A% 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
1 % % .. / # ) 1 # + ) ,- . " " / + G- 1 1 G- 1 ' # / +, / + ) 1 . +, , ; " ./ + ./ + ) ,- / + + 7 "% ) 1 ISHP /tffs0/library/imageshifts ' ./ + ./ 8- + , + - . +, / + ISHP? //Query for the current imageshift path /tffs0/library/imageshifts //current path & 808 ) ..
;6 ;0 "# % / & ) G- 1 1 G- 1 & ) .. 1 G- . / +, , )1 * . , . + - 1 +- + , + . ,, . +, , # G; / ' ,-/ : ./ ) ,. ISHQ? ISHQ? +, , . //List the first 5 imageshift filenames. //List the nezt 5 imageshift filenames. # "C # 3C # 'C # !C # DC # :C # AC # C # #C # @C F # 5 F # 5 " C F # 5#&%AC F # 5 A%C F # 5 B C F # 5$ A% 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
% / % .. & 810 ) # + . +, , # A .. )+ 0 #+, . - + , . - )C + + - 0 + )) + # A .. ) + ) ,- , . ) 1 # # ' ISHN Newshift //Creates a new imageshift file named NEWSHIFT ISHB //Begins an imageshift editing session XISH:SRCN cache0/images/SMPTEBar //selects the SMPTEBar image XISH:PATH 0,0 150,20 //Sets the imageshift path x,y coordinates XISH:TTYP 1 //Sets the trace type to Repeat (1) ISHE //Ends the imageshift editing session ISHS //Saves the values to the NEWSHIFT file .. .
' ' % / % .. & ) "// + - ) 1 # @ ' ISHL Newshift ISHU .. ./ ) . +, , - + + )* //Loads the imageshift file named NEWSHIFT //Applies NEWSHIFT values to the hardware # "C # 3C # 'C # !C # DC # :C # AC # C # G;C # #C F # 5 F # 5 " C F # 5#&%AC F # 5 A%C F # 5 B C F # 5$ A% 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$ 6 $# % / . " ) * + ) G- 1 1 # ; # ; 0-,, =+ 812 8- ) .. ) " 0 ,, + , .* 60 ,/ . - + -.0 , / ) . ) )C 0- 6 / + - 0 / ) - , 0 ) - . . + ,+ / + +1 ) 0-,, + - . . + ) . . .- + 0 !3 .. )* + + Appendix A Command Reference + . . . ) )* + + ) !: .. ) ) ) .
') # )0 % / #1 ./ . . . ,+ . + + + #@3; 8- 1 % .. ) 1 # /4 1 - + - ,, * , , , #@3 #@3 S= S =A G- 1 1 G- 1 #@3; / ' ./ IMGL SlideBox ISUB 1 IVER 1 IMGU // // // // Load image Enable alternate versions Load version 1 Update display 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
* * % / % .. ) 1 #1 ./ . . *+ + 0 * ,#'G3 + $'&; 8- 1 - , . )#'G' + =- ) , + 8. ) * *+ + - ) - ), + / , .. ) + $'& .. ) 1 ) + / C + $'& .. ) + "::@ !@ .. , $'& 8- *+ *+ + ,+ - ) + $'&; 8- 1 ) $'& SA . S G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ 814 ) / 1 $'&; / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' IMGL Text_9 IVER 1 IMGU ./ !@ .. + )* ) ) * ) ) * . + . + * * ++ + "::@ * // Select image with white text on black // Select inverted with black on white // Draw the image as selected Appendix A Command Reference ..
L L0 % / . ' ? , % .. ) 1 "# ) 0 , + -// ) * 0 6 -/+ .. ) 4 * * , 8- 1/ . B+ , / . ,1 -* 6 ) 6 9, JDVI upper_pixel_rate lower_pixel_rate , G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ - ), + / ,+ 6 ) / . 5 ? -// , 8- 1/ . ) + 0 + - 0- 1 -+ + )/ . + ) ,+ -// . ) 9, + * . / -.0 8- + ) )/ 9 JDVI? / 8- ) .. ) ' ./ + "::@ .. )-/) JDVI 165E06 20E06 ALLU JDVI 170E06 25E06 ALLU JDVI 175E06 23E06 + )* + * ) ) * + .
L3 L0 % / % .. ) 1 . "# ) # + + 9 : - ) ) / )- + / + / C+ 9 / . + - G- 1 =+ 816 . / . ,+ . ) C + ) ,*+ 4 / + , * / . 1 ) 1 / C ) + + / )C , . 1 + ) 0-,, > + 9? + / . ) + 9 / 0 )5 + 9 / C+ 9 )+ 9 1 /- * ) + / + . )C / 0 I: , G- 1 1 3 / -.0 8- + ) )/ 9 I: ; / 8- ) .. ) + "::@ .. Appendix A Command Reference )-/) + )* + * ) ) * + .
L $ L0 % / . # / "# ) + + 9 . + 9 + 9 . % .. ) 1 8- ) .. ) ' ./ / / 1 /)C . / . ,+ , . ) / )- + / 0 + , C+ 9 / C+ 9 * )+ / + / . / 0 + 1 + ) 0-,, + *+ 4 / + + 9 * / . )5 1 ) 1 / C ) ) + + / )C - I&" , =+ $ + "::@ / .. -.0 )-/) 8- + ) + )* )/ + 9 * ) ) * + . JRAT 202.000E6 // Adjust timing to a 202.000 MHz clock FMTU // Update hardware to current buffer contents 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
3 6 3 % / 818 #1 0 ./ & - G- 1 1 :% #; ' LCDS? ./ .
3* 6 3* % / #1 0 ./ . & + - ,+ U + )* ) . -.0 + -.0 / ) + - ,+ + )4 1 + . / + * 1 / + -.0 , 6) 0 1 -.0 " / C , . #3 :#3C / ) , * + )* 5 -/# / % ./ " % ./ 3- ) ! & ) ) G- 1 1 G- 1 / ' ./ > #3? > #T$#? #1 #1 #1 ) ) ) 0 ) ) " )=A + 0 ) 0 ) . ) >:#3? :' #; ) . -.0 , . LEDS? // Returns the following number when the outputs are gated ON, separate // HS & VS is selected, the red, green and blue video channels are // enabled and the primary version of an image is selected.
3* 3* % / % .. ) 1 . ' . . 1. 0 1- # . . + ./ >&C!C3? 1 . :'$ $ $ -.0 G- 1 1 G- 1 / . , :'$ ; / & - ' ./ LEVP 33 // Sets the color component values for R,G,B to 33% of maximum color ' ./ LEVP? // Returns a value representing a percent of color component values // Indicates that the color component value is 45% of maximum 45 820 + - Appendix A Command Reference / / , .
3* : 3* % / % .. ) 1 . ' , . . 1. 0 1+ ./ :'$ 5 0 # . . + ./ ) )- 1 >&C!C3? - 1 . > ? $ ./ + &C !C 3 $ -.0 G- 1 1 :'$ 5 + . , ; ./ G- 1 / + &C !C 3 / & - ' ./ LEVP:R 33 // Sets the red color component values to 33% of maximum color ' ./ LEVP:G 90 // Sets the green color component values to 33% of maximum color ' .
3 & % %- 3 . . / + / % .. ) 1 /. . 4 + ), 6 + / ). 4 + , ) ) + + /. ) ) - " :6 + / ). 4 / + ) , ) C ) . / . 5 ) : 0 =+ 822 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' LIMI white ALLU ./ @ .. + )* ) + * + - + ) ) * + * . + "::@ // Place white markers that define active video area // Update hardware to current buffer contents Appendix A Command Reference ..
3 %* & % / % .. ) 1 %- 3 %* . . * / . /. 0 * 5 + 1* / ) C1 ) + / , 0 + + 4 + /. - , )/ :A' 0 , , / =+ , -.0 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' LINE yellow 20 5 320 240 // Draw yellow line from X=20, Y=5 to X=320, Y=240 ./ ALLU @ .. + )* ) + * + - + ) ) * + * . + "::@ .. ) // Update hardware to current buffer contents 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
3 9 0 % . / % .. # ) 1 / : "F $ 824 : "F; ' : "F .. ) ) ./ ) ./ + . + , *+ # . // .-. / . 0 + ) ,. 1 + 8- 1 $ ) .- N .- G- 1 1 ) 3 $ - ./ 6 + . .-. 8- 9 ,+ )/ ) + -.0 ,0 / 8- + + . .-. 0 * ) + , + . .-. $ & . 20 , . *+ (( : AC A3 %C + . $G Appendix A Command Reference *+ A3 % .-. ) A3 % .- N 8- 9 .
3 % 0 % . / % .. / + . .-. 8- 9 , 0 4N+ * C . // + 8- 1 ) + - ) 1 : A$ : A; ' : A .. ) ) ,+ ./ ) . 1 8- + + . , + . .-. , 0 .-. 4 + ) ,0 + + $ ) .- N G- 1 1 ./ 3 $ - ) 6 # $ & . 20 (( : "FC A3 %C , . *+ *+ A3 % + . .-. ) A3 % .- N 8- .- N *+ *+ A3 % A3 % .- 9 $G 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
3 6 3 6 % / : G- 1 1 G- 1 & ) ' 826 ,+ - ) :#; / .. + : ) ./ ,, . A LS? barpulse.o boxquart.o diamond.o tceburst.o barsmpte.
3 9:3 ( 3# " % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 :/#1 ' " ! 0 (" ) 0 * ! 4 ! 19 :/#1 19 , - /1 :#"F5:#! S) 0 S 0 :#"F5:#! ; / ' ./ LSAX:LSGM 1 LSAX:LSGU // Enable LipSync testing // Update hardware to new settings 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
3 9:3 (' 3# " % / % .. 828 :/#1 ! (" @/) + )* * + - ) 1 :#"F5:#!@ ' LSAX:LSGM 1 LSAX:LSGU ./ " Appendix A Command Reference ' 19 :/#1 19 -/ - // Enable LipSync analyzer testing // Update hardware to new settings ) + .
3 9: 3 $6 3# " % / G- 1 1 G- 1 / ' ./ :/#1 ! G- *+ +) " (" 7 19 . > -) ) ? ), 01 / 1 19 :#"F5 :" ; S ) ), S -) ), LSAX:PLAT? // Returns data stream received first 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
3 9: $( 3# " % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 ! ! (" /1 :#"F5& # 19 19 . - . / ! S) 0 S 0 :#"F5& 0 !; / ' 830 :/#1 " .
3 9:$3 $6 3# " % / G- 1 1 G- 1 / ' ./ :/#1 " ! G- (" 1>) 0 4 -) ) ) 3 " 19 1? 0 * )01 / 1 19 :#"F5 :" ; -.0 , LSAX:TLAT? ) ) 1 // Returns latency between audio and video data streams 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
3 (9:3 ( 3# " % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 ' ! 0 * (" ) 0 ! 4 ! 19 :/#1 , - /1 :#!F5:#! S) 0 S 0 :#!F5:#! ; / ' 832 :/#1 ( .
3 (9:3 (' 3# " % / % .. ' :/#1 ! (" @/) + )* * + - ) 1 :#!F5:#!@ ' LSGX:LSGM 1 LSGX:LSGU ./ ( 19 :/#1 -/ - ) + . // Enable LipSync testing // Update hardware to new settings 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
3 (9: 3 $ 3# " % :/#1 / ( ! . 7 (" 19 *+ +) . > -) ) ? , )> ?, , /1 . % .. ) 1 :#!F5 :" S ) ) 1 )? , ), > ) + ) 4 / \ -) S -) 1 )? , ), > ) + -) 4 / \ ) ) G- 1 1 G- 1 / ' 834 :#!F5 :" ; ./ LSGX:PLAT 1 LSGX:TLAT 0.
3 (9:$3 $ 3# " % / % .. ) 1 :/#1 ( ! # 0 (" 1>) 4 3 " 19 1? 0 * -) ) ) , /1 . :#!F5 :" ) G- 1 1 G- 1 :#!F5 :" ; / ' ./ LSGX:PLAT 1 LSGX:TLAT 0.5 LSGX:LSGU // Audio is sent first for lipsync test image // Latency between audio and video in lipsync test image // Update hardware to new settings 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
3 ( 3 % / % .. ) 1 " . / ' 0 - 0 ( . )) 0 :# ! . ) + ) + 9 1 -/- + :# !; 8- 1 - + :# ! S= S =A G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ 836 :# !; / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' LSPG 1 FMTU ./ @ .. ) + + )* + + * - + * ) ) * + // Enable Line Sync // Update hardware to new settings Appendix A Command Reference + "::@ . ..
3 3 % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ " . / 0 . " 6 #1 + ' 0 + + ) ) , 1 ) ) , 1 / 1 ,:# 9 ,+ ) 1 0 *6 6+ + 0 + +6 6 * -/- # / 1 # / 1 + :# ; 8- 1 - + + + :# # S 6 *> /- ? S 6+ +>/ /- ? ; / 8- ) .. ) ) .. ) + + )* /- C + + * ' LSPG LSPP LSPW LSPG // // // // // // ./ FMTU 1 1 20 300 1 .- , 0 0 )* + + :#; .. ) + - + * + "::@ .. )-/) ) ) * + .
7 * 0 % / #1 ./ # + + 7 * . / ..4 ,, + 0 -)C / 1C ) 0 C / . .. ) /0 C , )6 . ) ) + , 1) , + ) + 4 >+ ) + 4 ?C ) + / % .. ) 1 = ' " C A SA " C C C C ' S' -.0 ,) -.0 , " C C C C C 0 ( = S =)) 0 5 /0 5 " A SA S )* >% #(& #? A SA BSB6 ' ./ MODE 9600 N 8 1 H N MODE 2400 838 ).
= 1 % / % .. ) 1 #1 = ./ . ' 0 + + /+1 9 ,+ +. 0 ) / 1) + 3 3 . + ,. - - ) 0 ) + ,+ 1 . @# H .. ) ,, + 9 ,+ 0 + . %+ + 9 * + + 1) / 1 ) . + # H; 8- 1 + , #H0 ) + ,+ 1 . @# H .. ) #H "" #H " ) ) / 8G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ , -.0 ) 0 # H; / "C " " 8- ) .. ) + + ' USIZ 1 MSIZ 2.0 IMGL BriteBox IMGU ./ / - ,. - + -)0 )* + + @# H .. )/ 9 // // // // Select inches for units Set size to 2.
'$* 0 % / % .. 4 . >"-) # ' 0 -) ) 1 0 )) ) ) 0 ) . ? + "-) ($ ) .- )01 + - >"$ @ '? , - 7+ 0 )C @ '% % G- 1 1 G- 1 S) 0 >"$ @ 'J S 0 >"$ @ 'J J, J, / / )1? )1? @ '; / ' ./ 0 "$ @ '5 MUTE 1 MUTE? @ / 840 + @ '; + * 1? Appendix A Command Reference - - 1 + 4- + "$ @ ' + )>.
% 6 % % / G- 1 1 1 ) & . A" + ) -.0 + 0-,, + 1* + . - , , . + ) , - )C 1 ) 0-,, - , + , - ) ; ) #6 =# , G- 1 ,+ ) . > + . - 1 ? / ' ./ NAMF? VGA_m4 // Return position of VGA_m4 in directory 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
% % % / % .. ) 1 1 ) + . * + ) 8+ ) + ) 1 ) 0-,, C ) + + . ) 0-,, / " -.0 - ), ) / @ -.0 , 0 1 )+ . + ) / V - 0 1 )+ . + .. , ) ) + ./ + ./ . > + + ", . . - 1 + 4 0 DIRL FMT DIRB NAMI 1 DMT0660A DIRE DIRS 842 ' ./ NAMI 5 FOCUS1 ' ./ NAMI -6 BARS ' .
% < % % / % .. ) 1 < 1 ) + . , . + ) 1 ) 0-,, " + + ) ,+ ) ) . . ) + A + + // , . , - ) + 0-,, ./ * + ) ) - + 0-,, A" D ) #6 =# , ' . * NAMK VGA_m4 . > + . - 1 ? // Remove VGA_m4 from dir 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
% ;6 % ;0 " % / 1 ) & - -.0 . , . + + . + - , - . # ) + 8- 1* +V + . C + + , . + ) G- 1 1 G- 1 844 , . + ) 1 ) 0-,, 0 0 , + ) 1 . )01 , + 8- 1 ) / . C* - + . -.0 ) # ) + 8- 1* + / . 1 0-,, - ) , . * - A" G; / -.0 / -.0 / : ,/ ,) ' ./ NAMQ? 1 9999 ' ./ NAMQ? 1 10 NAMQ? 21 NAMQ? 1 . , .
% A % % A 1 ) / ) + 0-,, % .. ) 1 A" B ' NAMY 2 ./ + . + ) + + ) + 0-,, A + + // -.0 , . + ) 1 ) 0-,, " ,+ ) ) . . ) + , ) 0 1 )+ ) -.0 , . * * + ) . // Remove second item from dir 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
%) %0 ! % . / % .. / ) . 846 ) .. -) ./ , -) / , ) ' "(%'"6 63C 0 + ? + ## / . A3 " > & # 6 "-) # + -.0 ,0 / , + "-) , . > ) 1 ' 0 ./ ) . -) > ' 1? > ' 1? NBPA 16 IFGU F"@ >## / . Appendix A Command Reference ?C #" .) . + -.0 ,0 / .
%) %0 ! % . / % .. / # ) 1 ) + # . -.0 6 ,0 / ) ./ > ) /+? A3 % C C C )/ ) -/- 70 #0 %) $ $ :$ # > &!3 B%0% # ' & ) .. ./ ) 6# 5 5 B%0% -/- 5 5 60 ) ? ) ? > 60 -/C C 5 5 NBPC 10 FMTU $# C $G 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
% %0 ! % . / / . 6 ) #/ , + -.0 , 4 / / >) -0 6 )- 1 ) ), . > ?+ / > , 9? 8- )01 + # 4 * L) -0 6 4 M - ) + , 8- 1 4 , , *+ ? # . + 0 * + . .-. / , + C , # 4 / 0 -0 6 4 )01 + A% , . / . 7 + A% > . 6 4 )?C +/ C -/- 01 + C / )* + 4 /+ C + / 8+ # 4 31 A% >) -0 6 4 )?C * 4 ))+/ / ) )+ # 4 ) . + / A % .. ) 1 + ) -0 . . A% % % & ) .. ' 848 ) .
% %0 ! % . / % .. / 0 . 6 "-) # + -.0 ,) , + "-) , . > ) 1 1 -) / + ,) , -) ' "(%'"6 63C 0 + ? + %% / . A "% " " ' & )% .. ./ ) NDAC 2 ALLU F"@ >%% / . ? 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
% %0 ! % / . # / + 0 . 6 "-) -.0 ,) , % .. ) 1 A "# >) , - ? ' 850 ./ NDAS 1 IFGU Appendix A Command Reference -) .
%* 6 %0 ! % / G- 1 1 G- 1 / #1 * 20 0 . . . 1. & - + -.0 . , * 0 / ) + 8- - A'&&; -.0 , 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
%3%< %0 ! % . / / ) 1 . . -// % .. 3 %< + :$ 6 -.0 , 4 - )01 + :$ -/+ A:AD; 8- 1 - ,- C S# S - G- 1 =+ 852 ) -/+ - + ,A:AD A:AD S G- 1 1 ) + ) ) 4 4 A:AD; / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' NLNK 2; FMTU ./ @ .. + )* Appendix A Command Reference ) + * + - + ) ) * + * . + "::@ ..
%7( 0 % / %- %7 ( . . ./ 1) 1 ! .. % .. ) 1 /. 0 1 / ) .. ,+ - . . 0 ) 1, + . 10 ) , . -/- * + - .. + . ) / 1) " A=!" 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
%7$' %7$ ' % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 / #1 854 8- ) .. ) # .: ./ 1 + ) 6 ,, 1 )"::@ 4) A= @ A= @; , 0 ) 69 =+ 0 *+ 0 )01"::@ Appendix A Command Reference 0 ) .. ) - - ..- .
% %0 ! % . / % .. #/ ) 1 A / , . / , 6 ) , / , % % ) 0 / 0 & ) .. ' ) ./ . ) > . / / . ) > , ) + , / ) 0 + / ? 0 ? A% NPPP 4; FMTU 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
% $ 6 %0 ! % / G- 1 1 G- 1 856 / # 8- 20 ) & A# $ + -.
7* 6 * % / G- 1 1 G- 1 / 20 0 7 #1 . . . 1. %+ 4 , . & . ,* + + 8- - + 8- - = + ) ,* - *+ ./ . ) )) ='&&; ,* - SA = S= ,* ,* 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
7 9 7 % / % .. ) 1 . ) # = + + 9 + . F %% %% -.0 G- 1 1 G- 1 / ' 858 ./ = 9 ,/ F; F ,, OFFX 20 Appendix A Command Reference ,, - ), + + = F; 8- 1 / - + + + & = . F .
7 A 7 % / . ) # + ,, + % .. ) 1 = A B . - ), + / + + & + = B; 8- 1 + - - . = . 1 B %% %% -.0 G- 1 1 G- 1 / ' ./ = ,/ B; B ,, OFFY 20 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
7'$>M7'$/M M ( / # + , % ! >=@ % F; >=@ 860 (@ * ..
7'$( 7'$#0 % / #1 ./ ! , . ) -/- ) )+ -/% .. ) 1 ( ) 1 -/- , + 0 - ) ,, ! - )=A =A )= + -/- =A + =@ !; 8- 1 ! - + -/- = -/- *+ + - , ,+ =@ ! S= S =A G- 1 1 G- 1 =@ !; / ' ./ OUTG 0 ALLU 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
7 3 % / % .. ) 1 & 7 . . /. %* 3 *+ / + )+ 9 ,) / 1 ) ) + 9 )/ ,+ ) , )01 , . + , . *+ ) 0 + + ,- / ) / + )+ 9 , ) ) * / ,+ / . =$":/ . + , + * + / " )" " , + , . / + , - + ),,+/ . + , ) , + / , ,+ , . + / . + % =$": "" " % 0 " " -.0 ,+ 9 -.0 , / " , / -.0 % 0 =+ 862 , / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' OVAL red 240 150 20 10 GrayPat0 ./ @ .. + )* Appendix A Command Reference ) + * + - + ) ) * + // // // // * . + "::@ .. Draw a red oval 240 pixels wide by 150 pixels high.
(* & % %- (* . . / 1 /. - 1 " "/ ) . ) * + ,- /+ -.0 , ) % .. # ) 1 >/ 0 4? * + + + / + 9 1 ) / . + - ) ) * + + + " ) ) . + 9 ,+ 0 4 0 , ) + ) / . / , ,+ 0 4 + % / . *+ +, - ) + " / . / , + >01 -.0 ? , C + + -.0 + . + + U "#% ) / 0 * + + , )01 + + 0 4 9 + 0 + ) + ) * ./ 1, + N + C + / 0 0 4 ,,- + ) + + . + + -. + "!' "" " % " 0 " * ) + ,/ " " + / + ,/ / , , ) ,/ / / , / ) ,/ / % 0 , " ' ./ . S .
( 0 % / % .. ) 1 . / ( . ' 0 )) -/0 % !; 8- 1 0 + / 4 /-/+ / 4 -/- // + , % ! + % ! S= S =A G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ / 8- ) .. ) ' 864 % !; .
' " % # / % .. ) 1 ' & ) @ .. 19 6 ' ) >- ? + / ) 91 "@ .
9: " % # / % .. 19 6 . ) 1 0 ! ) + *. 1, . 19 "F5 & # % % -.0 G- 1 1 G- 1 & 866 ) .. 19 ) , . C C "F5 & #; / ' ,, . % .
9: 9* " % # / % .. 19 6 . ) 1 G- 1 1 ) 0 ! * ) + . .-. -.0 ,) ) ))- + / 91 , ), + / 1 > 6 ? "F5 F'&; / ' & 0 "F5 F'& -.0 G- 1 9 .. .
9: $( * ! ! $( 1 " % # / % .. ' ) 1 19 6 0 1 "F5& >) G- 1 / G- 1 / ' & 868 ) .. "F5& .
9: * ( " % # / % .. ' + ) 1 19 6 0 ) . / G- 1 / ' & ) .. * ( ) 0 - . - 1 /- , , , . , . /- ,+ / , , . . ) 0 )1 - "F5&' ! >) G- 1 0 0 ?C > 0 ? - /- , "F5&' !; .
9: " % % .. / - 1 ) 1 "F5%" ' & 870 ) # .. ./ ) 19 6 ) /- , 0 , .
9:* ; " % # 19 6 / & + + / , ) ,+ ,, G- 1 1 "F5'&&G; + G- 1 / % ;0 " ) . ) ,+ ) )) ) ) + - * 0 - ) -0 8- 8, / , ) + + 8- 1* *+ ) + . * ,+ .-. -.0 - / + / - 8- 1 , ,- , / + - , % + -.0 + ) ,+ , . + + - ) , ./ + - ) + . - ) ) ./ - + . - ) ) ./ - + . ' + - ) ) ./ + , / ) ) + , / ) + , / )0 - ./ ./ .
PDAX:RPTG 1 //enables the generation of reports for the ppixel data analysis test PDAX:REFG 0 //enables auto reference capturing for the pixel data analysis test PDAX:CAPF //captures a frame of pixel data for the pixel data analysis test PDAU: //runs the pixel data analysis test PDAX:ERRQ? 10 100 //retrieves 100 errors starting at the 10th error in the index. PDAX:ERRQ? //retrieves 100 errors starting at the 110th error in the index. & 872 ) ..
9:%* " % / G- 1 1 G- 1 # 19 6 ) & + , - + / + ))- 20 " ) 1 / ' ) * "F5A'&&; + & -.0 %0 ! .. ./ ) -.
9: *8 " % # / % .. & 874 ) =-/- ) 1 ' .. 19 6 & ) /- ) . )- / ) 1 -/- / "F5$ '7 .
*3 *3 % / % .. ) 1 . / #1 . ' 0 + + -.0 ,) 0 >, . 0-,, ? + ': ; 8- 1 ': =+ / , ': ) . . 1 > S 0 6/ 6/ > 0 6/ 6/ ? ? > C C ? ': ; / " 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' PELD 8 ALLU ./ + ) ,- S 0 6/ 6/ S G- 1 / + - " " S- G- 1 1 + - @ .. + )* ) + * + - + ) ) * + * . + "::@ .. ) // Select 8 bits-per pixel // Configure hardware and redraw image 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
*% *% % / % .. ) 1 . G- 1 / ' 876 ./ ) # .
*%8 *% 8 % / % .. ) 1 . 1 ) # . 0 'A7 - ) 0 + + 4 ) *' & C A"7 % )# ) " " G- 1 1 G- 1 / ' ./ 'A7 ; " PENW 4 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
% ' 0 % # / % .. 19 6 : ) + + )* 8- )/ . ) 1 ' " 0 % -) 6 ). 8- ) + / -) ). - + A"@ ./ PNSF PNST PNSA PNSM PNSP PNAU 0 1 1 0 0 //Pseudo-random //Pseudo-random //Pseudo-random //Pseudo-random //Pseudo-random //Pseudo-random noise noise noise noise noise noise signal format set to CURRENT (internal) signal type set to QDI-BCM signal advance set to ACTIVE PIXELS signal mode set to AUTO signal procedure set to CONTINUOUS generated GPER? 0.
%(' 0 % # / % .. ./ ' ./ 19 6 : ) + + )* / -) 6 ) . ) 1 ' " % ( -) 6 ' ). 8- ) / -) 6 ). >/ + ? A!@ PNSF PNST PNSA PNSM PNSP PNSG PNGU 1 1 1 0 0 1 //Pseudo-random noise signal //Pseudo-random noise signal //Pseudo-random noise signal //Pseudo-random noise signal //Pseudo-random noise signal //Pseudo-random noise signal //Output Pseudo-random noise // -) 6 ).
% 0 % # / % .. " % ) 1 % 19 6 +* , -) 6 / -) 6 ). ). / #A" $ $ G- 1 1 G- 1 880 ) 1/ S 1 4 / 4 A#"; / ' & S .. .
% ( 0 % # / % .. ! ) 1 ) ,, + -) 6 ). -/- ,/ -) 6 ). S -) 6 ). S -) 6 ). -/- > + -/- > / ). + -/-? ). -/-? A#!; / ' & 19 6 ( A#! G- 1 1 G- 1 " % .. ./ ) PNSG 1 //Output pseudo-random noise from the generator PNGU A!@ 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
% 0 % # " / % .. . ) 1 % 19 6 -) 6 + * + / -) 6 ). ). 8- ) )-6 + ) . ) A# S "- . ) + 8) ) -6 +/ . - . 1 + ) - . 1 A ) ) ) + , + A#" / . , A#" > 1 / ?C + 8+ - . 1 + -.0 ,/ >/ , . ? . " 1C , A#" C ) ) 1 / C )+ + + 9 , + &'#E$&'# >/ , . ? . S - . ) + 8A#: ) + A## .. ) G- 1 1 G- 1 882 ) )-6 +.- 0 . - 1 - + A# ; / ' & ) .. .
% 0 % # / " # % 19 6 + / 0 -) 6 ). )- - )*+ . 4 / -) 6 ). . - . A# S %=A A@=@# > - 1 ) ) .. ) ) / , 4 1/ C4 0 - C 1 (=? + . )C + 4 16/ C 4 06 - C (! 3(+ (= / / + %=A A@=@# . ) . 1 + (= / C S # A!:' # = > / , - )0 , + / -) 6 -6 ). +? . S @: # = > / , -6 + + > ? - )0 , / -) 6 ) . 0 . 0 G- 1 1 G- 1 & ) .. ? . + . )C - . -6 + // ) -.0 ,- 6 + // ) ) - A# ; / ' + . )C - . L]M 6 .
$6 $ 20 " % . / & - G- 1 1 G- 1 + . - &" ; / ' / / ./ PRAT? +25.1752E+06 & 884 ) ..
*( *+ % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ . / #1 ( . ' 0 )) 0 )) / 6 ./+ + =/ :$ ) + -// :$ -/+ &'!; 8- 1 + 6 ./+ - ) )) ./ , -/, &'! 0 &'! S 6 ./+ = S 6 ./+ =A &'!; / 8- ) .. ) @ "::@ 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
! % #/ / % .. " #1 # + ) -/- + ) 1 # 0 1> # G- 1 =+ & ) .. - / ? ,+ ; 8- 1 - > ? *+ + + / 0 /+ # - - + / 1 = 6 # 76 ? ; " 8- ) .. ) ' 886 # / " " " S #$ > G- 1 1 0 ) ./ + -/) @ .. ) + + )* # !C # 7 C # PSPG PSPP PSPW PSHD PSVD ALLU 1 1 10 200 300 // // // // // // Appendix A Command Reference + + * - + * ) ) * + + "::@ .
( ! % / % .. ) 1 " 0 #/ #1 0 ' )) + - 0 0 - ( + / 0 /# !. ) + / 1 -/- + # !; 8- 1 # S= S =A G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ & ) # !; / 8- ) .. ) .. ' ) ./ + -/) # @ .. ) + + )* C # 7C # FSPG 0 PSPG 1 ALLU + + * - + * ) ) * + + "::@ .. ) . C #$7 C # // Disables frame sync // Enables probe pulse on special sync // Applies the settings 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
! % #/ / % .. " #1 G- 1 1 & ) - + / 1 S 1 S 1 , . , . . /- , / ,1 + + * /- .- / ; C C 8- ) .. ) ' 888 # / .. + , . , ) + / 0 /; 8- 1 + # - / , . S - =+ - # S G- 1 0 . *+ -/- + # ) 1 0 ) ./ + -/) @ .. ) + + )* # !C # PSPG PSPP PSPW PSHD PSVD PSPM ALLU 1 1 10 200 300 1 C # 7C # // // // // // // // Appendix A Command Reference - + * ) ) * + + "::@ .. .
! % #/ / % .. # + ) 1 " #1 + / - 0 0 " - 1 , + / 0 /# - + / 1 -/- + # !; 8- 1 - # S S/ G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ & ) # ; / 8- ) .. ) .. ' ) ./ + -/) @ .. ) + + )* # !C # 7 C # PSPG 1 PSPP 1 ALLU + + * - + * ) ) * + + "::@ .. ) . C #$7 C # // Enables probe pulse on special sync // Sets probe pulse polarity to positive // Applies the settings 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
8 ! % #/ / % .. # ) 1 " #1 0 + * )+ + # 7 0 / 8 1 , + / 0 /# 7 - + / 1 -/- + # 7 ; 8- 1 " " / G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ & ) 890 " 8- ) .. ) ' = 6 ?? # 7; / .. > ) ./ + -/) @ .. ) + + )* # !C # PSPG 1 PSPP 1 PSPW 100 ALLU C # // // // // Appendix A Command Reference + + * - + * ) ) * + C #$7 C # Enables probe pulse on special sync Sets probe pulse polarity to positive Sets probe pulse width to 100 pixels Applies the settings + "::@ . ..
! % #/ / % .. # + ) 1 " #1 0 0 " - + + , . #$ ; 8- 1 - , )+ + - + / 0 /#$ - - + / 1 -/- #$ S #$ >$ = 6 ? G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ & ) #$ ; / 8- ) .. ) .. ' ) ./ + -/) @ .. ) + + )* # !C # 7 C # PSPG PSPP PSPW PSVD ALLU 1 1 10 300 // // // // // + C # + * - + * ) ) * + + "::@ .. ) .
8 ! % #/ / % .. " #1 0 0 8 1 - # + * )+ , + / 0 /+ / 1 -/+ #$7 0 + , + /.- / ,1 - . , / 0 /- . ) > # S ?C + / 0 /> # S? )+ + 9 /- * ) +> # 7 ? = 6 ) 1 #$7 + #$7 ; 8- 1 -.0 , 1+ 9 ) 1 " " >$ = 6 ?? G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ & ) / " 8- ) .. ) .. ' 892 #$7 ; ) ./ + -/) @ .. ) + + )* # !C # PSPG PSPP PSPM PSHD PSPW PSVW ALLU 1 1 4 0 639 100 C # // // // // // // // Appendix A Command Reference + + * C #$7 C # - + * ) ) * + + "::@ .. .
8 6 8 " % / : G- 1 1 G- 1 & ) ' - ) 1 7 ; / .. + : ) ./ ,+ ) 1 A PWD? \tffs0\generator\images 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
9 6 # % . / & G- 1 1 G- 1 & ) ' 894 ) + . / F"&; / .. / / ) ./ A% PXAR? +1.00000E+00 Appendix A Command Reference ;0 " 6 ,/ ) ,+ .
$ # % / $ #1 ./ # .- / , , , ! . .- / , 1 U + )* 16) , - , 0 !" (#! % % % : & - ) + / 4 , 8- 1 + ./ , + , 8- 1 ,+ , - ) , + 1/ . 1 ) , 9 + U. . 1 + 0 , , $ " &!" (#! $ &' " " "" % .. ) 1 %% %% " " " % (#! % % : & &" % % % , G- 1 1 G- 1 / ' ./ / -.0 1/ . S 1/ . S 8- 0 , &" %; % RATC 1.00007 // Increases pix clk by factor of 1.00007 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
* $ % & * $ . . /. %- / * ) + / ) % .. ) 1 *+ ) / / . + , " )" " , + , + / , ,+ &'% "" " + )+ 9 ,) / 1 ) + ,+ + * / . + , - + ),,+/ . + ) + / . + % % 0 " " -.0 ,+ 9 -.0 , / " , / -.0 % 0 =+ 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' RECT gray50 15 20 50 40 GrayPat50 // Draw a 50% gray rectangle 15 pixels wide and 20 pixels high // with top left corner at X=50, Y=40 Fill with 50% active pixels ./ ALLU 896 , / @ .. + )* ) + * + - + ) ) * + * .
* ( * % $) ( ! / % .. + ) 1 &' ! G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ & ) ) ) S) 0 S 0 &' !; / 8- ) .. ) "::@ .. ) 3:@!C !&A! ./ REDG 0; ALLU ' 4 + .. ) // disable red video component 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
3 # % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ / . . ?, . 6 $) - ,) ) , . + & : ; 8- 1 + -/- , - & : S) 0 ) S 0 ) & : ; / 8- ) .. ) ' 898 . 3 .
()8 () 8 % :@ / % .. . 7 &!3 4-/ 0 ) *+ 4-/ 0 ) 1 &!37 *+ $ , S . & ) .. ' ) ./ / , )* + + C )* + ) 4-/ 0 0-,, *+ 1 + :@ + )* ) $ *+ . + $ $ ': S ': S $ , S : "F $ > . ? &!3G; IMGL IMGU SLUT LINE RECT OVAL RGBW RGBW RGBW RASTER 0 RED 100 100 500 400 GREEN 200 200 300 200 GRAYPAT100 BLUE 200 200 100 100 GRAYPAT100 1 255 255 0 2 255 0 255 3 0 255 255 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
% / % .. % .. & . ) 1 ) & / , + ) .. ' 900 + - ) 1 % % " 1, & ) ) ./ A RM hello.
0 % . / % .. # ) 1 + >"-) # ./ -) #" G- 1 ) ) 0 > ,A3 " ? ,+ + -) . * -/- 01 + ? 60 ? 6 > ,A3 " 60 ? 6 > ,A3 " 60 ? ; / ' & #" # 0 ) . > 6 G- 1 1 & .. ./ ) SAMP -60.0 FMTU #&" C # // Sets all channels to -60 amplitude A;C # "F; 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
3 3! % / % .. 902 ) 1 #1 .
% % % / % .. ) 1 . ' > / # . 6 $) 0 + + -.0 6 )? ,#%"A ,, ) ) , )/ , . # , / ) + #%"A; 8- 1 - + - #%"A % % S/ S G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ / 6 )? ) #%"A; % 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' SCAN FMTU ./ > @ .. + )* ) + * + - + ) ) * + * . + "::@ .. ) // Select interlace in buffer // Update hardware to current buffer contents 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
3A 20 % / % .. ) 1 # 8- # 3 A ) # +* - . ) " 8- 1 # :B 8- /* / - 0 , /* - + ,# :B 8+ - ) + 01 + # :B .. / + ) + # :B; [ H% 1 . ) , / -.0 % 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ 904 . S . S , . 1/ . - >6? + 0 , ) N6 , . ' ) > , ? # :B; / 8- ) .. ) # = 8- / ' SDLY 5.0 SDLY -3 // Set delay to five seconds per step // Set delay to three frames per step ./ .
( ( % / . >"-) # % ,- + " "" +, ," = > ) . - " ? + -) = > &. " ," # " " " , % : , " .% " 53. !, - , , ), $ &.% "= " ," > M % & ( % .. ) 1 # " " " & ! S ) > ? S ' ./ SDMG 1 // causes the generator allow the SPDIF audio signal to be passed through FMTU 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
*7 * % / 7 ! 3/ % +* ..+ #'=# )6 ,6 % .. ) 1 0 ++ .. ) / S@ 906 C *+ ) ) , . ) .- 6 + ,+ / )6 ,6 + -)- ! 3 / , ), #'=# S% , + + ,+ / / ":#' G- 1 1 ) ) 0 - )6 ,6 #'=#; Appendix A Command Reference / ) / @ : >) , - ? )6 ,6 C + / + $ #" L' ) 0 )'= . 1 .
*; *;0 % / % .. ) 1 # 8# + ./ - . ,+ 8- ) 0-,, - + . #'G" " ' . . 1. ) #6 =# , SEQA MY_SEQ . > + . - 1 ? // Save with the name "MY_SEQ" 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
*;) *;0 % # 8- / % .. =+ ) 4 + 0 ) 1 #'G3 8- ) .. ) @ ' SEQN SEQB ./ ) + * , 8- #'G: .. ) 8@ #'G' *+ ) ) 8) + ) // Initialize sequence edit buffer // Start sequence editing session // One or more sequence editing commands ... SEQE 908 // End sequence editing session Appendix A Command Reference #'GA ..
*;* *;0 % # 8- / % .. =+ 4 + ) 1 #'G' 8- ) .. ) @ ' EQB ./ * ) ) , 8- #'G3 *+ ) + ) @ #'G" #'G# + // Start sequence editing session // One or more sequence editing commands ... SEQE SEQA MYSEQ_02 // End sequence editing session // Save edited sequence as "MYSEQ_02" 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
*;< *;0 % # 8- / ) % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 . . 1. 8) , 8- 01 . . )6 + 8- 1 1 6 - ,+ . ) C + 8- 1 - #'GD ) #6 =# , . > + . - 1 ? ) #6 =# , . > + . - 1 ? #'GD; / ' 910 < .
*;3 *;0 % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ # 8- 3 . . 1. . % / + 8+ . 88) 0-,, + 8- 1 + * C - ) ,+ , . . ) 88- . . 1 + 0 ) )N #'G: ) #6 =# , . > + . - 1 ? ) #6 =# , . > + . - 1 ? #'G:; / 8- ) .. ) " #'G@ 8- ' SEQL MY_SEQ SEQU ./ .. ).- 0 - ) , + #'G: .. ) - + // Load "MY_SEQ" dir in edit buffer // Start running the sequence in the buffer 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
*;% *;0 % / % .. ) 1 # 8- % & ) 9 + + 8- 1* G- 1 ) ) + + 8- 8U . ) #6 =# , . > + . - 1 ? #'GA; / ' 912 ) 0-,, + . + . + + 0 #'GA / G- 1 1 8- ./ SEQN // Init edit buffer without assigning a new name SEQN MY_SEQ // Init edit buffer with name of "MY_SEQ" Appendix A Command Reference U .
*; *;0 % / % .. ) 1 # 8- 1 . . 1. # + / + . 8- G- 1 / ' ./ / + . ) . > + . - 1 + 8- 1* - + - #'G ) #6 =# , G- 1 1 . 1 ? #'G ; %- 8- SEQP BURN / + . // Sequences in BURN directory will be listed 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
*;;6 *;0 % / G- 1 1 G- 1 914 # 8- ;0 "# . . 1. . & 8- -.0 8. , . + , + 8. ) . . 10 + ) 4/ /+ -. ) . 0 , + ) + , - . 1 . )01 , + 8- 1 - )# ) 8- 1* +V / . C* - + . -.0 , . + + ) # ) + 8- 1* + / . * - + . + ) 1 0-,, #'GG; / -.0 / -.0 / : ,/ ,) ' ./ SEQQ? 1 9999 ' ./ SEQQ? 1 10 SEQQ? 21 SEQQ? 8- .
*; *;0 % / % .. ) 1 # 8# . . 1. . + ,+ , . *+ + + 1 * 1 U ) 8- ) 0-,, 0 4 + . . 1 #'G# 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
*;' *;0 % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ / 8- ) .. ) ' 916 ./ # 8&+ ' . . 1. + 8- 8. . - 1 1 ) + + 88- ) 0-,, ) 0-,, + #'G@; 8- 1 # = - #'G@ #'G@; . + 8- SEQL MY_SEQ SEQU + ) 0-,, .
3'$ 3 % / % .. ) 1 +'# $ ! :@ . # -/ + ), ) 46-/6 0 >:@ ? , + .. ) . ) ) ), - 01 )- ) 0 , )) / 1 *6 ) ) * , . , .* ) #:@ 3 . 4 ) ) ) ' ./ SLUT 65536 // Setup for HUERGB colorset ' ./ SLUT 0 // clears look up table 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
96 0 % . / & - G- 1 1 G- 1 & 918 ) >"-) # + . ) . .-. ./ -) . ) .-. ./ -) > 6 #&" C #" C# Appendix A Command Reference A; C 0 ? ,+ ) # "F; / .. & ? -) * -/- , .
%6 0 % . / & - G- 1 1 G- 1 & ) / .. ) & >"-) # + . A; . .-. ./ -) > 6 #&" C #" ) . .-. ./ -) # 0 C ? ,+ ) -) * -/- , . + ? C # "F; 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
7 20 % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ # 7 ) + 8- . ) + # = ; 8- 1 - + - ,# = # = S) 0 S 0 . - /. ) + S 0 . - /. ) + * / S 0 -- - / / , / , / // # = ; / 8- ) .. ) ' 920 # 8- # ./ + #'G: SEQL MY_SEQ SEQU SMOD 3 ..
%' & % / % .. ) 1 %- 20 . . / 1 + + -.0 C + / / . # %' ! /. 8- / -.0 . *+ ) * / , * + + * )L# /CM // . 0 + #A@ . + , + - ), + )0 0 ) + ) ) , + / ,+ 0 8.. ) + * #A@ 0 , / =+ -.0 8- ) .. ) + ) / 1 , 8/ -.0 )+ - . . .- + 0 /. 0 ) * ' SNUM white 50 50 ./ .- 0 )) / 0 )* + + , 8- A@ .. )C ) , + // Display seq. num. in box with top left corner at // X=50, Y=50 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
9 9 % / % .. ) 1 . ) # + + 9 8- 1 + # "F -.0 G- 1 1 G- 1 # "F; / ' 922 ,/ ./ SPAX 20 Appendix A Command Reference / - , # "F . . 0- 6 .
A A % / % .. ) 1 . ) # + 8- 1 - G- 1 , # "B . . 0- 6 . + # "B; # "B -.0 G- 1 1 / + - ,/ # "B; / ' ./ SPAY 20 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$ 0 % . / % .. # ) 1 & >"-) # + , 8- 1 ,+ #&" ' > 9? G- 1 1 G- 1 / ' & 924 ) #&" ; .. ./ ) SRAT 10.0E3 FMTU #" C # "F;C # Appendix A Command Reference A; ) . -) ? * , .
$ " % / % .. ) 1 . / $"# . 6 #1 + 9 # + 1/ , 1 - ) 1 + 9 + ) / 1 C 1 , + ),, 1/ ,1 0 ) 1 + 9 + ) / 1 + 0 1 , ),, 1 1/ / , )+ "#% C #% C ) ## .. ) # . ) / 1 . 1 / > . ? 1/ ,1 ./ C ) ) . / ./ 1 0 . - ) " C !" ) / 1 /) / # )$# 0 1 1 * / )) + 0 + C > . ? , + 1 1/ >"#% C #% C ## ? C ) + +1 -// ) , 6 -// ) 1 1/ )+ ### .. )C + + / ) 1 -/- , + * . ) 0 ) + ### ; 8- 1 + 1/ , 1 > , 1? + 1 ) ### S 1 S) / + 9 S) / ./ ) 1 S ./ 1 > "%# ? S .
=+ 8- ) .. ) ' 926 ./ + ) ) 1 1/ ).0 .. ) - 1 -/- + ) 1 // / "##!C "#3!C "#!!C "#&!C %# !C DSST HSPG VSPG SSST FMTU 1 1 1 1 // // // // // )* + + "#% C #% C ## C .- 0 ) * ++ # !C )$# ! Set Amer.
$ ( $ % 1 ( ' / ' ) % 0 + % , + #%: * ' % .. ) 1 0 33 & + / 0 1, + 0- >, ./ C ,+ )+ ' 19 ?C + ' + . + + + . , /- / 1 # &! $ $ S) S G- 1 1 G- 1 ) + ,#%: * , . # &!; / ' & + .. ./ ) STRG 1 DIDU @ 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$* 20 % / $* # 8- ) # / + 8>0 * #'G3 )#'G' =- ) , + 8) / 0 - ) + # ' ; 8- 1 % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ 928 0 ! - + ) 0-,, .. ) ?C + # ' )*+ - 7+ .. 8- ) C + ) .. / ) 80 ) ) ,# ' # ' . S . S# ) / # ' ; / 8- ) .. ) 7+ .. ) ' STEP 5 SEQU ./ 8C + #'G@ .. ).- 0 )+ , . )) / 1 + .
( ( % / % .. ) 1 $) ! . *+ + -/- G- 1 - + - #$#! #$#! ( G- 1 1 0 ) + #$#!; 8- 1 ( )0 =,, =,, =,, =,, =,, = =,, = =,, =,, = = = =,, =,, = =,, = = = =,, = = = #$#!; / ' ./ SVSG 7 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
9 # % . / % .. # . ) 1 / + . 6 / + ) / 1 ) ,+ ) , . > L ) ), . M? + #F"& Y % " , " ?/@; 4#( <& & ) .. ' 930 ) ./ %F"&C 'F"& SXAR 1.
9 9 + % . / / # . 6 # + / / / . #F"&6 + / ) / @/ % .. + ) 1 - + + 'F"& - + 'F%F - + #F'F - ,+ .. ' )C + , * + / , . )5 + %F"& - >'F"&S%F"&? >'F%FS ? - ) ), + .. )>#F'FS#F%F? . ? " ;94 4 ) , 1 , %F"&6 + / ) . . , . #F%F > & # ) - .. 0 ) ./ " ,% " 1@+ <& #F'FC 'F"&C 'F%FC %F"&C #F%FC #F"& SXCX 264 //Use centered shrink w/black bars top & bottom FMTU 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
9*9 + % . / % .. / +* . # 6 + #F"&6 + / ) + . // ) . ? ) . ) -/ , + : < 3 6 + < 3 6 + - < 3 6 + ;94 4 .. ' 932 ) ./ 0 1, ) ">L#M? , ) )7 75 >L:M? , ) >LDM? , ) % # " ) , #F'F > & # ) / 'F"&6 + / ) .
$ <6 $ <6 % / : G- 1 1 G- 1 & ) ' - 4 "#D; / .. + 0) .
$)79 & % / % .. ) 1 %& $ . . )79 . ) * , . C/ 3=F N N ) 0 C + 0 )) ) C )0 1/ 0 , . - . . .9) + % . N . 9 )/ ,0 + ) . 9 )/ ,0 + 1) N % S, . C . C 6 ) / C ), . 6 >) , - S S, . S. S 8- S / -.0 S, . ). S 8- S 6 S/ ) &'# F $&'# 6 ) &'# F $&'# S, . C . C S, . C . S 6 S/ S 934 8C 6 C C 8- &'# F $&'#C C, . 6 S, . C . C S, . C . C Appendix A Command Reference ) / &'# F $&'#C C, . 6 6 C C/ 6 6 C )/ ) 8C C, .
G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ / 8- ) .. ) ' ./ S 1 S *(0 ) S *(0 S *(0 ) 40 4 )0 -) 40 4 -) 3=F; N N % 3F! TBOX white 0.5 0.5 8 3 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$)9( $ ) 9( % / % .. ) 1 ' 0 )) 0 3F!; 8- 1 3F! S= S =A G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ / 8- ) .. ) ' 936 3F!; ./ 3=F TBXG 1 Appendix A Command Reference + ) / 1 ,+ 0 + 3F! . ) ) , )01 + 3=F ..
$ * $ * % / % .. #1 ./ # + ) 1 . 1 . . + ' "" "" 6 6 6 G- 1 1 '; ++5..5 & ) ' ./ TIME 13 44 48 ' ./ DATE? 13:44:48 .. ) DATE 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$*9$ & $*9$ % %- / . . /. * - 6) , ) + ) ) + , - +/ . + * )C , / . + , , + -// , ,+ / + % + / . + .- 0 ) ) 8. 4 " ,+ + 01 , . % .. ) 1 + % O .- + . + + + ,+ ,+ * + , ) O 0 , ) , / , ,/ / % 0 // =+ 938 , . 1 + >.- 0 )01 8- ? 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' TEXT red 50 40 opix9 "HELLO WORLD" // Draw red "HELLO WORLD" at x=50 y=40 in opix9 font ./ @ .. + )* Appendix A Command Reference ) + * + - + ) ) * + * . + "::@ ..
$ ' $ % 0 $( / % .. ) 1 ' ./ # . /- " " ' 19 - . ,+ . ), . $( - > + ? "@ TMAU // Measure external signal’s timing format parameters HTOT? // Read external signal’s total number of horizontal pixels 800 HRES? // Read external signal’s total number of active horizotan pixels 640 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$ 9: $( $ % / % .. ) 1 ' 0 $( # 0 ) "F5& >) ' 940 .
$ 9: % $ % / G- 1 1 0 $( & . # / + . . ./ # 20 " 19 - ) 0 - ,+ / . )0 4 8- 8- ) ,+ + , * . .. #%"A; & - + &" ; & - + / &" ; & - + , .
$7)3 $7 )3 % / % .. 942 ) 1 %- . . /. ./ 1 + +* + + ) , - . + )0 4 =3:. + /) + , / ) / 1) =3: Appendix A Command Reference ) + ^ ^ , . . ), , / +, ) + 0 1, 1 )/ 4 ) + 4 >0 4 + + .
$7(( $7(( % / % .. #1 ' ) 1 0 ! 4 ! . 0 ) 0 ) ' , . 4 + # - + /- , . =!! ' 0 ) ,' 0 ) ,' , . 4 + G- 1 1 G- 1 , . 4 =!!; / ' ./ TOGG 0 // disables reading EDID TOGG 1 // enables reading EDID 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$ & % %- / . . * , + % .. $ ) 1 /. ) , )01 + + + / . ,V ), ) / &" + / )/ ,/ . + % + /. + ) ./ , )/ 1 +/ ) . + , + 0 0- -/ @ @% 0 , , , , @, @ / -.0 % 0 =+ , / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' TRIA red50 10 5 10 25 40 15 GrayPat50 // Draw a red50 triangle at x=10, // y=5; x=10, y=25; x=40, y=15 with // 50% active pixel fill ./ @ .. + )* ) + * + - + ) ) * + ALLU // Update hardware to current // buffer contents 944 Appendix A Command Reference * . + "::@ ..
$ ( $ + % / % .. ) 1 . ' " / 0 ./ .. 0 . )) 0 1 1/ )) / ) 6 #1 + ( 9 + 6 1 /+ .. ) ,, 1 6 >"#% S C C C C C ? + ,,+ # ! + 1 ./ 1/ )C +* 0 * # ! S= S =A G- 1 1 G- 1 # !; / 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
=+ 946 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' TSPG 1 FMTU ./ @ .. + )* ) + * + - + ) ) * + * . // Enable tri-level sync pulse in buffer // Update hardware to current buffer contents Appendix A Command Reference + "::@ ..
': 7 * 7# % / % .. ) #1 #1 . # / @5 = ' S3 S3 * G- 1 1 G- 1 . ) . ) . ) @ 5 = '; / ' ./ UI:MODE 1 // Set operational mode to Browse mode 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
' % ' % / % .. ) 1 % #1 ./ . # -/ + + . + .. ) . + .. )* ) * - + * 8- 1 + @ / ) 0 - ) + + , A + G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ 948 @ + -// / ,+ # ' )%-0 )) ./ 1 . + ) , + + 1) / 1 ) . N .- 0 1) , LG- -. M + @ A; + A; / 8- ) .. ) + !@ + )* ' UIDN "XYZ Monitor Mfg." IMGL SMPTE133 IMGU ./ .. ) ) * + * Appendix A Command Reference + ) ) * ) + . + "::@ .. )-/) .
' = ' % / #1 0 ) 1 #1" = . # + ,. -. )01 # H )$# H .. /+1 9 ,+ . + // + %& > '? + @# H; 8- 1 + ,@# H " F .E " " F .E /&2; % % .. 0 " 8 .E .E $ F .E <&!" 8 .E % & ) N 0 ++ 3 " +; "" " <, " " % 8 .E % % ) $ " ,% 8 .E " " ) & " % @# H S 9 S >- ) ,- ? )-/) + )* - + S .. G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ @# H; / 8- ) .. ) ' ./ + "::@ 4 + FMTB .. *- + * ) ) * + . C // Begin editing session // One or more format editing commands ... USIZ 1 HSIZ 10.4 VSIZ 7.
' ' % / % .. ) 1 ")) 950 ./ / , @#&" " ' - . * + USRA janedoe USRU janedoe Appendix A Command Reference /+ -.
' < ' % / % .. ) 1 @#&D " ' ./ / , - . USRK janedoe 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
' ' ' % / % .. ) 1 % - @#&@ " G- 1 1 G- 1 . * + @#&@; / ' 952 / , ./ USRA janedoe USRU janedoe Appendix A Command Reference /+ -.
* 6 * % / G- 1 1 G- 1 / ' ./ & - 1 & + , .* + , ,+ ) . ) . / / , * )01. ) ./ . -.0 / / + ) + , + - . + . V -.0 ,+ ) )+ 0 ) + ) + ) + + ,+ " )) . / 0 $'& ; $ L$ VERF? 20.0882002,01.03.03 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
* (6 * ( % / G- 1 1 G- 1 - & + * ,+ ) . / / / + . ) ) , $ $ 954 ./ ./ / + . -.0 , + / + . V -.0 ,+ 0 .. 0 ) + ) " )) + ) + , + + ,+ ) . .
$6 $ ;0 " % . / & ? G- 1 1 G- 1 . + )#%"A > 6 $) >, )? 1/ ? + 8> &" E#%"A? + / )- ,+ &" >, . $&" ; / ' / , ) ./ VRAT? //read the product of FRAT and SCAN settings 50.0000 & ) .. ) &" ; 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
* * % / % .. ) 1 . ' / . 0 + + -.0 ,$&'# / , . + $&'#; 8- 1 - + - >*+ #%"A S ? < >*+ #%"A S ? S+ , < $ = 6 >*+ #%"A S ? < $ = 6 >*+ #%"A S ? -.0 *+ #%"A S $&'#; / 8- ) .. ) ' 956 , < - 0 =+ - S . G- 1 6 $) $&'# . G- 1 1 0 ./ + "::@ VRES 480 ALLU .. )-/) + )* + * // Set 480 active lines in buffer // Configure hardware and redraw image Appendix A Command Reference ) ) * + .
= = % / . ' / . 0 + - )? + 1 ) 1 - 9 ,+ . + ) / 1@ / )> ) + . ) * +@# H .. ) + $# H .. ).- // 0 * 0 ) ) .. ) 3 ) + $# H; 8- 1 + ,$# H /+1 " " 8 .E & " % % .. 6 $) $# H " 8 .E % .E $ % " " ) .E "" ) ' & ) ) /+1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ / 8- ) .. ) ' ./ 9 N/ - >, / / )? $# H; ) + ,. .. )-/) * 9 FMTB - .- 0 / / 1 + )* + * - 01@# H 0 , ) ) * + $# H . + "::@ C 4 + // Begin editing session // One or more format editing commands ... USIZ 1 HSIZ 10.4 VSIZ 7.
" % / % .. ) 1 . / 0 . " 6 #1 + 9 ' 0 + + ) 10 * ) ) ,0 4 + , > ) ) ,+ 1 /7+ C ) 10 * ) ) , 1 0 , )> ))? , ) + *+ 6 ) 1 / , ) + $# ; 8- 1 + 1 /- ) 1 $# . S >*+ #%"A S ? >*+ . S $ = 6$&'#6$# 7 >*+ #%"A S ? G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ 958 ?, ) )+ ) , ) ) + + ,+ $# #%"A S ? #%"A S ? W>$ = 6$&'#6 ? ( X6$# 7 >*+ ; / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' VSPD 11 FMTU ./ @ .. + )* ) + * + - + ) ) * + * .
( " % / % .. ) 1 . / ' 0 - 0 . 6 #1 + ( 9 )) 0 + ) . ) ,$# ! 1 -/- + $# !; 8- 1 - + $# ! S= S =A G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ $# !; / 8- ) .. ) ' ./ - ) .. ) + .. )-/) VSPG 1 FMTU 1 C) / @ .. ) + )* + * )$ 1 + .- 0 - + ) ) * + * . )* + + ### + "::@ // Enable V sync output in buffer // Update hardware to current buffer contents 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
" % / % .. ) 1 . / . 0 " 6 #1 + ' 0 + + + ) ) + ) ) + / , , 1 ,$# ,+ ) 1 0 1 0 9 1 *6 6+ + + +6 6 * -/- # # / 1 / 1 + $# ; 8- 1 - $# S + +6 6 * S *6 6+ + G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ $# ; / 8- ) .. ) ) ) .. + )* ' 960 ./ VSPP 1 VSPG 1 SSST 1 FMTU / ) // // // // ) + )$ 1 + * 1 C .- 0 ) * + + $# ! .. ) ) .. ) + @ .- 0 )* + + ### - + * + "::@ .. )-/) ) ) * + .
8 " % / % .. ) 1 G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ . / 0 . 8 6 #1 + 1 9 ' 0 + + * )+ ,+ 1 /, + 1/ / , ), + ) 1 > ### C "#% C #% C ## .. ) ? , + %% & 1/ C + + - 1 /- * ) + -/- 01 + * 0 ( + + + *+ -.0 / , ) + $# 7 ; 8- 1 + ,$# 7 $# 7 $# 7 ; / 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' VSPW 3 FMTU ./ @ .. + )* ) + * + - + ) ) * + * . + "::@ .. ) // Set V sync width to 3 lines in buffer // Update hardware to current buffer contents 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
$7$ $7$ % / . ' 0 / 6 $) / - , + 8- 8- * !" % $ $ " % " 7+ >#%"AS ?C $ = .,$ = &" ) ) )01$ = + , ) / ? *+ + , . #%"A S > *+ _ #%"AS < _ #%"AS . % , &.% $ % % F(#!, *+ #%"A S S < !%6 #" S _ #%"AS N _ #%"AS < ! 6 #" S _ #%"AS N _ #%"AS < ! S < !%C !F S _ #%"AS N _ #%"AS < ! S $ = ; / Appendix A Command Reference 6 ) % S < ) % " % $ = )) -.0 6 #%"A S > & . 962 / , . + - + , . .- 0 G- 1 , - 8- " G- 1 1 - + , ) / ? % % ) 1 . 0 + + -.
=+ 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' VTOT 525 FMTU ./ @ .. + )* ) + * + - + ) ) * + * . + "::@ .. ) // Set total lines//frame to 525 in buffer // Update hardware to current buffer contents 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
9 0 % . / % .. " # ) 1 >"-) # + A -C ) / + F"%& .. . ) + + )* + 0 ) 4 %1 964 )% .. 1 ? + % # - ,, > + * A )% # ? , + / 4 ) > ! -/) )> !@ .. )? )) ) .. )? ) + F"%& - & ) . ) !C , -) 4 . # .
9 % / % .. ) 1 . / . 6 ) # + #F%FC #F'FC 'F"&C 'F%FC -// " ) F" )%F"& / . - 1 % % + , * !" % % 4#( 0 / ) ," " <&!" " % " $ % ," % 9 ) ) / ) % 4#( ; " " # 3$ / . % " " $ & 9 > *9 9> *9 9*9> %F"& %F"& %F"& P %F"& %F"& %F"& %F"& %F"& %F"& %F"& %F"& %F"& %F"& %F"& 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
% ./ - ). / + 'F"& )) / + C 'F%F\: / / , - ) / + / + , * )01 #F'F6: 00 / #F"&6 + / ) -// - & )% .. ' 966 ) ./ )0 +. // .
9 ' 0 % / % .. ) 1 > ) )/ . ? % .. > ./ ) 1 / 4 ? , 7 . 4 "-) , . / 4 ) F"@ 5 $ - ./ F"@ ) -) ) $ ./ F"@ "W WW ) 1/ 5 "W W !W ) -) $ 1/ 5 W W # W- W W W3 .XXXXXXX ( W # W- W3 .XXXXXXXX $ ">01 + . ' "(%'"6 ? 63 "-) ,, . ) ) )C # 5 9( > . ,, . . > ) )C 0 ? / ,) ? %+ - > / / > C ' "(%'"6 0 1 & , # ) 63 , ? 0 . + + + + + + + 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
! "-) ) $? 1/ > $/ $> ' "(%'"6 $C 0 & , 63 ) )C 0 , ? $"# . ) # '% % W C X "%6 '! >: 1 > T ? '! :1 ? + ? '! >.""% # " &"% # ./ > 9 > ' "(%'"6 C 63 ) )C 0 , 63 ) )C ? # & , # . ) 0 0 0 # ./ / , 8> 1> C ' "(%'"6 # & , 20 . # 0 , ? " ) 4 9 4 9 >% ? 4 9 4 9 4 9 4 9 4 9 ( + .-. 0 -) >+ .- / )01 D 9 / + . .-. 0 , .? # %+ .
1 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 &&% &&% &&% &&% &% &% &% &% &% &% &% &% &% &% &% &% 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 &% &% &% &% &:% &:% &:% &:% :% :% :% :% :% :% :% :% :% :% :% :% 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 && && && && && && && && && && && && 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 && && && && ' "(%'"6 63 ) )C 6 6 6 6 &% &% &% &% &: &: &: &: &: &: &: &: &: &: &: &: 6 6 6 6 &% &% &% &% &: &: &: &: %0 ! 6 6 % % 6 6 % % 6 6 % % 6 6 % % 6 6 % % 6 6 % % 6 6 % % 6 6 % % 6 : 6 : 6 : 6 : 6 : 6 : 6 : 6 : 6 : 6 : 6 : 6 : 6 : 6 : 6 : 6 : & & & & & &
3 ? 3 / 3 > 3 C 3 1 )3 0 )3 )3 3 . * 6. +0 > N% ' "(%'"6 ! . &1 1 ) 1 63 ) )C & , . G- 1 ' F"@ 5 , 0 #0 0 +0 G- 1 1 0 ? # ,+ 1 ) ; / $ ./ + , * "-) ,, . ./ + -.0 , -) + > / . ? + XAUD:CC 2 IFGU ' ./ + , < * # < ./ + '! < 60 < > ) 9 > D 9 , 8D 9. < " 0- + < )3 < * 6. / . / 1> . . > )/ . / / 5 ? ? (/ >: '? - . * ++ ? . / .-. 0 , ? 1/ > ! / ./ < "-) . ? )> # / - ) )>3 ./ . ) * 6. . ? >- / .
9 0 % , / % .. 7 ) 1 > ) )/ . ? % .. > ) 1 ./ / 4 \ . 4 "- 1$ ) F"$ 5 $ F"$ , . >"$ ? , . / 4 ) $ $ "W W W# WP W( W W W W9! W W9- W ( XXXXXXXXXXXX "W W W# WP W( W W W W9! W W9- W ( W$ % W & W&!3 ? % .. > / 4 \ " ) 1 ./ F"$ $ W'% W % XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX ? $ S S ? ">01 + . ' "(%'"6 63 "$ , , . ) ) )C # 9( > . ,, . S S # / 5 . > $ ? / ,) ? 5 , . > ' "(%'"6 63 ) )C 0 , ? > C A = )> @ ) )> /- ? ? .6 -- 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
3 , . > ' "(%'"6 63 ) )C 0 , ? ) ) > C ) 3 ) $ ) 3 9 $ , 3 T ) , 9 ) ) 3 , # " . , . >" ?/ > ' "(%'"6 63 ) )C 0 , ) )C 0 , ? C A ) " , . , . ) P $) A A > C 1/ > ' "(%'"6 63 () A ! &!3 >) , - ? B%0% 5 5 B%0% 5 5 ) )C 0 , ? -- ( " . " / & >" -?> ' "(%'"6 63 ? ? / > C # # . + - 6 5 >% ? 5 >% ? 5 >% ? J, .
0 > # C -- % . 1> ' "(%'"6 > C 63 ) )C 0 , ? " A ) # ' @ @ -- A > 6- , . C % - # > +' ' "(%'"6 63 ) )C 0 , ? 0 A 4 * - + - + - + 6- , . 0 )+ 9 0 0 1 ) )+ 9 1 1 ) 1 9! : : 0 -.0 + -.0 , ) , /0 / / ,+ / - > S , + 0 + + 9 ,0 .0 . ,+ / - 0 / , + 9 0 / ,/ - ? / + , , + 9 0 0 9-.0 / 60 / - ? , ) , ,0 + , ) / + ,+ / - > S + 9 0 / / , , , ( -.0 / , 60 , +0 / , ) ,+ / - + + , + 9 / , . $) .
? / > C # 7# > ? . /--C ) / . . . . . . . . (0 &!3 G; ; > C 9 & > ' "(%'"6 6 ) )C 0 , ? () ;0 , - >) / ) ) , . ? :. ) & ) 9 ' ) )% . 1> ' "(%'"6 6 ) )C 0 , * * * / > C * " 6 6 * + /. ? B%% > '% ) )) , B%% > '% 6 6 * + + +) , /. ? 6 6 6 & ) .! % > ' "(%'"6 $ $ A ) > $ % ,+ , . + ? > $ % ,+ , .
' ./ + , * ,, . ./ + , . ./ / . + " ? 5 > / . ? ) + "$ ? / )+ / - , + , * XAVI:S 1 IFGU ' ./ + , / * > , ># / . + "$ , , . XAVI:A 0; M 1;IFGU ' ./ + , / . < $) < " < 3 < # < % * ./ / + - "$ ,, . 5 1/ . , . , . / / , . . 1 XAVI:Y? XAVI:A? XAVI:B? XAVI:S? XAVI:C? & ) .. ) $ %C A C &C !C 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
9)) ! % . / % .. ' ) 1 ") / 0 + . 6 + , , + 9 F33 > & ) .. ' 976 ) ) ./ F# 5 ) . ? B C F&37 C F 3 XBBH 769 FMTU Appendix A Command Reference 1 ) 0 0 + 0 . ,+ .
9 * % % .. & ' / 7 ) 1 F ) *' >+ ? )) ,, -.0 ,01 ) ./ - - , $ " 19 %% %% ' % + > 01 ? >+ ? >+ ? + , 01 ,+ ' > ,0 - - > , + + ) ?5 XDID 8 3 DE33FF DIDU ' ./ * ,, 4 ?5 XDID 100 8 1122334455667788 XDID 108 8 8899AABBCCDDEEFF DIDU & ) .. ) "C 3C ' "O/ P5 'C DC 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
9( ( % ) / ' 0 -) 4 )) ) ) 0 + "-) ($ ) .- )01 + P % ; %%< !" " ; " # % " > " " &?, - >"$ @ '? , - 8!9 "<& " " % ; % " < " 7+ " # 0 )C 8!9 G > !?, " > !@? ; <& % .. ) 1 F!% # # 8!9 8!9 S ,, % % S & ) .. ' ) @ 'C ./ !C 0 !@ "$ @ '5 DPTG 7 DPTR 1 XGCP 1 DPGU = >. 1 ' ./ ) - )C 4 / 0 + @ '; + * 1? - - 1 + 4- + "$ @ ' "$ @ '5 DPTG 7 DPTR 1 XGCP 0 DPGU " + 978 C) + Appendix A Command Reference @ '; ..
9( ( % / ) 4 7 ) % .. ) 1 > ) )/ . ? F! % .. > ./ ) 1 / 4 ? F! 5 / 4 , - + +16 - .9) 0 1) $ ;"#% ? + ) . / 1 )) + , . ,"#% + / 60 00 ,) > , + + 01 ,) C / , )C + + . + , * / , C# ) )/ 4 / . >L M + - +L M?` "#% + C *+ + 01 9 ? > ? / + -+ , + ,) "+ 4 1/ > / , C# ? " 4 6 / , ) > / , C# + -+ , ? 4 6 / , ) > / , C# + -+ , ? " +\ , ' ./ 1 . / 4 ) > / , C# , ? XGDP 03AABBCC DPGU B -* + 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
9( ( % / , 7 > . 4 , . / 4 ) ) 6 / ,? -) !" F3 . % ; $ #0 . !( % .. ) 1 > ) )/ . ? % .. > ./ ) 1 / 4 ? + * 1- /& &@& < : , " % " P .% .- " $ 1 , . 1/ F3 . % F3 . ; & " <& F! 5 % F! $ "W$'&#W:'AW B 'WA =XXXX $ $ ">01 + . ' "(%'"6 ? ! ,, . ) ) )C # 6 9( > . ,, . -9 > !P59 > . ,, . "? +> 980 / ? / ,) 5 01 ? ? /1 ,) 9 G- 1 > % 1/ . G + ) . 60 00 G- 1 1 . ? $ . ,, . / F! 5 % $ Appendix A Command Reference ; )) , + + , . ,"#% "#% + + ` + / / , )C + .
' ./ + , * 6 * 0 ./ * 9 01 , , . ) + . 01 XGIF INFO 1122EE4455BB77FF99AA IFGU & ) .. ) &C !C !@ 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
9 : % % % / % .. ' 0 + + + 9 +, + + 9 &'#; , . +, ) + - * 0 + )C 0.. ) -)=+ * ) 1 F# 5 & 982 ) A%; / %- + 9 ' ./ XISH:HINC 4 ' ./ XISH:HINC? 4 .. ) + - .- 0 + 8,+ ) , . C *+ + 0 8- )* + / > + # 3 .. )* - )?C // ) + + )* + # ' )# @ C + .. )* 4 ,, .. ) 1 -.0 F# 5 G- 1 - A% / G- 1 1 . +, . - //Sets the horizontal shifting increment to 4. //Queries for current horizontal shifting increment.
9 : $ 1 % / % .. ' 0 + * / , C1 ) .- 0 + *+ + 0 8- *+ + + . * 0 +, ) + / ) , )01 * + ) ,) C ) C + ) 8+ + 9 ,+ ) , . C )* + &'#; + 1 ) .- 0 + 8+ ,+ ) , . C *+ + 0 8- )* +$&'#; , . +, ) / > + # 3 .. )* - )?C + / +* 0 + )C 0// ) + + )* + # ' ) # @ .. ) -)=+ * C + .. )* 4 ,, .. ) 1 ) 1 F# 5 " J , G- 1 & ) F# 5 " / , , -.0 / G- 1 1 , ; , , ' ./ XISH:PATH 0,0 150,20 ' ./ XISH:PATH? 0,0 150,20 .. ) //Sets the start point to 0,0 and the end point to //150,20 //Queries for current path.
9 : % 0 % . / % .. % #+, ' 0 + + . , 0 . /, + * 0 - ), . +, + ) ,- , (% + (. (& ./ , . +, ) / >+ # 3 .. )* - )?C + . - * 0 + )C 0// ) + + )* + # ' ) # @ .. ) -)=+ * C + .. )* 4 ,, .. ) 1 ) 1 F # 5#&%A "7% "7% + ) 1/ + ) ) #6 =# , + . 0 . /, 0 - ), . ) , - / +C + "7. 1 0 . ) G- 1 1 G- 1 & 984 ) .. ? , + F # 5#&%A; / ' . > + . 1 +, ,+ , 0 - ) "7% .
9 :$ % $ % . / % .. #+, ' 0 + + . +, . - C *+ + + -.0 ,, . /- 0 , +, + . , . +, ) / > + # 3 .. )* - )?C + - * 0 + )C 0// ) + + )* + # ' ) # @ .. ) -)=+ * C + .. )* 4 ,, .. ) 1 ) 1 F # 5 A% / G- 1 1 G- 1 & ) -.0 \ F # 5 A%; / %- ' ./ XISH:TINC 2 ' ./ XISH:TINC? 2 .. % ) . +, . - //Sets the time shift increment to 2. //Queries for current time shift increment.
9 :$$A $ % . / % .. ' . $A #+, + * 1 *+ + . +, * - " / 1/ + +, 0 * + ) )/ C )+ + / " 1/ + . +, 0 * + ) )/ C )+ , . + )/ + / , . +, ) / >+ # 3 .. )* - )?C + 1/ * 0 + )C 0// ) + + )* + # ' ) # @ .. ) -)=+ * C + .. )* 4 ,, .. ) 1 ) 1 0 + F# 5 B S& / S& G- 1 1 G- 1 & 986 ) F# 5 B ; / ' ./ XISH:TTYP 1 ' ./ XISH:TTYP? 1 .. ) //Sets the trace type to 1, Repeat. //Queries for current trace type.
9 : % % % . / % .. #+, ' 0 + + +, + ,+ $&'#; , . +, ) + - * 0 + )C 0.. ) -)=+ * C ) 1 G- 1 1 & ) -.0 F # 5$ A%; / %- ' ./ XISH:VINC 4 ' ./ XISH:HINC? 4 .. + - .- 0 + 8) , . C *+ + 0 8- )* + / > + # 3 .. )* - )?C // ) + + )* + # ' )# @ + .. )* 4 ,, .. ) 1 F # 5$ A% / G- 1 . - ) +, . - //Sets the vertical shifting increment to 4. //Queries for current vertical shifting increment.
93)8 ! % . / % .. ' . ) 1 "3 / . 0 + + ) .. + 9 F:37 ' 988 ) ./ 8 6 > & ) ) F33 C F&37 C F 3 XLBW 64 FMTU Appendix A Command Reference .
9 ( *( % / , . 7 4 '! % .. ) 1 > ) )/ . ? F !5 % .. > ./ ) 1 / 4 ? F ! , . / 4 ) $ $ "W W W (XXX $ ">01 ? + . ' "(%'"6 '! , , . ) ) )C # 5 63 9( > . ,, . / . > ? / ,) ? '! 0 >' '! , . > 9 W 9X? ' "(%'"6 63 ) )C 0 , ? ( ) / G- 1 1 G- 1 / F !5 > ' "(%'"6 63 ) )C 0 , ? ; $ 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
' ./ + , * , . ) ./ 4 9 XMPG:MB 44100 IFGU & 990 ) .. ) &C !C + ) !@ Appendix A Command Reference ,+ '! .
9 )8 ! % . / % .. ' . ) 1 " / 0 + . ) .. ' 8 6 + , + 9 1 ) / , / 60 + + ) ,+ F&37 > & 1 ) ) ./ F# 5 ) . ? B C F 3 C F33 XRBW 961 FMTU 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
9 * 9 % / % .. ) 1 * . 0 0 ) # + * ) +, /. , F&'# F&'# - ) . . + 9 + . 9 )/ / . ) 0-,, + F&'#; 8- 1 " " C G- 1 1 G- 1 / ' 992 .
9 0 % / , . 7 % .. ) 1 > ) )/ . ? F# % .. > ./ ) 1 / 4 ? F# 0 # 4 # - )- 5 / , . / 4 ) $ $ W53 W 3.XXX "W $ ? ">01 + . / # ' "(%'"6 ,) 9( > . ,, . $ ) )63 / ) )C # ,, . ) 5 / . > ? ? . 53 )- ) 3. # G- 1 1 G- 1 / ' ./ F# ) 5 / , . > ' "(%'"6 63 ) )C 0 , ? ; $ + , # - * ./ )- / + ) ,, . . > / . ? LG M + IFGU XSPD:VNS QDI 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
' ./ + , / / < < < * 5 ./ $ ) . )- ) # - / , # - )- / , . * ++ G / 6" ) 19 # 3> ? XSPD 3 1 25 QDI HDMI-Analyzer 1 ' ./ + , * + # - ./ )- XSPD:PDS? 994 Appendix A Command Reference / / + ,, . , + )- / / .
9$) ! % / % .. & ) ' ) 1 .. ' "$ # ) . >$ ) 0 + + # 1 ? , + 9 0 0 + / ,+ . F 37 ) ./ F# 5 B C F&37 C F33 XTBH 15 FMTU 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
9 ( ( % / % .. ) 1 . / . . *+ + ) -/.. ) 0 ++ F$#! , *+ )) + , . ) -/- ) + . , , , S= S =A =+ 996 8- ) .. ) + -/) ' XVSG 1 1 1 FMTU ./ @ .. + )* ) + * + - + ) ) * + * . // Enable all color channels // Update hardware to current buffer contents Appendix A Command Reference + "::@ ..
9 % / % .. ) 1 ' . ) 0 + F$# / ,) ) , -/- , + 19 % F$# 5=@ % % S $ 6" > S $6 ? >) ? S 6 > $? S 6 > ? S #$ '= S %$3# S# C 6# S $!" S G- 1 1 / 1 F$# ; F$# 5=@ ; G- 1 =+ ' / 8- ) .. ) ./ % + "::@ .. )-/) + )* + * ) ) * XVSI 1 ALLU // Enable DVI for analog output // Update hardware to current buffer contents XVSI 3 ALLU // Enable HDMI interface for DVI output // Update hardware to current buffer contents XVSI:OUT 4 ALLU + .
' & 998 ) XVSI? 4 ./ ..
9 :% %#0 % / % .. ' ) 1 . ) 0 + F$# 5 A / ,) ) , /- , + 19 % % S G- 1 1 G- 1 =+ ) S 6 S 6 / % 8- ) .. ) + "::@ ' ./ XVSI:IN 1 ALLU ' ./ XVSI:IN? .. ) F$# 5 A; 2 & , ) .. )-/) + )* + * ) ) * + . // Enable HDMI-1 input connector for the analyzer // Update hardware to current buffer contents //Queries for the currently-enabled video signal interface //input //HDMI-2 is currently enabled F$# 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
A * A % / % .. ) 1 * . # , 0 ) + + +, - . . B&'# " " 0 - ) + . ) 0-,, 9 )/ / . + B&'#; 8- 1 - " " C G- 1 1 G- 1 1000 / B&'#; " " ' ./ XRES 1600 YRES 900 // Set horizontal scaling factor to 1600 // Set vertical scaling factor to 900 ' .
B Image Reference Topics in this appendix: • Standard image descriptions 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Standard image descriptions Acer1 Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. Consists of two sets of color bars and five blocks of “#” characters on a white crosshatch with a black background. Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. Consists of colorbars, lines of “#” characters, and a green border.
Acer3, Acer4, Acer5 and Acer6 Description Special test images developed per customer specifications. Consists of large and small white circles centered on either a yellow (Acer3), magenta (Acer4), cyan (Acer5), or white (Acer6) crosshatch on a black background. The Acer3 image is shown below. Acer7 and Acer8 Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. In the primary version, five blocks of either white “#” (Acer7) or “H” (Acer8) characters on a black background are displayed.
Acer9 Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. In the primary version, a mostly white field is displayed with two rows of color bars at the bottom. A secondary version displays a black field with the two rows of color bars at the bottom. AFDtest Description 1004 Used to test HDMI content mapping using different EIA/CEA-861-B formats. There are 10 different versions of this image. For more information, see “Testing with Active Format Description (AFD) (882 only)” on page 348.
AnsiGray Description The primary version displays a white background with a small black pixel in the center fills the active video area. A secondary version displays a black background with a small white pixel in the center. AnsiLght Description The primary version displays a white background with a small black pixel in the center fills the active video area. A secondary version displays a black background with a small white pixel in the center. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Apple1 Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. A secondary version shows reverse (black characters on white background). Audio LR, AudioLRf, AudioRAT, Audio_L, Audio_Lf, Audio_R, Audio_Rf Description Used to configure HDMI audio output signal. The AudioLR is shown below. For more information, see “Testing HDMI audio” on page 331. BarBlack Description 1006 Special test image developed per customer specifications.
A secondary version shows reverse (black lines on white background). BLU_EM, GRN_EM, RED_EM, WHT_EM, MEME1111, MEMESony, MESony_B, MESony_G, and MESony_R Description In the primary version, the screen is filled with blue (BLU and B), green (GRN and G), red (R), or white (WHT, MEME1111, MEMEPlus, and MEMESony) EM character blocks on a black background. Only the white character has a secondary version. It is drawn with black characters on a white background.
Purpose This pattern is specified by some display manufacturers for checking and adjusting focus one color at a time. BLU_EM+, GRN_EM+, RED_EM+, WHT_EM+, MEMEPlus, MEPlus_B, MEPlus_G, and MEPlus_R Description In the primary version, the screen is filled with blue (BLU and B), green (GRN and G), red (R), or white (WHT and Sony) EM character blocks on a black background. Only the white character has a secondary version. It is drawn with black characters on a white background.
BLU_PIC, GRAY_PIC, GRN_PIC, RED_PIC, WHT_PIC Description Test Purpose Method A solid blue (BLU), gray, green (GRN), red, or white (WHT) box fills the active video area. Only the white fill has a secondary version. It can be changed to a black fill by pressing the Step key. The BLU_PIC image is shown below. Purity adjustment To produce correct colors in a displayed image, the electron beams from each of the three (3) guns in the CRT should strike only their matching phosphors.
Purpose Method The purity characteristics of your CRT can change over time if you leave it on with a lot of video being displayed. This may be due to the CRT’s electron beams striking its shadow mask with enough energy to cause the mask to heat. This internal heating may be enough to cause the shadow mask to warp and give bad purity. Set the purity image to white and allow the monitor to run for a few minutes. Any mask warping shows up as a change in purity.
Box_50mm, Box_64mm, Box100mm, Box150mm, Box200mm, Box250mm Description The primary version has a solid white box in the center of the active video. Depending on the image selected, the box is sized by square millimeters. If there is room, information on the current format appears below and to the left of the box. This shows the number of active pixels and lines as well as the horizontal and vertical scan rates. A forward slash (I) after the number of active lines indicates the format is interlaced.
Test Brightness control adjustment Purpose The wrong brightness setting may cause other tests such as Contrast, Focus, and Beam Size to be invalid. An accurate brightness setting helps give repeatable measurements throughout other tests. Method Center your light meter probe within the center square and adjust the monitor’s brightness control to obtain the required light meter reading.
Purpose The light output of most picture tubes varies slightly when measured across the CRT face. This test can be used to verify that the light output variation is within your specification limits. Method Select the inverted version and perform the Brightness Control Adjustment test on the center box. Then, center the light meter probe in each of the corner squares and note the reading you get for each square.
Some waveform analyzers can be set to detect and display the amplitude of the peaks. A typical amplitude waveform for a good system is shown at the bottom of the next page. BurstTCE Description 1014 Fills screen with a 0.5 MHz frequency. This can be increased in 0.5 MHz increments by pressing the Contents key and then the Options key. You then enable More and use the +/- increment keys.
Check511 Description Test Purpose Method Consists of five small boxes in the corners and at the center of the active video. The boxes are on a black background. Each box consists of alternating black and white pixels that form a very fine checkerboard. The secondary version inverts the image, creating a white background. The colors of the individual pixels in the boxes also are inverted. Verify monitor resolution The resolution of your monitor should meet or exceed the design specifications.
CheckBy3 Description Test 1016 The active video area is equally divided into a 3x3 checkerboard of black and white boxes. The primary version has four white boxes as shown in the image below. The secondary version has five white boxes (reverse). Contrast ratio Purpose The pattern is based on a proposed ANSI method of measuring the contrast ratio of video projection systems.
Check_02 Description Primary version is shown below. The secondary version has reverse (black lines on white background). Check_11 Description Test In the primary version, the active video area is filled with alternating black and white pixels that form a very fine checkerboard, as shown below. The secondary version inverts the colors in the image. The inverted image looks almost the same as the non-inverted version. Verify monitor resolution 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Purpose Method The resolution of your monitor should meet or exceed the design specifications. Adjust the brightness, contrast, and focus to their correct settings first. You should be able to see individual and distinct pixels in each of the boxes. Failure to see distinct pixels may indicate you have a defective video amplifier, focus correction circuit, or picture tube.
CirclesS Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. In the primary version (shown below), the image consists of eight small white circles on a black background. The circles are positioned in the corners of the active video area and centered on each edge of the active video area. The secondary version inverts the image to black circles on a white background.
Note: When outputting digital video, 33% Gray changes to 50% Gray, and 67% Gray becomes either Black or some gray level depending on how the display interprets the video information. Test Purpose Method 1020 Verify that all video channels are functional To verify that none of the video channels are bad or connected incorrectly. Compare the sequence of color bars with the table. Missing bars may indicate a dead or unconnected channel. The transition between the bars should be sharp and distinct.
ComFocus Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. Description This is an animated image consisting of one small multicolored cube orbiting around a larger multicolored cube. Each cube also is spinning on its own axis. The default text string is Quantum Data, which can be changed using commands. The primary version (shown below) has a black background and a thick green border. The secondary version uses a white background.
Diamond1 Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. Dot1606, Dot1610, Dot1612, Dot1615, Dot1812, Dot1815, Dot2016 Description The primary version has white pixel dots on a black background. The secondary version has black pixel dots on a white background. The primary version of the Dot2016 image is shown below.
Dot_10, Dot_12, Dot_24 Description The active video area is filled with multiple rows of white, single pixel dots. The dots define the corners of what would appear to be square boxes if all connecting pixels were lit. The number of rows of boxes and the number of boxes per row depends on which version of the image is selected and the screen aspect ratio of the currently-loaded format.
Method The convergence adjustments of most color monitors fall into two main categories. The first set of adjustments, usually called Static Convergence, aligns the three beams in the center of the display. This method involves turning on all three guns and adjusting the various magnets on the convergence assembly to produce all white dots in the center of the display. The convergence assembly is located on the neck of the CRT.
Note: The DVSC command can be used to set the swing value between 150 and 1500 mVp-p. Method To adjust the swing in 6 mV increments, press the Contents key and then the Options key. You then enable More and use the +/- increment keys to proceed through the subimages. Description This image has multiple versions that display different sizes of the same pattern. Version 0 is shown below. Dyna 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
EdidData Description Displays EDID from the display connected with the generator. For more information, see page 521. Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. This image has 19 versions.
EMITest1, EMITest2, EMITest3, EMITest4, EMITest5 Description Special test images used for electro-magnetic interference (EMI) testing of displays. The entire active video area is filled with an “H” character. The primary versions of these images draw white characters on a black background. The secondary versions draw black characters on a white background. The EMITest1 image is shown below.
The EMITest5 image is shown below. Flat, Flat07, Flat13, Flat20, Flat27, Flat33, Flat40, Flat47, Flat53, Flat60, Flat67, Flat73, Flat80, Flat87, Flat93, FlatGray, Flat_01, Flat_02, Flat_03, Flat_04, Flat_05, Flat_06, Flat_07, Flat_08, Flat_09, Flat_10, Flat_11, Flat_12, Flat_13, Flat_14, Flat_15, Flat_16 Description 1028 The entire active video area is filled with a shade of gray. Each image displays a different shade of gray. The FlatGray image is shown below.
Flat_B, Flat_G, Flat_R Description The screen is filled with blue (B), green (G) or red (R). The Flat_B image is shown below. Focus20 Description Primary version shown below. The secondary version has black characters on a white background. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
FocusC14 Description Primary version shown below.The secondary version has black characters on a white background. FocusCCx Description 1030 Primary version shown below. The secondary version has black characters on a white background.
FocusEM Description Primary version shown below. The secondary version has black characters on a white background. FocusEMP Description Primary version shown below. The secondary version has black characters on a white background. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
FocusM00 - FocusM15 Description The FocusM00 image is shown below. Focus_@6, Focus_@7, Focus_@8, Focus_@9 Description Test Purpose 1032 In the primary versions, the screen is filled with white “@” characters on a black background. The secondary versions are drawn with black characters on a white background. The primary version of the Focus_@6 image is shown below. Focus adjustments An out-of-focus monitor displays fuzzy graphic images and poorly formed, hard-to-read text characters.
Method On monitors with a single (static) focus adjustment, adjust the control for the best average focus over the entire screen. The focus at certain locations of the screen should be within specified limits. Some monitors have a static and one or more dynamic focus controls. The sequence for adjusting them and the areas of the screen that they affect depend on the monitor under test.
Focus_H Description Test Purpose Method In the primary version (shown below), the screen is filled with white H characters on a black background. The secondary version is drawn with black characters on a white background. Focus adjustments) An out-of-focus monitor displays fuzzy graphic images and poorly formed, hard-to-read text characters. On monitors with a single (static) focus adjustment, adjust the control for the best average focus over the entire screen.
Focus_MM Description In the primary version (shown below), the screen is filled with white M characters on a black background. The secondary version is drawn with black characters on a white background. Focus_Oo Description Test In the primary version (shown below), the screen is filled with white Oo characters on a black background. The secondary version is drawn with black characters on a white background. Focus adjustments 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Purpose Method An out-of-focus monitor displays fuzzy graphic images and poorly formed, hard-to-read text characters. On monitors with a single (static) focus adjustment, adjust the control for the best average focus over the entire screen. The focus at certain locations of the screen should be within specified limits. Some monitors have a static and one or more dynamic focus controls. The sequence for adjusting them and the areas of the screen that they affect depend on the monitor under test.
Geom_1 - Geom_5 Description The primary version of the Geom_1 image is shown below. Secondary version is drawn with black lines on a white background. Gray25, Gray40 Description The Gray25 image is shown below. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
GrayBar Description Test Purpose Method The primary version (shown below) has 16 full-height vertical graybars. The intensity of the bars is shown below. The secondary version splits the field into a top and bottom half. The bars in the bottom half of the screen are in reverse order. Video color tracking (color monitors) To verify that a color monitor accurately reproduces colors at all intensities. Perform the Brightness Control Adjustment and Brightness Uniformity tests first.
GrayL1, GrayL3 Description The GrayL1 image is shown below. Grays5, Grays9, Grays11, Grays16, Grays32, Grays64 Description These images have the designated number of full-height vertical graybars. The Grays11 image is shown below. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
GraysAll Description Contains 256 grayscale versions, from 0 (full black) to 255 (full white). Grill_11, Grill_15, Grill_22, Grill_33, Grill_44 Description The entire active video area is filled with alternating black and white stripes. The stripes are drawn at different resolutions. Each of the stripes is four (4) pixels wide in the Grill_44 image and three (3) pixels wide in the Grill_33 image.
Purpose Method The resolution of your monitor should meet or exceed the design specifications. First adjust the brightness, contrast, and focus to their correct settings. You should be able to see individual and distinct stripes in all areas of the display at all four resolutions. Failure to see distinct lines at the highest resolution (Grill_11) may indicate you have a defective video amplifier or picture tube.
HalfClk Description Hat1606, Hat1610, Hat1612, Hat1615 Description 1042 Primary version of Hat1606 is shown below. Secondary version is inversed.
Hat1606A, Hat1610A, Hat1612A, Hat1615A Description Primary version of Hat1606A is shown below. Secondary version is inversed. Hat1812, Hat1815 Description Primary version of Hat1812 is shown below. Secondary version is inversed. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Hat1812A, Hat1815A Description Primary version of Hat1812A is shown below. Secondary version is inversed. Hat2016 Description 1044 Primary version is shown below. Secondary version is inversed.
Hat2016A Description Primary version is shown below. Secondary version is inversed. Hatch_6, Hatch_10i, Hatch_10o, Hatch_12i, Hatch_12o, Hatch_24i, Hatch_24o, Hatch_24s, Hatch_G, Hatch_M, GRN_HTCH, and MAGENTA Description The primary versions consist of a white, green (G and GRN), or magenta (M) crosshatch drawn on a black background. The lines form square boxes. A single pixel dot is located in the center of each crosshatch box.
The primary version of the Hatch_10i image is shown below. Test Aspect Ratio Dot_10 Dot_12 Dot_24 W:H Decimal Boxes Vertically Boxes Horizontally Boxes Vertically Boxes Horizontally Boxes Vertically Boxes Horizontally 16 : 9 1.777 É 10 16 10 16 18 32 5:3 1.666 É 10 16 10 16 18 30 4:3 1.333 É 10 14 12 16 24 32 1:1 1.000 10 10 12 12 24 24 3:4 0.
Hatch_16, Hatch_20 Description The primary version of the Hatch_16 image is shown below. The secondary versions draw black lines on a white background. Hatch20 Description Primary version...The secondary version draws black lines on a white background. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Hatch4x3, Hatch5x4 and Hatch8x8 Description These are different versions of a crosshatch pattern that may be called for by some display manufacturers’ test procedures. The primary version consists of white crosshatch and circles on a black background. The secondary version inverts the image to black lines on a white background. The primary version of the Hatch4x3 image is shown below.
Hatch64W Description This is a crosshatch pattern that may be called for by some manufacturers’ test procedures. The primary version (shown below) consists of an 8x8 white crosshatch on a black background. A white rectangular patch is added in the center. The secondary version inverts the image to black lines and box on a white background. Purpose Method This is a general purpose test image that can be used to check and adjust video scan linearity and geometry, and color convergence.
Hitachi1 Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. The image consists of a 2x2 cluster of Microsoft Windows® screen simulations using Japanese characters.
Imex1 Description InFocus1 Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
InFocus2 Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. KanjiKAN Description Test 1052 In the primary version (shown below), the screen is filled with white Japanese Kan characters on a black background. The secondary version is drawn with black characters on a white background.
LGLCDTVB, LGLCDTVG, LGLCDTVR, LGLCDTVW Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. Each image has three versions. The primary version of the LGLCDTVB image is shown below. LGRamp Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. The image provides a grayscale of two objects. The secondary version of the LGRamp image is shown below. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Linearty (Linearity) Description This image has three parts. The first part consists of six (6) white circles. A large circle is drawn in the center of the screen. Its diameter equals the lesser of the video height or width of the display. A smaller circle is drawn at half the diameter and concentric with the larger circle. A circle also is drawn in each of the corners of the screen. The diameter of the corner circles equals one-fifth of the display width.
marks and a ruler or gauge to measure linearity over a small portion of the display. Compare the number of tic marks per unit of measure with an adjacent or overlapping area. LinFocus Description This image has several parts. The first part consists of a large circle in the center of the screen. Its diameter equals the lesser of the video height or width of the display. The second part is a 10x10 box crosshatch.
Purpose Method An out-of-focus monitor displays fuzzy graphic images and poorly formed, hard-to-read characters when text is displayed on the screen. On monitors with a single (static) focus adjustment, adjust the control for the best average focus over the entire screen. The focus at certain locations of the screen should be within specified limits. Some monitors have a static and one or more dynamic focus controls.
Master Description MEMEPlus, MEPlus_B, MEPlus_G, and MEPlus_R Description In the primary version, the screen is filled with blue (BLU and B), green (GRN and G), red (R), or white (WHT and Sony) EM character blocks on a black background. Only the white character has a secondary version. It is drawn with black characters on a white background. A bitmap of a single character block is shown here. The BLU_EM+ image is shown below. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Test Purpose Focus This pattern is specified by one or more display manufacturers for checking and adjusting focus one color at a time. MoireX, MoireX33, MoireY, MoireY33 Description The MoireX and MoireY images consist of black lines on a white background across the active video area. MoireX provides vertical lines; MoireY provides horizontal lines. The MoireX image is shown below. The primary version of the MoireX33 and MoireY33 images provide a black frame around the black lines.
Monoscop Description MSony7, MSony8 Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. Primary version of the MSony7 image is shown below. The secondary version draws white boxes and characters with a black background. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
MulBurst Description Orion Description This image provides a color bar that rotates (shifts) the bars to the right on an incremental basis. The color bars are shifted to the right at 3 second intervals. After pressing the Contents key and then the Options key you then enable More and use the +/- increment keys to proceed through the subimages to adjust the interval between 3, 10, 30 and 60 seconds.
Outline0, Outline1, Outline2, Outline3 Description The primary version of the Outline0 image consists of a rectangular white border on a black background. The border is one (1) pixel wide and defines the active video area. Two (2) diagonal lines join the opposite corners. A-full size cross is centered in the image. The horizontal line of the cross is one (1) pixel thick for formats with an odd number of active lines and two (2) pixels thick for formats with an even number of active lines.
In the Outline1 version, the two diagonal lines are removed and short marker lines are added to the border lines near to where the cross lines meet the border lines. The markers appear at both sides of the cross lines. The distance between the marker lines and the cross lines is the greater of either two (2) pixels or one (1) millimeter. In the Outline2 version, the two diagonal lines are removed and short marker lines are added to the corners, and where cross lines meet and end.
In the Outline3 version, the two diagonal lines are removed, cross lines are shortened, and short marker lines are added. Test Purpose Method Test Purpose Method Yoke tilt correction The horizontal axis of a displayed image should line up with the horizontal axis of your monitor. Any tilt is likely due to the yoke being rotated on the neck of the CRT. A rotated yoke makes any displayed image appear rotated. Place your monitor on a flat surface so the face of the CRT is perpendicular to the surface.
Test Display size correction Purpose A too-large active video size adjustment on a monitor may cause information to be lost around the edges of the screen. A too-small active video size adjustment may make some displayed information hard to read. The correct size is needed to obtain the correct aspect ratio. You need the correct aspect ratio to get round circles and square squares. Method First, determine the correct physical size of the active video area for the display.
Measure the width of the image at the top and bottom of the display. Any difference in readings should be within the specification limits. Measure the height of the image at both sides of the display. Again, any difference in readings should be within specification limits. If either of the differences is out of specification, the trapezoid distortion of the monitor is out of specification. Add or adjust magnets on the yoke to correct the problem.
P1 Description This image is a 6x6 white crosshatch without a border on a black background. Description This image is a 4x4 white crosshatch with a border on a black background.
P3 Description This image is a 4x4 white crosshatch with a border and a small, centered white patch on a black background. Description This image is an 8x8 white crosshatch with a border on a black background. P4 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
P5 Description This image is an 8x8 white crosshatch with a border and a small, centered white patch on a black background. Description 16x12 pixel white crosshatch with a border on a black background.
P6_Sony Description 6x12 pixel white crosshatch with a border on a black background. Description 16x12 white crosshatch with a border and a small, centered white patch on a black background. P7 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
P8 Description This image is an all black active video area. The secondary version draws an all white video area. Description This image is an all white active video area. The secondary version draws an all black video area.
P10 Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. There are four versions of this image. After pressing the Contents key and then the Options key you then enable More and use the +/- increment keys to proceed through the subimages to select up to 4 different versions of this image. PacketRx D escription Displays the InfoFrame data received by HDMI receiver. For more information, see “Testing HDMI transmit device InfoFrame capability” on page 269.
PdsCrt1 Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. PdsCrt2 Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. Persist Description 1072 In the primary version, 15 small white boxes move back and forth between diagonal guide lines. The lines form 15 side-by-side tracks. The size of each box is scaled to the light meter box size set by the MSIZ system parameter.
• The box in the center track (marked “1X”) moves one scan line vertically and one pixel horizontally for each vertical frame of refresh. • The seven boxes to the right of the center track (marked “2X” through “8X”) move 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 pixels and lines per frame, respectively. • The seven boxes to the left of the center track (marked “/2” through “/8”) move one scan line vertically and one pixel horizontally for every 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 vertical frames of refresh, respectively.
A fading tail left behind by the faster moving boxes indicates that the display may not be suitable for viewing animated images. PgBar64H, PgBar64V Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. The PgBar64H image is shown below. PgCB, PgCG, PgCR, PgCW, PgCWrgb Description 1074 Special test image developed per customer specifications. Primary version of PgCB is shown below. The secondary versions draw all white over the last bar.
The PGCWrgb is shown below. Philips1 Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. PixelRep Description Used to test HDMI pixel repetition. There are 10 different versions of this image to support the different pixel repetition settings. For more information, see “Testing HDMI video pixel repetition (882 only)” on page 327. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
PRN24bit Description This image displays pseudo-random noise using 24-bits-per-pixel color depth. PRN_5, PRN_9 Description Used with analyer to verify the analyzer’s pseudo-random noise analysis capability. The PRN_5 image introduces 5 pixel errors per color component, while the PRN_9 image introduces 9 pixel errors per color component. The PRN_5 image is shown below. ‘ PulseBar Description 1076 This image is intended for TV formats, but can be displayed with any format up to 100 MHz.
back to black. The pulse is 20 T for PAL and 12.5 T for NTSC formats. The second narrower line is a 2 T white sine-squared pulse. T = 100 nSec for PAL and 125 nSec for NTSC formats. The wide bar is white with sine-squared edges. Test Video system testing This multi-purpose pattern can be used with other instruments to check television K factors. The modulated pulse can be used to check chrominance-to-luminance delay and gain. The narrow white line can be used to measure short term linear distortion (K2T).
QuartBox Description Test Purpose Method Notes The primary version (shown below) has a single white box in the center of active video. The size of the box is one-half the width and height of the active video area (a quarter of the entire active video area). The secondary version draws a black box on a white background. Brightness control adjustment The wrong brightness setting on your monitor may cause other tests such as Contrast, Focus, and Beam Size to be invalid.
FMTL DMT0660; ALLU FRGB 192 192 64 Ramp Description This image provides an active video area starting from full black (+7.5 IRE) at one edge of the screen to full white (+100 IRE) at opposite end of the screen. There are 4 versions of this image—one for each edge of the display. When selected, this image is displayed. After pressing the Contents key and then the Options key.
When selected, this image is displayed. After pressing the Contents key and then the Options key you then enable More and use the +/- increment keys to adjust the speed. Ramp_B, Ramp_G, and Ramp_R Description Test Method 1080 The active video area goes from full black (+7.5 IRE) at the left edge of the screen to full blue (_B), green (_G), or red (_R) at the right edge. The Ramp_B image is shown below. Video gain linearity When viewed on a TV screen, the full range of grays should be visible.
Raster Description Test The primary version shows a totally black display (nothing being displayed). The secondary version shows a totally white display. Raster centering Purpose Many monitor applications require that the displayed image or text fit completely within a bezel that surrounds the CRT. This usually requires that you first center the blank raster on the face of the CRT, and then center the image within the raster. Use this image for centering the raster on the CRT.
The first pattern of the primary version is shown below. Test Method High voltage regulation The size of the border should not change for each half of the image. The change in border size between the two images should be within the specification limits of the monitor. Samsung1, Samsung2 Description 1082 Special test images developed per customer specifications. The image consists of three small simulations of Microsoft Windows® screens on a blue background (Samsung1) or black background (Samsung2).
groups of the characters “e” and “m”. The repeating characters are also used to form a rectangular patch in the upper left hand corner and a circular area in the center of the image. The secondary version of Samsung2 draws a white background. Samsung3 Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Samsung4 Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. Samsung5 Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. Samsung6 Description 1084 Special test image developed per customer specifications.
SamsungB Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. SamsungT Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. There are four versions of this image. When selected, the following image is displayed. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
SlideBox Description This image displays a 16x9 white crosshatch with a large white patch moving across the screen. To change the animation speed: 1. Load the SlideBox image. 2. Establish a terminal session with the generator (see page 32). 3. Enter the following commands: ISUB IVER IMGU DELX IMGU DELX IMGU 1 1 10; 20; SMPTE133 Description 1086 This image is based on a recommended practice (RP-133) test pattern designed by the Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (SMPTE).
used in many different display applications. The image is self-scaling as to the number of active pixels and active lines used. Some of the image’s elements have minor differences from the original SMPTE specification. These differences are noted in descriptions of the individual elements. • The image is drawn on a reference background having a 50% intensity level. The background covers the entire active video area. • Crosshatch – There are 10 boxes vertically.
100% with two (2) boxes at a 50% level. All of the grayscale boxes are omitted in the secondary version. • Gamma check dither box – A small box is drawn inside the right-hand 50% grayscale box. The box is half the width and height of the larger box. The box consists of a checkerboard of alternate one-on and one-off pixels. The alternate pixels have levels of 0 and 100%. This smaller box is not part of the original SMPTE specification and is omitted in the secondary version.
Test Method Test Method Test Method Test Method Test Method Test Method Test Method Test High contrast resolution All the 0 and 100% level stripes in all the resolution patches should be separate and distinct. Low contrast resolution and noise All the mid-level 2 on - 2 off stripes in all the resolution patches should be visible and distinct. This is a sensitive test for noise in the display’s video amplifiers.
Method The horizontal 1 on - 1 off stripes in the resolution boxes should not have objectionable flicker when shown with an interlaced format. Excessive flicker indicates that the combination of the display’s CRT persistence and frame scan rate is below the persistence time of the human eye. SMPTEbar Description This image is based on an engineering guideline (EG1-1990) test signal specified by the Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (SMPTE).
• Test Purpose Method The remaining central 8% of the image contains a row of chroma set bars. These bars are part of the SMPTE pattern but are not in the EIA pattern. The order of the alternating color and black bars matches those in the SMPTE pattern. Color video performance This general purpose pattern can be used to check the video handling capabilities of most parts of a television system. When viewed on a TV screen, all of the upper color bars should be correct and in the order shown.
Test Method Visual chroma gain adjustment To perform this test, you must have a way of turning off the red and green guns in the monitor under test. Turning off the red and green video components of the 801GX generator’s video output will not work for this test. This test uses the upper and central color bars. Switch off the red and green guns on the monitor. This will produce four blue bars, separated by black bars.
Sony6 Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. Sony6WLC Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
sRGBflat Description For testing color response per Microsoft’s WinColorKit standard. This standard was developed by Microsoft to standardize methods relating to the matching of colors appearing on various displays (go to http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/hwdev/tech/color/ColorTest.mspx for more details). There are 38 different versions of this image to support this feature. When selected, a flat image appears with a color that is remembered from the last time the image was set up.
The Stairs20 image is shown below. Test Method Video gain linearity When viewed on a monitor’s screen, a black bar plus five (5) gray bars should be visible. There should be no color shifts, and each of the bars should be uniform in color. The image also can be used with an oscilloscope or TV waveform analyzer to check the gain linearity and gamma correction of a video system. Strokes0, Strokes1 Description This image may cited by some display manufacturers’ test procedures.
The Strokes0 image is shown below. Purpose These images are special-purpose test patterns used in test and alignment procedures specified by some display manufacturers. Text_9, Text_9T, Text_11, Text_12T, Text_16 Description In the primary versions, the screen is filled with random paragraphs of white text on a black background. The amount of text is determined by the size of the font used and the horizontal and vertical resolution of the format.
Purpose Method If your monitor is used in word processor workstations or other applications that call for large amounts of text to be displayed, you can use this image to simulate actual user conditions. Select a suitable font size and text color. Adjust your monitor’s brightness and contrast controls to obtain the best image. The characters in all areas of the display should be well formed and in focus. TintAlign Description Toshiba Description Special test image developed per customer specifications.
luminence. There is a series of 11 small boxes of increasing luminence left to right with the luminence identified in text. The lower left quarter of the image is 28.5% luminence and the lower right is magenta at 44.3 IRE. TVBar100 & TVBar_75 (TV formats only) Description The image consists of seven vertical bars that fill the entire active video area. The color and order of the bars is shown in the figure below.
Purpose This general purpose pattern can be used to check the video handling capabilities of most parts of a television system. Method When viewed on a TV screen, all of the colors should be correct and in the order shown. The hue and intensity of each bar should be uniform over the entire bar. The image can be used with a TV waveform analyzer to check the performance of a video system. Individual scan lines of each image, as they would appear on a waveform analyzer, are shown on the following page.
After the center of the display is properly converged, the outer areas can be adjusted by using the monitor’s “Dynamic Convergence” controls. The number of controls, the area of the screen that they affect and their adjustment procedure is dependent upon the monitor under test. Test Sweep linearity adjustment Purpose To present an undistorted display, the horizontal and vertical sweeps of the electron beam across the face of the CRT should be at uniform speeds.
TVoutLin Description Equivalent to Outline1 image but it uses anti-aliasing for vertical bars and double horizontal lines, which reduces flickering. TVSplBar Description Special test image developed per customer specifications. 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
1102 Appendix B Image Reference
C Error Messages Topics in this appendix: • Error code descriptions 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
Error code descriptions 0000-0099 General errors 0001 No such command The generator encountered an invalid command error condition. 0002 No such query The generator encountered an invalid command query error condition. 0003 Too many arguments The generator encountered too many arguments for the executed command. 0004 Invalid argument count The generator encountered an invalid argument count for the executed command.
2041 Can not repeat field if progressive Repeat field operation is only supported in interlaced video formats. 2050 Horizontal total too small The video format’s total (active + blanked) number of pixel clock cycles per horizontal scan line is below the minimum number supported by the generator hardware configuration. 2059 Invalid Mode The video format setting is incompatible with the interface selected.
2068 TMDS 5V pin is bad The 5V pin of the DVI connectors is monitored by the generator. If the generator does not detect the 5V on this pin it will issue this error. 2071 Pixel rate too high The video format’s total (active + blanked) number of pixel clock cycles per horizontal scan line multiplied by the horizontal scan rate exceeds the maximum pixel clock frequency supported by the generator hardware configuration for the format’s video type.
2080 Pixel rate too low The video format’s total (active + blanked) number of pixel clock cycles per horizontal scan line multiplied by the horizontal scan rate is less than the minimum pixel clock frequency supported by the generator hardware configuration for the format video type. 2082 Number of bits not allowed The generator hardware configuration does not support the number of data bits per color for the serial digital video type selected in the video format.
The generator hardware configuration does not support a video format with a total (active + blanked) number of pixel clock cycles per horizontal scan line that is not evenly divisible by 2 for the selected analog or digital composite sync type. 2091 Horizontal total not a multiple of 4 The generator hardware configuration does not support a video format with a total (active + blanked) number of pixel clock cycles per horizontal scan line that is not evenly divisible by 4.
2111 Invalid digital audio signal type The value specified for digital audio signal type (DAST) is out of range. 2112 Invalid audio digital signal interface The value specified for digital audio signal interface (DASI) is out of range. 2113 Invalid number of audio channels available 2114 Invalid audio level shift value The value specified for digital audio level shift (DALS) is out of range.
2124 Send GEN info error is not zero The General infoframe register on the transmitter is not set to zero and the infoframe is not transmitted. This typically means that there is a hardware problem in the HDMI board. 2125 Invalid sonic data The value specified for the digital audio mixer (SDMG) is out of range. 2126 Invalid content aspect ratio The value specified by the CXAR (content aspect ratio) parameter is invalid.
2180 Horizontal pulse width too small The generator hardware configuration does not support video formats having horizontal sync pulse widths less than one pixel clock cycle long. 2181 Horizontal sync pulse width not even Number of pixel clock cycles in the horizontal sync pulse width must be evenly divisible by 2 at the current pixel clock rate for the video format and generator hardware configuration.
2230 Horizontal pulse delay extends sync beyond blanking The generator hardware configuration does not support the video format’s combination of horizontal sync pulse delay and pulse width that places any portion of the horizontal sync pulse outside of the horizontal blanking period. 2231 Vertical serration adjustment too big The video format’s HVSA setting beyond the maximum limit for the video type selected and generator hardware configuration.
2321 Vertical active not even The generator hardware configuration does not support interlaced scan video formats having an odd active number of horizontal scan lines per frame. 2330 Vertical blanking too small for interlaced format The number of blanked horizontal scan lines per frame for an -interlaced video format is less than the minimum supported by the generator hardware configuration.
2396 Invalid analog composite sync type The current firmware does not support the format’s analog composite sync type parameter value (ASCT setting) or the generator hardware configuration does not support a video format’s analog composite sync type for non-interlaced operation.
2409 Negative probe sync pulse horizontal delay The video format’s probe pulse horizontal delay setting must be zero or a positive number. 2410 Probe sync pulse horizontal delay too large The video format’s probe pulse horizontal delay setting exceeds the maximum limit supported by the generator hardware configuration.
2550 Not enough video memory The generator hardware configuration does not have enough video memory to support the video format’s combination of active pixels per line (HRES setting) and active lines per frame (VRES setting). 2551 Insufficient memory Not implemented at the time this document was created. 2553 No PCMCIA card found in drive When attempting to download a bitmap no PCMCIA card was detected in the generator’s PCM slot.
2717 Sync swing out of range The generator hardware configuration does not support the video format’s analog video composite sync swing value (ASSS setting) for the given analog video type selection. 2719 Video swing calibration out of range The generator hardware configuration does not support the current user defined analog video swing calibration factors (AVSC settings) for one or more of the red, green or blue channels. The valid factory default setting is 1.00 for all three channels.
2748 Analog video signal type not supported The generator hardware configuration does not support the video format’s analog video type selection. 2760 Digital video not supported The generator hardware configuration does not support the video format’s digital video type selection. 2761 Digital video signal swing out of range The value specified for the digital video signal swing is out of range.
3000-3999 Image errors 3000 Invalid color name The current firmware does not support a named color used by one or more primitives in the user defined custom image 3001 Invalid pattern name The current firmware does not support a named fill patterns used by one or more primitives in the user defined custom image 3002 No image memory There is not enough unused edit buffer memory space available to start a new custom image editing session.
3011 R, G or B 6-Bit video DAC setting out of range A combination of system calibration factors, user calibration multiplier settings and video output level settings have resulted in one or more calculated input values to go below zero or above the analog video Digital-to-Analog Converter’s maximum limit of 63.
4005 Sequence editor running The current firmware does not allow a new test sequence editing session to be started while the current test sequence editing session is still running. 4006 No sequence to save An attempt was made to save the contents of a test sequence editing buffer when there was no open test sequence editing session to save. 4007 Sequence buffer full No more steps can be added to the current sequence being edited because no more edit buffer space is available.
4579 Can not convert to mm, not valid units The format’s current physical units of measure (inches or millimeters) is unknown and the firmware is unable to convert a dimension to millimeters. 5000-5999 Directory errors 5002 No directory memory The DIRN or NAMI command failed because there is an insufficient amount of managed memory for the buffer request. 5003 Directory memory full The DIRA or DIRS command failed because there is insufficient room in the directory memory pool for the requested save.
6035 Invalid map depth The current firmware and/or generator hardware configuration does not support pixel depth setting of the selected bit map. 6036 Map data index An attempt was made to recall a bit map at an index location that is less than zero (0) or greater than the highest index number in use for bit maps. 7000-7999 LUT errors 7006 No LUT to save An attempt was made to save the contents of a color lookup table editing buffer when there was no open color lookup table editing session to save.
9000-9999 System errors 9450 Corrupted format Checksum error in data for a particular video format 9451 Bad location for format, failed verify This occurs during FMTV command and FMTV? query when you attempt to verify data integrity at an invalid location. 9452 Bad location for format verify This occurs during a FMTZ? query when you try to determine if an invalid location has been erased.
9460 Bad location for format duplicate This occurs during FMTD and FMTI commands when you try to use one or more invalid format memory locations as the command arguments. 9467 Bad location for format erase This occurs during FMTZ command when you try to make one or more invalid format memory locations as the command arguments. 9470 Can not change EPROM contents An attempt was made to insert a format using the FMTI command into an EPROM format memory location.
9493 DDC2B arbitration lost Low level DDC communications failed with Unit Under Test (UUT). DDC bus arbitration lost with the UUT. 9494 DDC2B timeout on bus Low level DDC communications failed with Unit Under Test (UUT). DDC communications timed out with the UUT. 9496 EDID header not found A valid block of header data could not be found in the EDID data read back from Unit Under Test (UUT). 9497 DDC old monitor A DDC compliant Unit Under Test (UUT) could not be found connected to the generator.
9504 Serial digital video PLL not locked There is an internal problem with the generator’s serial digital video hardware’s Phase Lock Loop circuit.
9528 HDCP was interrupted HDCP authentication was interrupted possibly by disconnecting the cable. 9529 HDCP receiver not detected HDCP authentication failed to start because the hot plug was not detected. 9530 HDCP invalid for animation HDCP test will not run when an animated image is loaded. 9531 I2C segment number missing The segment number of the enhanced DDC bus is missing. 9532 I2C address 1 missing The first address of the enhanced DDC bus is missing.
9600 Can not save format to EPROM An attempt was made to save a format edit buffer’s contents to a location in the firmware EPROM. 10000-10999 System errors 10000 Out of memory There is not enough unused battery backed user memory space to store the contents of the given edit buffer 10010 Invalid file check sum The data object file that has been recalled from the generator’s memory contains an invalid checksum. Data may be corrupted.
10100 Filename alias not found An attempt was made to delete a filename alias that does not exist. 10200 Font not overwriteable An attempt was made to save the contents of a font editing buffer to a location in the firmware EPROM. 10205 Font save failed There is not enough unused battery backed user memory space to store the contents of the font editing buffer. 10210 Font table range The recalled font data object contains a reference to a nonexistent table in the data object.
10242 Invalid font character range The first or last character number setting of the font in the edit buffer is greater than the maximum supported by the current firmware or the number of the first character is greater than the number of the first character. 10300 CEC receive bit error The generator encountered a CEC receive bit error condition. 10301 CEC receive time error The generator encountered a CEC receive time error condition.
APV Appendix C Error Messages
/ + < . // ) 5 01 1/ $ a aD" J J : : : : : : # # # # # # : : # # : # 7 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
/a /aD" / / : / # / / : / # / / : / # / / : / # / / / : / : / # / # / / / : / : / # / # / / : / # / / : / # /7 a aD" J : : : # # # APX Appendix D Format Reference
: # J J: 7 7: : # 7 /a / / : / # / / : / # / / : / # / / : / # / / : / # /7 /7 J /7 : /7 :J 3 . A #%aD" A #%a A #% A #%6: A #%6# A #%6I A #%6I: A #%6I# A #% ":6 ":6 ":6A ":aD" ":a ": ":6A% 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
'# $ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / = J :" :"J : : J # # J '# APZ Appendix D Format Reference
* $ ! " ! " ! " ! 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
# # # # * $ %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$& AQB $ ' ! ' Appendix D Format Reference
%$& %$& %$& %$& %$& %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ ' ! ' ! 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
%$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ AQD ' ! ' ! Appendix D Format Reference
%$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
%$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ %$ ( / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / AQF J J J J : : : : # # # # J J J J : : : Appendix D Format Reference
/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / & & & & = = = = = = = = = = = = : # # # # J J J : : : # # # J J J : : : # # # 1 1 1 1 = = = = = F J G F F " F 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
= = = " ) ) ) ) ) ! ! &=F #3F #3F #3$ #3F " =3= : %J : %J : %J : %J "$'& D # "A"!" # "A"!3 # "A"!% F!" $$3 " T J'$% " T J$% " T J#$% %!"J. '!"J. !%J !% /+ 3 J 3 J "J.
. %'" '" '" D '" '" F %# %# %# %# @ @ D @ F : : A'% A'% 3 $ &" '# '# '# '# '# / / / 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
0 0 " " " " " " " " " " " 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 #AB #AB #AB #@A #@A #@A #@A #@A #@A #@A #@A AQJ 3 D J = J ! ! ! @ J G ! ! J ! ! G F J F J ! J Appendix D Format Reference
#@A #@A $#% $#% $#% $#% $#% $#% $#% ! ! ! $ $ 881/882 Video Test Generator User Guide (Rev A.
AQL Appendix D Format Reference
Index A Active Format Description 348 alternate image versions 50 analog component video SDTV (CE) CRTs 61 analog composite video 58 analog computer (IT) CRTs 52 analyze an external HDMI/DVI signal 260 analyze InfoFrame data 269 analyze pseudo-random noise 254 analyze signal timing 243 Analyzer connections 237 audio clips 340 audio content 274 audio data 274 Audio device 355 audio image 340 AuxTest composite test image 74 B Backing up the current files on the file server 152 Basic mode 16 bitmap images 207
custom formats 186C 191 custom formats appear in the Source list 193 custom images 204 D Deck Control 356 deep color 309 delete a user profile 38 Deleting a test sequence 233 Deleting an image catalog 216 Deleting format catalogs 196 Delta time 497C 507C 510 Device OSD Name Transfer 356 DHCP 143C 144 digital component video HDTV (CE) FPDs 64C 69 digital computer (IT) FPDs 55 display size 42 Dolby audio 340 DTS audio 340 DVD player 355 DVI cables and distribution systems 250 E EDID compliance 530C 542C 579
InfoFrame data 269 interface 41 interfaces 4 IP address 143C 146 J Java Runtime Environment 21C 151C 281C 407C 415C 489 L Library folder 14 Lipsync testing display (sink) device 573 testing source device 579 luminance 54C 56C 59C 62C 65C 67C 70 M Maintaining the generator’s file system 151 measure and analyze signal timing 243 menu items 11 Menu selection keys 11 Modifying EDID 519 modifying format parameters 181C 182 modifying image options 201 monitor audio content 274 monitor auxiliary channels 488 mo
self-calibrate the generator 87 Sending multiple commands and queries per line 163 sequence XML file 230 Serial (RS-232) interface 31 SERIAL connector 8 Set top box 355 Setting image component values 209 Setting the file server IP address in the generator 144 Setting the generator’s IP address 143 Setting the generator’s path 18 Setting the GPIB port address 159 setting up new users 37 Setting up the generator for HDMI testing 302C 445 Settings key 13 Sharing objects on a file server 149 Sink key 43C 44C 30
